1. art and entertainment

2012
Hurunui District Council
[POLICY MANUAL]
CONTENTS
A ................................................................................................................................................................. 5
A1
A1/1
A1/2
A1/3
A2
A2/1
A3
A3/1
A3/2
A3/3
A3/4
A4
C1
C1/1
C2
C2/1
C3
C3/1
C3/2
C3/3
C3/4
C4
C5
D1
D1/1
D2
D2/1
D1
D3/1
D3/1/1
D3/1/2
D3/1/3
D3/1/4
D3/1/5
D3/1/6
E1
E1/1
E2
E2/1
E2/2
E3
E3/1
E3/2
E4
F1
F1/1
F1/2
F1/3
F1/3/1
F1/3/2
F1/3/3
F1/4
ARTS AND CULTURE ....................................................................................................................... 5
Arts Council ................................................................................................................................ 5
Arts and Cultural Policy ............................................................................................................. 6
Amuri Arts Council Display Lease .............................................................................................. 7
AMENITIES................................................................................................................................... 8
Amenity Planting Policy ............................................................................................................. 8
AWARDS ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Secondary Education Achievers Awards .................................................................................... 9
Community Service Awards ..................................................................................................... 11
Emergency Service Awards ...................................................................................................... 12
Creative Communities Assessment Committee ...................................................................... 13
POLICY ON APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS ............................................................ 14
CEMETERIES ............................................................................................................................... 19
Culverden Cemetery ................................................................................................................ 19
CIVIL DEFENCE............................................................................................................................ 20
Civil Defence ............................................................................................................................ 20
COUNCIL JOINT COMMITTEES ........................................................................................................ 21
Joint Committees ..................................................................................................................... 21
Creative Communities New Zealand ....................................................................................... 21
Sport and Recreation New Zealand (SPARC) ........................................................................... 21
Road Safety Coordination Committee ..................................................................................... 22
CODE OF CONDUCT ................................................................................................................ 23
CAVERHILL CLOSE RESTRICTED COVENANT ....................................................................................... 33
DELEGATIONS ............................................................................................................................. 34
Local Government New Zealand Conference Delegate ........................................................... 34
DOG CONTROL ....................................................................................................................... 35
Dog Control Policy ................................................................................................................... 35
DEVELOPMENT CONTRIBUTIONS .................................................................................................... 41
Development Contributions Policy .......................................................................................... 41
Reserves Development Contributions Policy....................................................................................... 47
Network Infrastructure Development Contributions Policies ............................................................. 51
Water Infrastructure Policy ................................................................................................................. 52
Sewer Infrastructure Policy ................................................................................................................. 54
Stormwater Drainage Infrastructure Policy ......................................................................................... 56
Community Infrastructure Development Contributions Policy ........................................................... 58
ELECTIONS .............................................................................................................................. 61
Appointment of Electoral Officer ............................................................................................ 61
EMPLOYMENT ........................................................................................................................ 62
Equal Employment Opportunities ........................................................................................... 62
Superannuation ....................................................................................................................... 63
ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................ 64
Complaints Compliance and Enforcement .............................................................................. 64
Infringement Notices ............................................................................................................... 67
EARTHQUAKE-PRONE, DANGEROUS AND INSANITARY BUILDING POLICY ................................................. 68
FINANCE ................................................................................................................................. 81
Depreciation ............................................................................................................................ 81
Performance Bonds for Conditions on Resource Consents ..................................................... 82
Fees and Charges ..................................................................................................................... 83
Fire Fighting Charges ........................................................................................................................... 83
Remissions, Waivers and Refunds (Environmental Services) .............................................................. 84
Registration Fee for Re-homed Dogs................................................................................................... 86
Treasury Risk Management Policy ........................................................................................... 87
[ T yp e
t e x t ]
F1/5
F1/6
F1/7
F1/8
F1/9
F1/10
F1/11
F2
G1
G1/1
G1/2
H1
H2
H2/1
H2/2
L1
L1/1
L2
L2/1
L2/2
L3
L4
L4/1
L4/2
L5
P1
P1/1
P2
P2/1
P2/2
P2/2/1
P2/2/2
P2/3
P3
P3/1
P4
P4/1
P5
P5/1
P5/2
R1
R2
R2/1
R2/2
R3
R3/1
R3/2
R3/3
R3/4
R3/5
R3/6
R3/7
R4
R4/1
R4/2
R5
Financial Contributions Policy ............................................................................................... 104
Statement of Accounting Policy ............................................................................................ 105
Revenue and Financing Policy ............................................................................................... 108
Statement Concerning Balancing of the Budget.................................................................... 130
Internal Financing Policy ........................................................................................................ 132
Public/Private Partnership Policy .......................................................................................... 134
Policy for Reapportionment of Developer Outlays................................................................ 137
FORESTRY ................................................................................................................................ 138
GAMBLING POLICY ............................................................................................................... 139
Class 4 Gambling Venue Policy .............................................................................................. 139
TAB Gambling Venue Policy ................................................................................................... 141
HURUNUI HOLDINGS LTD ........................................................................................................... 142
HANMER SPRINGS ..................................................................................................................... 143
Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools and Spa Ratepayer Concession Card ................................... 143
Directional Sign Policy for Visitor Accommodation and Tourist Attractions in Hanmer Springs
Township .............................................................................................................................. 144
LIBRARIES ................................................................................................................................ 145
Mission Statement and Policy ............................................................................................... 145
LIQUOR CONTROLS .................................................................................................................... 148
Liquor Licensing Policy ........................................................................................................... 148
Host Responsibility Policy for the Consumption of Liquor on Council Owned Premises ...... 165
LOCAL AUTHORITIES (MEMBERS’ INTEREST) ACT 1968 .................................................................... 168
MAORI CONTRIBUTION TO LOCAL DECISION MAKING ...................................................................... 169
Māori Contribution to Decision making ................................................................................ 169
Memorandum of Understanding........................................................................................... 171
CANTERBURY MAYORAL FORUM .................................................................................................. 176
PLANT..................................................................................................................................... 178
Plant and Light Vehicles ......................................................................................................... 178
PROPERTY................................................................................................................................ 182
Pensioner Housing ................................................................................................................. 182
District Property .................................................................................................................... 184
Disposal of Land ................................................................................................................................ 186
Land Sales and Leases ....................................................................................................................... 187
Access for disabled to facilities .............................................................................................. 188
PLAYGROUNDS ......................................................................................................................... 190
Playground Safety .................................................................................................................. 190
PROTECTED DISCLOSURES ........................................................................................................... 191
Protected Disclosures Act 2000 ............................................................................................. 191
PROCUREMENT......................................................................................................................... 192
Policy on Procurement of Goods and Services ...................................................................... 192
Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve ......................................................................................... 196
REQUESTS TO COUNCIL .............................................................................................................. 198
RESERVES ................................................................................................................................ 199
Reserves Strategy (funding methodology) ............................................................................ 199
Amberley Ward Tree Removal and Replacement Policy ....................................................... 201
ROADING................................................................................................................................. 204
Bridge Timber Sales ............................................................................................................... 204
Footpath ................................................................................................................................ 205
Ford Maintenance ................................................................................................................. 206
Safety & Construction Standards ........................................................................................... 207
Road Naming and Numbering ...............................................................................................208
Closure of Unformed Roads................................................................................................... 228
Road Seal Extensions Policy ................................................................................................... 229
RURAL FIRE .............................................................................................................................. 231
Goals (Rural Fire) ................................................................................................................... 231
Rural Fire Co-ordinating Group ............................................................................................. 231
REMUNERATION ....................................................................................................................... 232
[ T yp e
t e x t ]
R6
R6/1
R6/2
R6/2/1
R6/2/2
R6/2/3
R6/2/4
R6/3
R6/4
R6/5
S1
S2
S2/1
S3
S3/1
T1
V1
W1
W1/1
Z1
Z1/1
RATES ..................................................................................................................................... 234
Funding Impact Statement .................................................................................................... 234
Rates Remission ..................................................................................................................... 240
Policy for Rates Remission for Māori Freehold Land ......................................................................... 240
Policy for Rates Remission for Non-contiguous Agricultural Land .................................................... 242
Policy for Rates Remission for QEII & Open Space Covenants .......................................................... 243
Sports Clubs Remissions .................................................................................................................... 244
Rates Postponement Policy ................................................................................................... 245
Rates Penalties Policy ............................................................................................................ 246
Rates Paid by the Council ...................................................................................................... 247
STANDING ORDERS.................................................................................................................... 250
SWIMMING AND SPA POOL FENCING ............................................................................................ 252
Inspection and ongoing compliance monitoring ................................................................... 252
SIGNIFICANCE POLICY................................................................................................................. 253
Significance Policy.................................................................................................................. 253
TRIENNIAL AGREEMENT.............................................................................................................. 261
VISION STATEMENT ................................................................................................................... 262
WATER SUPPLY ........................................................................................................................ 263
Filler Points ............................................................................................................................ 263
Zero Waste ............................................................................................................................ 264
Zero Waste Policy .................................................................................................................. 264
[ T yp e
t e x t ]
A
A1
Arts and Culture
A1/1
Arts Council
That the Council agree to participate in the QEII Local Arts Scheme programme.
That Mayor Jackson be appointed as representative on the Hurunui Arts Council committee.
That Councillor Doody be appointed as representative on the Amuri Arts Council committee.
Council meeting 24 October 1991
Council meeting 24 October 2001
Triennial Council meeting 31 October 2007
5
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A1/2
Arts and Cultural Policy
To promote a creative way of expressing culture ensuring that opportunities are available to all.
Philosophical framework
Incorporates:
• Respect for all cultures, the 2007th initiated and planned and that have a high degree of
community participation.
• Support for existing and emerging arts groups and networks.
• Support for individual artists which may be by way of commissions of public artworks or the
purchase of artworks.
• The continuing development of planning and administrative structures.
• Use of foyer for display purposes.
Goals:
To:
• Survey likely exhibition spaces for suitability and development.
• Ensure co-ordination between the Hurunui District Promotions office and community arts
councils, individuals and arts groups.
• Explore the possibility of becoming a Community Arts provider.
• Provide appropriate resources and support for community initiated projects and programmes.
• Provide secretarial typing services to community arts councils.
• Holding regular meetings.
• Provide information to emerging arts groups.
• Establish guidelines for the purchase and commissions of public artworks.
• Review all adopted policies and goals by December 1996.
Council Meeting 3 May 1995
Council Meeting 26 October 1995
6
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A1/3
Amuri Arts Council Display Lease
That the Amuri Arts Council lease the portion of the Hanmer Springs Library/Service Centre set
aside for the display of art works at no charge from 1 March 2010
Council meeting 25 February 2010
7
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A2
Amenities
A2/1
Amenity Planting Policy
That the Council maintain a proactive attitude in encouraging plantings of ornamental exotic and
indigenous trees as part of a strategic amenity planting programme
This would include road frontages, reserves and other specified areas deemed to be suitable.
Council meeting 15 June 1995
8
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A3
Awards
A3/1
Secondary Education Achievers Awards
That the Council adopt the Secondary School Achievers Awards document as set out below.
That Council appoints Cr Daly, Cr Dalley and Cr Coster to the Judging Panel.
That Mr R Maxwell, Ms S MacDonald, and Mrs C Field be the external judges on the Judging
Panel.
Purpose
The awards are given to encourage innovation and excellence in secondary students who are
residents in the Hurunui District.
The awards are to financially assist students to further their study at either a secondary or tertiary
level for the coming year – it excludes voluntary work.
The Hurunui District Council wishes to encourage any students showing ability, attitude, and
determination in any field, and from any academic or cultural background, to apply for these
awards.
Criteria
The applicant’s home needs to be in the Hurunui District. It is recognised that some applicants may
currently be attending a school outside the area.
The awards are open to current school students from Year 11 – Year 13 proceeding to further
formal qualifications in the subsequent year.
The applicants will be demonstrating a strong interest or special talent in a particular area or areas
of academic, sporting, music, art or cultural life.
The applicants will have a high level of ability, attitude, integrity, or ingenuity and may be in need of
financial assistance to help them achieve their set goals.
Funding Allocation
The Hurunui District Council has a funding pool available for allocation to worthy secondary
students who may be in need of some financial assistance.
The funds can be used to undertake further study or purchase material or equipment to assist the
students in developing their special interest at secondary or tertiary level.
Once winners are selected Council will arrange a presentation ceremony and appropriate publicity.
Judges
A Selection Panel of 3 nominated Councillors, the Mayor, and 3 independent external community
members will provide a short list of candidates to Council for approval for the awards.
The short listed applicants will be reviewed and overall winners selected at a meeting of the full
Council.
Council may allocate the funding pool between worthy applicants on a district wide basis in any
year, or hold the funding pool over to the following year, at its’ discretion.
9
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Applications
Students may either apply for the awards themselves or be nominated by another person.
Applications need to be in writing, on an appropriate form obtained from the Hurunui District
Council Offices.
A written statement of between 750 – 1,000 words, with the applicant’s background and reasons
why the student is applying or has been nominated for the award is to accompany the application
form. If this statement is written on behalf of the applicant, the reason for this should be given, and
the writer identified.
Written referee’s reports are to be provided by 2 people, chosen either by the student or the person
nominating them for the award and are to be submitted with the application.
The Selection Panel may also approach community members other than those named by the
students as referees if additional information is needed.
Evidence of written work produced by the student can be any form including academic records,
reports, drawings, articles, video’s etc.
Any additional work used to support the student’s application is to be supplied at the time of
application.
Council meeting 30 June 2000
Council meeting 21 September 2000
Council meeting 12 October 2000
Council meeting 15 November 2001
Council meeting 31 January 2002
Council meeting 10 October 2002
Council meeting 9 October 2003
Council meeting 30 October 2003
Council meeting 7 October 2004
Council meeting 4 August 2005
Council meeting 24 November 2005
Council meeting 6 September 2007
Council meeting 5 August 2008
10
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A3/2
Community Service Awards
That the Council adopts the amended Community Services Award Policy as set out below.
Nominations
• Nominations will be sought annually at mid-year by advertising
•
A maximum of one award is promoted from each council ward per year (joint awards, e.g.,
Husband and wife are acceptable).
•
Councillors to select nominees and approach the highest ranking nominee and seek their
approval to accept the award.
•
Where two Councillors operate within the same ward, agreement needs to be reached on
one nominee.
Confidentiality
• Nominations to remain confidential until selection by the Councillors,
Eligibility:
• A long period of exceptional service by resident of the district.
•
Community service for which there has been no direct financial reward.
Council meeting 18 March 1992
Council meeting 26 October 1995
Council meeting 8 October 1998
Council meeting 26 November 1998
Council meeting 31 January 2002
Council meeting 18 July 2002
Council meeting 24 April 2003
Council meeting 1 April 2004
Council meeting 21 April 2005
11
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A3/3
Emergency Service Awards
That Emergency Services Awards run alongside Community Services Awards
Council meeting 29 August 1996
12
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A3/4
Creative Communities Assessment Committee
That the Hurunui District Council administer the Creative Communities New Zealand scheme
through a council appointed assessment committee, with the district community arts council having
responsibilities for the account of small applications to the total amount of $1,500 each.
That the assessment committee consist of:
Two x council appointees
Two x Amuri Arts Council appointees
Two x Hurunui Arts Council appointees
Up to two persons from community nominations
1 or 2 Tangata Whenua representatives
That the Council sign the agreement between Creative New Zealand and the Hurunui District
Council which outlines the procedures to be followed as a community arts provider.
That Crs Coster and Doody be appointed to the Creative New Zealand assessment committee.
The following representatives were appointed in accord with the above policy:
Nancy McLaughlin (Amuri)
Peter Dawson (Hurunui)
Shona Robertson (Community)
Shirley Shields (Community)
Margaret Thompson
Marlene Rivett
Vickie Miller
Council 27 July 1995
Council Meeting 26 October 1995
Works and Services Committee meeting 16 November 1996
Council Meeting 22 October 1998
Council meeting 29 March 2001
Council meeting 6 June 2001
Council meeting 24 October 2001
Triennial Council Meeting 21 October 2004
Triennial Council Meeting 31 October 2007
13
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
A4
Policy on appointment and remuneration of
Directors
Introduction
The Hurunui District Council (“the Council”) is required to have in place a policy on the appointment
and remuneration of directors to comply with Section 57 (1) of the Local Government Act 2003
(“the Act”). A director is appointed to organisations in certain circumstances, such as where the
Council has a voting interest in an organisation, or where the Council operates a trading
undertaking in order to make a profit.
Purpose
• The purpose of this policy is to set out an objective and transparent process for:
•
The identification and consideration of the skills, knowledge and experience required of
directors of a Council organisation; and
•
The appointment of directors to a Council organisation; and
•
The remuneration of directors of a Council organisation.
Principles
• The following principles underlie this policy:
•
Appointments will be made on the basis of merit;
•
The Council will follow corporate governance best practice;
•
Directors of Council controlled trading organisations will be appointed on the basis of the
contribution they can make to achieving the objectives of the organisation, and not on the
basis of representation;
Definitions
The term “Council organisation” (“CO”) is used as defined in Section 6 of the Act.
The Act also creates two sub-categories of COs – “Council-controlled organisations” (“CCOs”) and
“Council-controlled trading organisations” (“CCTOs”).
The Council has interests that fall in each of these categories.
The following definitions are provided for guidance purposes only as fuller definitions are provided
in Section 6 of the Act.
Meaning of “Council organisation”
In broad terms, a CO is an organisation in which the Council has a voting interest or the right to
appoint a director, trustee or manager (however described). This is a wide-ranging definition,
covering a large number of bodies.
Meaning of Council controlled organisation
A CCO is a CO in which one or more local authorities control, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of
the votes or have the right, directly or indirectly, to appoint 50% or more of the directors, trustees or
managers (however described).
Meaning of Council controlled trading organisation
A CCTO is a CCO that operates a trading undertaking for the purpose of making a profit.
14
For the purposes of this policy only:
• Transwaste Canterbury Limited (‘TCL’) is excluded from the definition of a CCTO (there is a
separate policy – Section 5 – for the appointment of directors to TCL);
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Council-Controlled Trading Organisations
Introduction
The Council has shareholding in Hurunui Roading and Hurunui Holdings. These companies are
not trading at present.
No directors will be appointed to CCTO boards other than through the process described in this
policy.
Identification of required skills, knowledge and experience of CCTO directors
The required skills, knowledge and experience for director appointments to a CCTO board are
assessed by Council, in consultation with the Chairperson of the relevant CCTO. Reference is
made to current governance best practice in this area, as encapsulated in Institute of Directors’
guidelines and other relevant material. External assistance may be used in some cases.
The mix of skills and experience on the CCTO board will be taken into account, and consideration
given to complementing and reinforcing existing skills and reducing known weaknesses where
necessary.
In general terms, the following qualities are sought in directors of CCTOs:
(a) Intellectual ability
(b) Commercial experience
(c) Understanding of governance issues
(d) Sound judgement
(e) High standard of personal integrity
(f) Commitment to the principles of good corporate citizenship
(g) Understanding of the wider interests of the publicly-accountable shareholder
As a general principle, the Council would seek to appoint one person who, while meeting all of the
above criteria, has particular strengths in terms of attribute.
Appointment process for CCTO directors
When a vacancy arises in any CCTO, a Council Committee may be formed to identify the skills,
knowledge and experience required for the position (in consultation with the CCTO Chairperson),
will then follow the process set out below:
Advertising
The Council will decide in open Council whether to advertise a particular vacancy or make an
appointment without advertisement. When making this decision the Council will consider:
• the costs of any advertisement and process
• the availability of qualified candidates
• the urgency of the appointment
Interview
The Council/Committee will identify a short list of candidates whom it considers meets the above
criteria.
The short listed candidates will be interviewed and have references checked by the
Council/Committee. If a Committee is appointed it will report to Council on each of the candidates.
The Committee may make a recommendation if it wishes to do so.
The Council will make a decision “in committee” (thus protecting the privacy of natural persons).
Public announcement of the appointment will be made as soon as practicable after the Council has
made its decision.
15
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Reappointment
Where a director’s term of appointment has expired and he or she is offering him/herself for
reappointment, the full Council will consult on a confidential basis with the Chairperson of the
CCTO with regard to:
•
•
•
Whether the skills of the incumbent add value to the work of the board;
Whether there are other skills which the board needs;
Succession issues.
The Council/Committee will consider the information obtained and, taking into account the
director’s length of tenure (see below), form a view on the appropriateness of reappointment or
making a replacement appointment.
Where a Committee is established and reappointment is considered appropriate then the
Committee is authorised to approve it without further reference to the Council.
Where it is not intended to reappoint the existing incumbent, the appointment process outlined
above will apply.
Length of tenure
CCTO directors will normally be appointed for periods of three years. Subject to a review of the
director’s performance after the first three year period, the normal tenure for a director will be six
years. Following six years of service, a director may be appointed for a further three years if the
benefit of such an extension is considered to outweigh the potential advantages of seeking and
appointing a new candidate. It is desirable that a director not be re-appointed to the same board
after nine years of service.
Chairpersons of CCTOs
It is the responsibility of the board of each CCTO to appoint its own Chairperson. However,
normally the CCTO board will consult with Council on the person to be so appointed, and where
Council considers it appropriate, it will give its view on who it considers to be the appropriate
person to fill the Chairperson's position.
Conflicts of Interest
Hurunui District Council expects that directors of Council organisations will avoid situations where
their actions could give rise to a conflict of interest. To minimise these situations the Council
requires directors to follow the provisions of the New Zealand Institute of Director’s Code of Ethics.
All directors are appointed ‘at the pleasure of the Council’ and may be dismissed for breaches of
this code.
Remuneration of CCTO directors
Council will monitor and, where appropriate, approve changes in remuneration levels for the
boards of CCTOs.
Periodically, normally every three years but more frequently if considered appropriate, Council will
review the level.
However, in the event of a Council staff member being appointed to a CCTO board, the fees for
that appointee shall be paid to the Council, unless there are special circumstances.
In performing its review of remuneration, Council will take account of the following factors:
•
•
•
•
16
The need to attract and retain appropriately qualified directors;
The levels of remuneration paid to comparable companies in New Zealand;
The performance of the CCTO and any changes in the nature of its business;
Any other relevant factors.
In general, it is intended that boards of CCTOs will receive a level of remuneration that is
competitive with the general market, while recognising that there will be differences from time to
time, particularly in the period between reviews. Professional advice will be sought where
necessary.
The Council also supports the payment by CCTOs of directors’ liability insurance and the
indemnification of directors.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Transwaste Canterbury Limited
Introduction
The Council has a 1.2 % interest in Transwaste Canterbury Limited (‘TCL’). A further 48.8 % is
held by five other Canterbury local authorities, and 25% each by two private sector companies.
A Canterbury Joint Waste Committee (‘the Committee’) has been constituted to represent the
ownership interests of the local authorities. This body has the power to approve TCL’s Statement
of Intent and to appoint directors (ie. the 50% that represent the interests of the local authorities) to
TCL without further reference to the Council.
Given that the Committee is a separately constituted body in terms of the Local Government Act,
involving interests external to the Council, this Council policy cannot be applied directly to the
Committee. However, the Council has an interest in ensuring that appropriate appointments are
made to the TCL board.
The Council expects its delegates on the Committee to support the principles set out in this policy
when such matters are discussed by the Committee.
Identification of required skills, knowledge and experience of TCL directors, and
appointment
The Committee has the power to appoint four directors to TCL. It has adopted the policy of
appointing two Councillor directors (one from Christchurch City Council and one from one of the
rural Councils) and two external directors.
In general terms, the Council wishes the Committee to apply similar criteria to potential candidates
to those it uses in its assessment of candidates for other CCTOs.
In respect of Councillor appointments, the Council would expect the Committee to also take into
account a candidate’s potential to quickly acquire business and financial skills, as well as his or her
existing skills and experience.
Remuneration of TCL directors
In general terms, the Council would expect the Committee to apply similar policies and practices as
are applied by CCHL in its review of the remuneration of CCTO boards.
Council Organisations
Introduction
The Council has non-controlling interests in COs. These are not-for-profit bodies. Appointments to
COs are made for a number of reasons. These include:
To provide a means of monitoring where the Council has made a grant to that body;
To enable Council involvement where the CO’s activity is relevant to the Council;
To satisfy a request from the CO that the Council appoint a representative;
Statutory requirements.
Appointments to a CO are generally for a term specified in the respective CO founding documents.
Identification of required skills, knowledge and experience of CO directors, and appointment
The range of reasons for the appointment of Council representatives to COs results in a wider
range of desired attributes for appointees to these bodies.
Council/Committee will determine the required skills, knowledge and experience for each
appointment. Candidates are not restricted to Councillors – in some cases, it may be more
appropriate to appoint Council staff or external persons.
Should a Council Appointments Committee be established it will make its recommendations to the
full Council for final approval.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
17
Remuneration of CO Directors
CO Directors appointed by the Council will receive the remuneration (if any) offered by that body.
Council staff members appointed to such bodies will not accept any remuneration.
Council-Controlled Organisations
The Council has non-controlling interests in North Canterbury Economic Development Board
(Enterprise North Canterbury). This is a not-for-profit body.
Appointments to CCOs are made for a number of reasons. These include:
•
•
•
•
To provide a means of monitoring where the Council has made a grant to that body;
To enable Council involvement where the CCO’s activity is relevant to the Council;
To satisfy a request from the CCO that the Council appoint a representative;
Statutory requirements.
Appointments to a CCO are generally for a term specified in the CCO’s founding document, and
are made accordingly.
The Council will endeavour to minimise the number of appointments where the benefit to the
Council of such an appointment is minimal.
Identification of required skills, knowledge and experience of CO directors/trustees, and
appointment
The range of reasons for the appointment of Council representatives to CCOs results in a wider
range of desired attributes for appointees to these bodies.
A Council appointments committee will determine the required skills, knowledge and experience for
each appointment. Candidates are not restricted to Councillors – in some cases, it may be more
appropriate to appoint Council staff or external people with affiliations to the Council.
Should a Council Appointments Committee be established it will make its recommendations to the
full Council for final approval.
Remuneration of CCO directors/trustees
CCO directors/trustees appointed by the Council will receive the remuneration (if any) offered by
that body. Council staff members appointed to such bodies will not accept any remuneration.
Council meeting of 5 June 2003
18
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
C
C1
Cemeteries
C1/1
Culverden Cemetery
That the Council designates the area shown on the map below as a cremation area as per Clause
18 of the Hurunui County Bylaw No1 (1986) Cemeteries
Council meeting 27 September 2007
19
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
C2
Civil Defence
C2/1
Civil Defence
To ensure that an adequate civil defence organisation exists which is capable of responding to a
national or local civil defence emergency which will be able to assist the residents of Hurunui to
restore their lives to normality with a degree of dignity in the event such an emergency arises.
To maintain an effective and appropriate level of disaster preparedness.
To raise public awareness of potential hazards.
That the following Principal Civil Defence Emergency Management Appointments are approved by
the Council:
Local Controller – Brennan Wiremu
st
1 Alternate Controller – Andrew Feierabend
nd
2 Alternate Controller – Audrey van der Monde
rd
3 Alternate Controller – The Chief Executive
That the Council revoke all previous controller appointments for Hurunui District Council
That the representative to the Canterbury CDEM Group Coordinating Executive Group, the Chief
Executive or in his/her absence the Emergency Services Manager
Council meeting 10 August 2006
Council meeting 27 September 2007
20
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
C3
Council Joint Committees
C3/1 Joint Committees
The Hurunui District Council is party to a number of joint committees with other local
authorities. These committees are already established and only require Council to
appoint its members. These joint committees are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Canterbury Regional Transport Committee
Canterbury Museum
Civil Defence Management Group
Hurunui – Waiau Zone Committee
Regional Water Management Committee
Canterbury Waste Committee
Canterbury Regional Landfill Committee
Enterprise North Canterbury
The Council has an arrangement with the Waimakariri Council to alternate representation
on the Canterbury Museum Trust Board. Last year Hurunui’s Mayor, Garry Jackson was
the representative on the Board for both Council’s. For the coming triennial period, the
Waimakariri District Council has agreed to provide the representation.
Their
recommendation will be reported to the Hurunui District Council for Council’s approval.
Enterprise North Canterbury is a joint ‘Council Controlled Organisation’ with the
Waimakariri District Council.
The Canterbury Regional Land Transport Committee is a committee of the Canterbury
Regional Council.
C3/2 Creative Communities New Zealand
Creative New Zealand has an agreement with the Council, which is renewed at three
yearly intervals. The agreement is for the Council to distribute grants to support and
encourage local communities to access and participate in arts activities within the Hurunui
district. In this context, ‘arts’ is defined as ‘all forms of creative and interpretative
expression’.
The grants are distributed via a Creative Communities Assessment Committee. The
Committee decides on its membership and the Council has the responsibility of ensuring
that the funds are distributed appropriately. Whereas an elected member is not ‘required’
to be a member of the assessment committee, the Council has had a long history of being
represented on the committee. The Assessment Committee membership is made up of:
•
•
•
•
•
One Councillor
Two Amuri Arts Council appointees
Two Hurunui Arts Council appointees
Three to four people from community nominations (with an interest in art)
Two Runanga representatives
The ‘rules’ around the committee composition and the distribution of the funds is set out
and controlled by the Creative Communities New Zealand.
C3/3 Sport and Recreation New Zealand (SPARC)
SPARC’s purpose is to get New Zealanders to enjoy and excel at sport and recreation
and is focused on providing opportunities for this to happen. SPARC has an agreement
with the Council to distribute funds through the Rural Travel Fund initiative. This was
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
21
developed in response to concerns raised by councils about the lack of participation in
sport by young people living in rural communities. Geographical isolation, urban drift, and
lack of employment opportunities and access to mainstream funding were identified as
barriers to sport participation.
The fund is designed to help subsidise rural travel for junior teams and is targeted at
young people aged between 5-19 years to assist school and club sports teams to
participate in local sporting competitions.
The Hurunui District Council receives funding each year to distribute to applicants who
qualify for the fund. This is decided through a committee comprising of the following
membership:
•
•
•
One Councillor
One representative is appointed
Ward Councillors
A Sport Canterbury Representative
from
each
ward
in
consultation
with
SPARC determines the rules and the funding allocation.
C3/4 Road Safety Coordination Committee
The Road Safety Coordination Committee, with the aid of the Road Safety Coordinator
(Tony Francis) co-ordinates road safety projects, to help educate, promote and raise
awareness about the importance of road safety for our communities. It was set up to
provide a forum to co-ordinate and network with others concerned with road safety
matters within the district. The type of projects that this committee focuses on includes:
•
•
•
•
•
Alcohol: To help reduce alcohol related harm offending and drink driving.
Speed: Working with ACC, to raise awareness to motorists about the impact of speed.
Working with local schools to help resolve speed issues around their schools.
Child Restraints: Child restraint checkpoints are held throughout the district each year
to promote and raise awareness about the correct usage of child restraints.
Fatigue: Fatigue stops are available nationwide with one located in Greta Valley, to
raise awareness to motorists of the importance of taking breaks whilst travelling. At
these stops there are toilets available, fatigue and road safety resources and free
coffee.
Cycling and Pedestrian: Raising awareness about cycle and pedestrian safety.
The membership of the Committee is made up of representatives from several
organisations as listed below:
22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
New Zealand Police (Christchurch, Rangiora and District)
Land Transport Safety Authority
Transit New Zealand
Crown Public Health
Automobile Association
Accident Compensation Corporation
New Zealand Plunket
Organisations with an interest in road safety in Hurunui District
Regional Road Safety Co-Ordinator
Canterbury Regional Council
Road Safety Co-Ordinator For Hurunui District
Roading Engineer
Two Councillors
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
C4
CODE OF CONDUCT
Hurunui District Council Code of Conduct
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION
Schedule 7 of the Local Government Act 2002 (the Act) requires each local authority to adopt a
code of conduct. Once adopted, all elected members are required to comply with the code.
This code of conduct provides guidance on the standards of behaviour that are expected from the
Mayor and elected members of the Hurunui District Council. The code applies to elected members
in their dealings with:
• each other
• the Chief Executive and staff
• the media
• the public
The objective of the code is to enhance:
• the effectiveness of the Council as the autonomous local authority with statutory
responsibilities for the good local government of the Hurunui District
• the credibility and accountability of the Council within its community
• mutual trust, respect and tolerance between the elected members as a group and between
the elected members and management.
This code of conduct seeks to achieve its objectives by recording:
• an agreed statement of roles and responsibilities (refer in Part Two of the code)
• agreed general principles of conduct (refer Part Three of the code)
• specific codes of conduct applying to particular circumstances or matters (refer Part Three of
the code).
Elected members are primarily accountable to the electors of the district through the democratic
process. However members must note that the Auditor-General may hold them to account for
unlawful actions or expenditure or for breaches of the Local Authorities (Members’ Interests) Act
1968.
The code of conduct that follows is based on the following general principles of good governance:
• Public interest. Members are to serve only the interests of the district as a whole and not to
improperly confer an advantage or disadvantage on any one person.
• Honesty and integrity. Members are not to place themselves in situations where their
honesty and integrity may be questioned, nor behave improperly, and on all occasions, are
to avoid the appearance of such behaviour.
• Objectivity. Members are to make decisions on merit including making appointments,
awarding contracts, or recommending individuals for rewards or benefits. Elected members’
(once elected) primary duty is to the interests of the entire district, not the ward that elected
them.
• Accountability. Members are accountable to the public for their actions and the manner in
which they carry out their responsibilities, and are to cooperate fully and honestly with the
scrutiny appropriate to their particular office.
• Openness. Members are to be as open as possible about their actions and those of the
Council, and should be prepared to justify their actions.
• Personal judgment. Members can and will take account of the views of others, but should
reach their own conclusions on the issues before them, and act in accordance with those
conclusions.
• Respect for others. Members are to promote equality by not discriminating unlawfully
against any person and by treating people with respect, regardless of their race, age,
religion, gender, sexual orientation, or disability. They should respect the impartiality and
integrity of the Council staff.
• Duty to uphold the law. Members will uphold the law, and on all occasions, act in
accordance with the trust the public places in them.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
23
•
•
Stewardship. Members must ensure that the Council uses resources prudently and for
lawful purposes, and that the Council maintains sufficient resources to meet its statutory
obligations.
Leadership. Members should promote and support these proposals by example, and should
always endeavour to act in the best interests of the community.
PART TWO: ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
This part of the code describes the roles and responsibilities of elected members, the Mayor,
Deputy Mayor, and the Chief Executive.
Elected Members
Elected members, acting as the Council, are responsible for:
• the development and adoption of Council policy
• monitoring the performance of the Council against its stated objectives and policies
• prudent stewardship of Council resources
• employment of the Chief Executive
• representing the interests of the residents and ratepayers of the Hurunui District. (On
election, the members’ first responsibility is to the district as a whole.)
Unless otherwise provided in the Local Government Act 2002 or in standing orders, the Council
can only act by majority decisions at meetings. Each member has one vote. Any individual member
(including the Mayor) has no authority to act on behalf of the Council unless the Council has
expressly delegated such authority.
Mayor
The Mayor is elected by the district as a whole and as one of the elected members shares the
same responsibilities as other members of Council. The Mayor also has the following roles:
• presiding member at Council meetings and is responsible for ensuring the orderly conduct
of business during meetings (as determined in standing orders)
• advocate on behalf of the community. This role may involve promoting the community and
representing its interests. Such advocacy will be most effective where it is carried out with
the knowledge and support of the Council
• ceremonial head of Council
• provide leadership and feedback to other elected members
• Justice of the Peace (while the Mayor holds office)
• The Mayor must follow the same rules as other elected members about making public
statements and committing the Council to a particular course of action, unless acting in
accordance with the rules for media contact on behalf of the Council under a delegation of
authority from the Council.
Deputy Mayor
The Deputy Mayor must be elected by the members of Council, at the first meeting of the Council.
The Deputy Mayor exercises the same roles as other elected members, and if the Mayor is absent
or incapacitated, the Deputy Mayor must perform all of the responsibilities and duties, and may
exercise the powers, of the Mayor (as summarised above). The Deputy Mayor may be removed
from office by resolution of Council.
Committee Chairpersons
The Council may create one or more committees of Council. A committee chairperson presides
over all meetings of the committee, ensuring that the committee acts within the powers delegated
by Council. Committee chairpersons may be called on to act as an official spokesperson on a
particular issue. They may be removed from office by resolution of Council.
24
Chief Executive
The Chief Executive is appointed by the Council in accordance with section 42 of the Local
Government Act 2002. The Chief Executive is responsible for implementing and managing the
Council's policies and objectives within the budgetary constraints established by the Council. The
responsibilities of the Chief Executive are:
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
implementing the decisions of the Council
providing advice to the Council and community boards
ensuring that all responsibilities, duties and powers delegated to the Chief Executive or to
any person employed by the Chief Executive, or imposed or conferred by any Act, regulation
or bylaw are properly performed or exercised
managing the activities of the local authority effectively and efficiently
maintaining systems to enable effective planning and accurate reporting of the financial and
service performance of the local authority
providing leadership for the staff of the local authority
employing all other staff on behalf of the local authority.
PART THREE: RELATIONSHIPS AND BEHAVIOURS
This part of the code sets out the Council’s agreed standards of behaviour. Some of the matters
described in this part of the code reflect other legislation such as the Local Authorities (Members’
Interests) Act 1968.
Relationships with Other Members
Successful teamwork is a critical element in the success of any democratically elected
organisation. No team will be effective unless mutual respect exists between members. With this
in mind elected members will conduct their dealings with each other in ways that:
• maintain public confidence in the office to which they have been elected
• are open and honest
• focus on issues rather than personalities
• are not aggressive, offensive or abusive
Relationships with Staff
The effective performance of Council also requires a high level of cooperation and mutual respect
between elected members and staff. To ensure that level of cooperation and trust is maintained,
elected members will:
• recognise that the Chief Executive is the employer (on behalf of Council) of all Council
employees, and as such only the Chief Executive may hire, dismiss or instruct or censure an
employee
• make themselves aware of the obligations that the Council and the Chief Executive have as
employers and observe those requirements at all times
• treat all employees with courtesy and respect
• observe any guidelines that the Chief Executive puts in place regarding contact with
employees
• not do anything which compromises, or could be seen as compromising, the impartiality of
an employee
• not publicly criticize the competence, integrity and personality of any employee
• raise concerns about employees only with the Chief Executive, and concerns about the
Chief Executive only with the Mayor or the Chief Executive Review Committee.
Elected members should be aware that failure to observe this portion of the code of conduct may
compromise the Council’s obligations to act as a good employer and may expose the Council to
civil litigation and audit sanctions.
Relationships with the Community
Effective Council decision-making depends on productive relationships between elected members
and the community at large. Members should ensure that individual citizens are accorded respect
in their dealings with the Council, have their concerns listened to, and deliberated on in accordance
with the requirements of the Act. Members should act in a manner that encourages and values
community involvement in local democracy.
Contact with the Media
The media plays an important part in local democracy. In order to fulfil this role the media needs
access to accurate, timely information about the affairs of Council. From time to time, individual
members will be approached to comment on a particular issue either on behalf of Council, or as an
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
25
elected member in their own right. This part of the code deals with the rights and duties of
Councillors when speaking to the media on behalf of Council, or in their own right.
1. The following rules apply for media contact on behalf of Council:
• the Mayor or Chief Executive are the first point of contact for the official view on any issue.
Where the Mayor and Chief Executive are unavailable, any matters will be referred to the
appropriate elected member or appropriate Manager.
• the Mayor or Chief Executive may refer any matter to the relevant committee chairperson or
Manager for their comment
• no other member may comment on behalf of Council without having first obtained the
approval of the Mayor unless they are clearly acting for Council (i.e.; a Ward Committee
member) and the comment reflects what has been agreed by Council.
Elected members are free to express a personal view in the media, at any time, provided the
following rules are observed:
• media comments must not state or imply that they represent the views of Council
• where an elected member is making a statement that is contrary to a Council decision or
Council policy, the member must not state or imply that his or her statements represent a
majority Council view
• media comments must observe the other requirements of the code of conduct, e.g. not
disclose confidential information, or compromise the impartiality or integrity of staff.
Confidential Information
In the course of their duties members will receive information that may need to be treated as
confidential. This will generally be information that is either commercially sensitive or is personal to
a particular individual or organisation. Elected members must not use or disclose confidential
information for any purpose other than the purpose for which the information was supplied to the
elected member. Elected members should be aware that failure to observe these provisions will
impede the performance of Council by inhibiting information flows and undermining public
confidence in the Council. Failure to observe these provisions may also expose Council to
prosecution under the Privacy Act 1993 and/or civil litigation.
Conflicts of Interest
Elected members must be careful that they maintain a clear separation between their personal
interests and their duties as an elected member. This is to ensure that people who fill positions of
authority carry on their duties free from bias (whether real or perceived). Members therefore need
to familiarise themselves with the provisions of the Local Authorities (Members’ Interests) Act 1968
which concerns financial interests, and with other legal requirements concerning non-financial
conflicts of interest.
The Act provides that an elected member is disqualified from office, or from election to office, if that
member is concerned or interested in contracts under which payments made by or on behalf of the
local authority exceed $25,000 in any financial year.
Additionally, elected members are prohibited from participating in any Council discussion or vote
on any matter in which they have a pecuniary interest, other than an interest in common with the
general public. The same rules also apply where the member’s spouse contracts with the authority
or has a pecuniary interest. Members must declare their interests at Council meetings where
matters in which they have a pecuniary interest arise.
26
Members shall make a general declaration of interest as soon as practicable after becoming aware
of any such interests. This will be done triennially after election and thereafter should any elected
members circumstances change. (See Appendix Two for a Register of Interests form.) These
declarations are recorded in a register of interests maintained by Council. The declaration must
notify the Council of the nature and extent of any interest, including:
• any employment, trade or profession carried on by the member or the member’s spouse for
profit or gain
• any company, trust, partnership etc for which the member or their spouse is a director,
partner, trustee or beneficiary
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
•
•
•
•
the address of any land in which the member has a beneficial interest and which is in the
Hurunui District Council
the address of any land where the landlord is the Hurunui District Council and:
the member or their spouse is a tenant, or
the land is tenanted by a firm in which the member or spouse is a partner, or a company of
which the member or spouse is a director, or a trust of which the member or spouse is a
trustee or beneficiary
any other matters which the public might reasonably regard as likely to influence the
member’s actions during the course of their duties as a member.
If the member is in any doubt as to whether or not a particular course of action (including a
decision to take no action) raises a conflict of interest, then the member should seek guidance from
the Chief Executive immediately.
Members may also contact the Audit Office for guidance as to whether that member has a
pecuniary interest. If there is a pecuniary interest, the member may seek an exemption to allow
that member to participate or vote on a particular issue in which they may have a pecuniary
interest. The latter must be done before the discussion or vote. The Chief Executive must also
seek approval from the Audit Office for contractual payments to members, their spouses or their
companies that exceed the $25,000 annual limit.
Failure to observe the requirements of the Local Authorities (Members’ Interests) Act 1968 could
potentially invalidate the particular decision made, or the action taken, by Council. Failure to
observe these requirements could also leave the elected member open to prosecution under the
Local Authorities (Members’ Interests) Act 1968. In the event of a conviction elected members can
be ousted from office.
Standing Orders
Elected members must adhere to any standing orders adopted by Council under the Local
Government Act 2002. These standing orders are subject to the same legal requirements as a
code of conduct with regard to their adoption and amendment.
Ethics
Hurunui District Council seeks to promote the highest standards of ethical conduct amongst its
elected members. Accordingly, elected members will:
• claim only for legitimate expenses as laid down by any determination of the Remuneration
Authority then in force, and Council policy
• not influence, or attempt to influence, any Council employee to take actions that may benefit
the member, or the member’s family or business interests
• not use Council resources for personal business (including campaigning)
• not solicit, demand, or request any gift, reward or benefit by virtue of their position
• notify the Chief Executive if any gifts are accepted in their capacity as elected member
• where a gift to the value of $100 or more is offered to a member, immediately disclose this to
the Chief Executive for inclusion in the publicly available register of interests.
Disqualification of Members from Office
Elected members are automatically disqualified from office if they are convicted of a criminal
offence punishable by two or more years imprisonment, or if they cease to be or lose their status
as an elector or of certain breaches of the Local Authorities (Members’ Interests) Act 1968.
Under the Local Government Act 2002, local authorities, when adopting a code of conduct, must
consider whether or not they will require members to declare whether they are an undischarged
bankrupt. This Council believes that bankruptcy does raise questions about the soundness of a
person’s financial management skills and their judgment in general. The Council therefore requires
elected members who are declared bankrupt to notify the Chief Executive as soon as practicable
after being declared bankrupt.
PART FOUR: COMPLIANCE AND REVIEW
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
27
This part deals with ensuring that elected members adhere to the code of conduct and
mechanisms for the review of the code of conduct.
Compliance
Elected members must note that they are bound to comply with the provisions of this code of
conduct (Local Government Act 2002, Schedule 7, section 15(4)). Members are also bound by the
Local Government Act 2002, the Local Authorities (Members’ Interests) Act 1968, the Local
Government Official Information and Meetings Act 1987, the Secret Commissions Act 1910, the
Crimes Act 1961 and the Securities Act 1978.
The Chief Executive will ensure that an explanation of these Acts is made at the first meeting after
each triennial election and that copies of these Acts are freely available to elected members. Short
explanations of the obligations that each of these has with respect to conduct of elected members
is attached in the Appendix to this code.
Conduct Review Committee
Compliance will be monitored by the Conduct Review Committee. This committee will be
constituted at the first meeting after triennial elections and will consist of the Mayor, the Deputy
Mayor and one other person who is not an elected member nor a staff member, and who has
dispute resolution skills.
Where any member(s) of the review committee is involved in a
dispute/breach of the code, they will be replaced by the Chair of Environmental Services and/or the
Chair of Works and Services.
All alleged breaches of the code will be reported to the above committee. Any allegation of a
breach of a code of conduct must be in writing, make a specific allegation of a breach of the code
of conduct, and provide corroborating evidence when possible. The committee will investigate the
alleged breach and prepare a report for the consideration of Council.
Before beginning any investigation, the committee will notify the elected member(s) in writing of the
complaint and explaining when and how they will get the opportunity to put their version of events.
The Council will consider the report in open meeting of Council, except where the alleged breach
relates to the misuse of confidential information or could impinge on the privacy of a member of
staff or of the general public, or elected member.
Responses to Breaches of the Code
The exact nature of the action the Council may take depends on the nature of the breach and
whether there are statutory provisions dealing with the breach. Where there are statutory
provisions:
breaches relating to members’ interests render members liable for prosecution by the AuditorGeneral under the Local Authority (Member’s Interests) Act 1968
breaches which result in the Council suffering financial loss or damage may be reported on by the
Auditor-General under the Local Government Act 2002, which may result in the member having to
make good the loss or damage
breaches relating to the commission of a criminal offence may leave the elected member liable for
criminal prosecution.
In these cases the Council may refer an issue to the relevant body, any member of the public may
make a complaint, or the body itself may take action of its own initiative.
Where there are no statutory provisions, the Council may take the following action:
censure
removal of the elected member from Council committees and/or other representative type bodies
dismissal of the elected member from a position as Deputy Mayor or Chair of a committee.
28
A decision to apply one or more of these actions requires a Council resolution to that effect.
Review
Once adopted, a code of conduct continues in force until amended by the Council. The code can
be amended at any time but cannot be revoked unless the Council replaces it with another code.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Once adopted, amendments to the code of the conduct require a resolution supported by 75 per
cent or more of the members of the Council present.
Council will formally review the code within 12 months after the beginning of each triennium.
Council will decide how the code will be reviewed and who will review it nearer the time of the
review. The results of that review will be presented to Council for their consideration and vote.
29
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
APPENDIX ONE:
LEGISLATION BEARING ON THE ROLE AND CONDUCT OF ELECTED MEMBERS
This is a summary of the legislation requirements that has some bearing on the duties and conduct
of elected members. Copies of these statutes can be found in the Council library or in the office of
the Chief Executive.
Local Authority (Members’ Interests) Act 1968
This Act regulates situations where a members’ personal interests impinge, or could be seen as
impinging on their duties as an elected member. The Act provides that an elected member is
disqualified from office if that member is concerned or interested in contracts under which
payments made by or on behalf of the local authority exceed $25,000 in any financial year.
Additionally, elected members are prohibited from participating in any Council discussion or voting
on any matter in which they have a pecuniary interest, other than an interest in common with the
general public. The same rules also apply where the member’s spouse contracts with the authority
or has a pecuniary interest.
Members may also contact the Audit Office for guidance as to whether that member has a
pecuniary interest, and if so, may seek an exemption to allow that member to participate or vote on
a particular issue in which they may have a pecuniary interest. The latter must be done before the
discussion or vote. The Chief Executive must also seek approval from the Audit Office for
contractual payments to members, their spouses or their companies that exceed the $25,000
annual limit.
Failure to observe these requirements could also leave the elected member open to prosecution
under the Local Authority (Members’ Interests) Act 1968. In the event of a conviction elected
members can be ousted from office.
Local Government Official Information and Meetings Act 1987
The Local Government Official Information and Meetings Act 1987 sets out a list of meetings
procedures and requirements. Of particular importance for the roles and conduct of elected
members is the fact that the chair has the responsibility to maintain order at meetings, but all
elected members should accept a personal responsibility to maintain acceptable standards of
address and debate. No elected member should:
create a disturbance or a distraction while another Councillor is speaking
be disrespectful when they refer to each other or other people
use offensive language about the Council, other Councillors, any employee of the Council or any
member of the public.
Secret Commissions Act 1910
Under this Act it is unlawful for an elected member (or officer) to advise anyone to enter into a
contract with a third person and receive a gift or reward from that third person as a result, or to
present false receipts to Council. If convicted of any offence under this Act a person can be
imprisoned for up to 2 years, or fines up to $1000, or both. A conviction therefore would trigger the
ouster provisions of the Local Government Act 2002 and result in the removal of the member from
office.
Crimes Act 1961
Under this Act it is unlawful for an elected member (or officer) to:
accept or solicit for themselves (or anyone else) any gift or reward for acting or not acting in
relation to the business of Council
use information gained in the course of their duties for their, or another persons, monetary gain or
advantage.
30
These offences are punishable by a term of imprisonment of 7 years or more. Elected members
convicted of these offences will also be automatically ousted from office.
Securities Act 1978
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
The Securities Act 1978 essentially places elected members in the same position as company
directors whenever Council offers stock to the public. Elected members may be personally liable if
investment documents such as a prospectus contain untrue statements and may be liable for
criminal prosecution if the requirements of the Act are not met.
APPENDIX TWO:
Register of Interests
Member’s Name:
Member’s Partner’s Name:
Effective Date:
This statement is given in accordance with the Code of Conduct adopted by Hurunui District
Council. The information contained in this statement is to the best of my knowledge complete and
accurate as at the effective date. I confirm that I have included in this statement details of any
interests held by me or my partner through trusts or companies.
Signed……………………………………………………………………………………..
Date………………………………………………………………………………………..
Interest
Member
Partner
Employment, trade or profession:
(for profit or gain)
Interest in any company, trust,
partnerships, joint ventures or
other business:
(ie; director, partner, trustee or
beneficiary)
Interests in land within the
Hurunui District Council:
(address or legal description)
Occupation:
Employers name:
31
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Interest
Member
Partner
Employment Status:
Appointments Held:
Memberships:
Gifts received as an Elected
Member:
(over NZ$100 within the last 12
months)
This information will be held by the Chief Executive, Hurunui District Office.
Council meeting 28 August 2003
Council meeting 26 October 2006
Council meeting 27 March 2008
32
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
C5
Caverhill Close Restricted Covenant
That the Council delegate consideration of applications made under the restrictive covenant
affecting Caverhill Close to the Council’s Planning & Regulatory committee (Replaced by
Environmental Services) subject to guidelines 1 - 8 detailed below:
GUIDELINES
1. Roof - that the pitch, at a minimum be greater than 20 degrees and should be sloped with
the hillside where applicable.
2. any roof clad in galvanised/iron shall be coloursteel.
3. Materials - should be natural materials (eg timber, stone). That imitation woodgrain finishes
(such as Permaline and Hardiplank only be permitted if finished appropriately to enhance a
natural appearance and that the building design has other mitigating features. Summerhill
stone and block should generally not be permitted (firewalls excluded). Imitation Adobe
blocks could be considered.
4. Cladding - if it is to be painted/stained then it should be finished before occupation of the
dwelling or within six months of the issue of the building permit (whichever is the sooner).
5. Facia/Gables - should be colour co-ordinated with the roof and wall cladding and completed
in a natural finish e.g. gable ends in board and batten.
6. Colour Scheme - should be in accord with those exampled in Appendix G of the Scheme
Change No 2 Amuri Operative District Scheme. That white not be permitted (other than
spouting and facia board to which it is attached).
7. Fencing - should meet the requirements of Clause 3 and should be constructed of natural
material only i.e. wood, stone or live hedges.
8. Design - should take cognisance of general location and subdivision. The stonework facade
at the entrance, the design of the roading and the old world street lamps indicate generally a
higher standard of amenity. As a guide budget style homes would be unlikely to be
acceptable unless mitigating features such as verandas, variation of window size or design
(floor to ceiling, bay window box etc), shutters, balconies and other similar features are
included in the design.
That the landscape plan required under Change Number 2 of the District Scheme take account of
clause e of the covenant which relates to fencing of the front boundary.
Council meeting 28 February 1991
33
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
D
D1
Delegations
D1/1
Local Government New Zealand Conference Delegate
That Council appoint the Mayor as presiding delegate and all other Councillors attending
conferences of Local Government New Zealand as alternate delegates.
That the Council appoints the following Councillors to attend the Annual Local Government New
Zealand Conferences for 1999, 2000 and 2001.
2002
Councillors Stapleton, Doody, Thomson
2003
Councillors McFadden, Meikle, McLay
2004
Councillors Prenter, Keys, Allan
2005
Appoint the Mayor as presiding delegate to Local Government New Zealand’s Special General
Meeting on 11 March 2005
Appoint Mayor Jackson as Presiding Delegate and Cr Daly and Cr Malthus as alternate delegates
th
to Local Government New Zealand’s Annual General Meeting on 24-27 July 2005, and appoints
Cr Dalley as an observer.
2006
Appoint Mayor Jackson as Presiding Delegate and Cr Daly Cr Doody and the Chief Executive
Officer as alternate delegates to Local Government New Zealand’s Annual General Meeting on 16th
19 July 2006.
2007
Appoint Mayor Jackson as presiding delegate and up to two delegates (CEO to be alternate
delegate) to Local Government New Zealand’s Annual General Meeting.
2008
Appoint Cr Doody as presiding delegate to Local Government New Zealand’s Annual General
Meeting.
2009
Appoint Mayor Jackson as the presiding delegate and the Deputy Mayor, Councillor Malthus and
the Chief Executive Officer as the two alternate delegates to the Local Government New Zealand
AGM.
34
Council meeting 28 June 1996
Council meeting 30 January 1997
Council meeting 18 March 1999
Council meeting 24 April 2002
Council meeting 21 April 2005
Council meeting 11 May 2006
Extraordinary Council Meeting 10 May 2007
Council meeting 24 April 2008
Council meeting 30 April 2009
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
D2
DOG CONTROL
D2/1 Dog Control Policy
HURUNUI DISTRICT COUNCIL DOG CONTROL POLICY 2008
Amended as at 1 July 2010
Introduction
The Dog Control Act 1996 requires district and city Councils to adopt a policy on the control of
dogs. The purpose of a Dog Control Policy is to
• minimize the danger distress and nuisance that dogs can cause
• avoid the inherent danger in allowing dogs to have uncontrolled access to public places that
are frequented by children
• enable the public to use streets and public amenities without fear of attack or intimidation by
dogs
• provide for the exercise and recreational needs of dogs and their owners
Enforcement and Bylaw Provisions
To enforce its Dog Control Policy and to provide for the wider public’s health and safety Council will
adopt a Dog Control Bylaw. Some provisions outlined in this Policy can be enforced under the Dog
Control Act 1996 either by way of an infringement notice issued under that Act or through a Court
imposed fine after a conviction.
Where possible Council will issue infringement notices to dog owners who do not comply with the
requirements of the Dog Control Act 1996, this Policy or the Hurunui District Council Dog Control
Bylaw 2007. All infringements are shown in the Dog Control Act 1996 and are reprinted in
Schedule Five to the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw.
Infringement fees are to be paid to the Council.
Council requires all dogs to be provided with all weather shelter, which protects from sun, wind and
rain or snow (see section 7 of the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw).
Council has controls in place (see section 8 of the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw) to
control bitches in season and diseased dogs.
Council may require a bitch or dog to be neutered or speyed if that dog receives more than 3
infringement offences in any 12 month period regardless of whether or not that dog has been
classified as dangerous or menacing or the dog owner has been classified as a probationary dog
owner (see section 9 of the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw).
Any dog found wandering in a public place, creating a public nuisance (including wandering on
private land or barking) may be impounded (see section 10 of the Hurunui District Council Dog
Control Bylaw).
Any person may appeal any action made under the bylaw by writing to Council (see section 11 of
the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw).
Dog Control in Public Places
Dogs must be kept under effective control at all times. For the purpose of this Policy effective
control means that the dog is either confined on private land, on a leash or under effective voice
command where the Dog will come when called and sit or stop on command.
Council will, over time, ensure that consistent signage is established across the District to assist
owners to comply with the provisions of this section of the Policy and the Hurunui District Council
Dog Control Bylaw.
Dog owners are encouraged to carry a dog faeces removal implement (plastic shopping bag). It is
an offence against the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw to leave dog faeces in any
public place.
Any Dog on the tray of a vehicle must be tied to the vehicle or secured within a cage that is
securely attached to the vehicle.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
35
Prohibited Areas
Dogs are permitted everywhere in the District except for any area designated as a controlled dog
area under s26ZS of the Conservation Act 1987 and those places set out in Schedule One to the
Dog Control Bylaw. As a general rule dogs are prohibited
•
•
•
•
From going to some key reserves in the District (See Schedule One of the Dog Control
Bylaw 2008)
Within 10m of any children’s playground facility
Within 10m of any barbeque area
At any Council owned swimming pool facility
Dog Leash Areas
Dogs should be leashed in areas where there are large numbers of other people. The areas in the
district where Council requires dogs to be leashed are set out in Schedule Two of the Hurunui
District Council Dog Control Bylaw In general dogs are required to be leashed
• In all urban areas
• At popular beaches
• At some key reserves in the District
Dog Exercise Areas
Council has set up areas where dogs may be exercised; these areas are shown in Schedule Three
of the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw. People visiting these areas should expect to find
dogs present. Dogs are expected to be kept under effective voice command at all times and dog
owners must carry a hand held leash. Dog owners are required to remove faeces.
All Other Areas
In all public spaces not defined as a ‘dog prohibited’, ‘dog on leash’ or ‘dog exercise area’ dogs are
required to be under effective control. At a minimum this is effective voice control, but may also be
by way of a leash which is securely held by the person in command of the dog.
Dog Camping Areas
Dogs are permitted to be in Hurunui District Council camping grounds as listed in Schedule Six of
the Hurunui District Council Dog Control Bylaw with he following restrictions:
• No more than two dogs are permitted at each camp site as defined in the bylaw
• Dogs must be on leashes whilst moving around the camping ground
• Dogs must be supervised by an adult over the age of 18 at all times
• Dogs classified as dangerous are excluded from these areas
36
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Owner Classification
Council has five tiers of dog owner classification. These five tiers are listed as follows.
Standard
Owner
Dog A dog owner who owns between 1 and 5 dogs and has not been
classed as a probationary owner or a disqualified dog owner is
classed as a standard dog owner.
Multiple
Owner
Dog A dog owner who owns more than 5 dogs is classified as a multiple
dog owner.
Disability Assist A dog owner who owns a seeing eye dog or a hearing ear dog (as
Dog Owner
defined in the Dog Control Act 1996) will be classed as a Disability
Assist Dog Owner.
Probationary
Dog Owner
A dog owner may be classified as a probationary dog owner if they
are issued with 3 or more infringement offences in a 2 year period or if
they are convicted of an offence against the Dog Control Act 1996.
Probationary dog owners may continue to own registered dogs
already in their possession but may not own new dogs for up to two
years and must dispose of all unregistered dogs in their possession.
Disqualified
Dog Owner
A dog owner must be disqualified from owning a dog if they are issued
with 3 or more infringement offences in a 2 year period or if they are
convicted of an offence against the Dog Control Act 1996 or part one
or part two of the Animal Welfare Act 1999, unless they are granted
probationary owner status. Disqualified dog owners may not own any
dogs for up to five years. All dogs in the possession of the disqualified
dog owner must be disposed of.
Standard Owner Classification
In the absence of an alternative classification dog owners are classed as standard dog owners.
Standard dog owners must ensure that their dogs are not able to stray off their own properties.
This can be achieved either by providing a fully fenced section or by ensuring that their dog is
securely tied up.
Standard dog owners must:
• Ensure that their dog(s) does(do) not stray off their property
• Ensure that their dog(s) is(are) provided with clean fresh water
• Ensure that their dog(s) is(are) provided with adequate exercise, care and attention
Owner With More than Five Dogs
An owner with more than five dogs is classified as a multiple dog owner. A multiple dog owner
must have six or more dogs registered in the Hurunui District.
Multiple Dog owners must comply with all the conditions of a standard dog owner.
Disability Assist Dog Owners
Every person who is the registered owner of a disability assist dog (classed as a hearing ear dog or
a seeing eye dog in the Dog Control Act 1996) will be classed as a disability assist dog owner.
Disability assist dog owners must comply with all the conditions of a standard dog owner
Probationary and Disqualified Dog Owners
Council is required under the Dog Control Act to consider classifying a dog owner as either a
probationary or a disqualified dog owner if they
• Commit more than three infringement offences against the Dog Control Act in a 24 month
period
• Are convicted of an offence (not being an infringement offence) against the Dog Control Act
1996
• Are convicted of an offence against Part One or Part Two of the Animal Welfare Act 1999,
section 26ZZP of the Conservation Act or section 561 of the National Parks Act 1980.
Council will use its discretion when deciding the appropriate owner classification.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
37
Probationary Dog Owner
Council may classify a dog owner as a probationary dog owner if the behaviour of their dog
demonstrates that they could be unfit to own a dog. However the behaviour of their dog or
themselves is not sufficiently bad to justify imposing the disqualified dog owner status on that
individual.
A person who has been classified as a probationary dog owner can object to the probationary
classification. An owner may object to this classification at any time over the period that the
classification but may only lodge one appeal every 12 months.
Once a dog owner is classified as probationary they must dispose of any unregistered dogs in their
possession. Probationary owners are not permitted to purchase or acquire any new dogs until their
probationary owner status is lifted. A probationary owner may also be required to undertake dog
obedience classes or some other for of educational training programme.
A probationary owner status will not extend for a period more than 24 months.
Disqualified Dog Owner
Council may choose to classify an owner as a disqualified dog owner if the behaviour of their dog
shows that they are unfit to own a dog. Particular consideration will be given to the safety of the
wider public.
A person who has been classified as a disqualified dog owner can object to the disqualified
classification. An owner may object to this classification at any time over the period that the
classification but may only lodge one appeal every 12 months.
Once a dog owner is classified as disqualified they must dispose of any dogs, either registered or
unregistered within 14 days of receiving the disqualified owner classification. Disqualified dog
owners may not be in possession of a dog except to prevent that dog causing injury damage or
distress or to return (within 72 hours) a lost dog to a territorial authority to reunite that do with its
owner.
If a person is convicted of breaching the conditions of their disqualified owner status they may be
liable to a fine of $3,000 on summary conviction.
Disqualified owner status may be imposed for a period up to five years.
Registration Fees
Dog Registration fees are payable before 1 August each year.
The owners of Dangerous Dogs are required to pay a registration fee equal to 150% of the
standard dog registration fee.
All multiple dog owners will receive a remission equal to the cost of registering one dog for the sixth
and subsequent dog owned by that person as long as they
• Pay their registration fee before 1 August for the financial year to which the registration
relates
• Have not been issued with an infringement notice issued under the Dog Control Act 1996 or
Council’s Dog Control Policy or Bylaw within the last financial year
• Are not classed as a probationary or disqualified dog owner
Note: Council may choose to revoke the remission to any person whether or not they comply or
partly comply with the requirements of this Policy.
All disability assist dog owner will be granted a full remission on the dog registration fees for their
disability assist dog. Other dogs owned by that person will be charged the standard dog
registration fee.
Note: It is important to note that this Policy does not remove the requirement for all dogs in the
Hurunui District to be registered rather it removes only the cost associated with the registration.
38
Late payment of registration fees will incur a penalty 50% of the registration fee for that type of dog.
No remission will be provided to multiple dog owners if the registration fee is paid late.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Menacing and Dangerous Dogs
Council may classify dogs as being menacing or dangerous under section 31 or 33A of the Dog
Control Act 1996.
Dangerous Dogs
Council is required under the Dog Control Act 1996 to classify a dog as being dangerous
• If the owner of that dog is convicted of an offence under section 57(2) of the Dog Control Act
1996 (Where a dog has attacked a person, stock, poultry, domestic animal or protected
wildlife)
• If Council believes from sworn evidence that the dog has shown aggressive behaviour that
may be a threat to any person, stock, poultry, domestic animal or protected wildlife
• If the owner of the dog admits in writing that their dog is a threat to any person, stock,
poultry, domestic animal or protected wildlife
The owner of a dog classified as dangerous has specific obligations under the Dog Control Act
1996, as follows
•
•
•
•
•
Must ensure that within 1 month of their dog being classified as dangerous they have the
dog enclosed on their property so that visitors to their property can access at least one door
without having to enter the dog enclosure.
May not allow their dog to be at large in any public place unless
The dog is contained in a vehicle or cage or
Is muzzled so the dog cannot bite but can breath and drink and
Is on a leash unless in a dog exercise area
Must attempt to get the dog neutered and
Provide Council (within 1 month) with a letter from a veterinarian stating that the dog has
been neutered or why it cannot be neutered at this time.
Must pay a Dog registration fee equal to 150% the registration fee that would normally be
payable
Must get Councils written consent before selling or disposing the dog to another person
Any dogs classified as dangerous in another territorial authority region will need to be neutered if
the owner wishes to register that dog in the Hurunui District.
If the owner of a dangerous dog is convicted of breaching any of the requirements outlined above
they may be liable for a fine of up to $3,000. In addition the dog control ranger may size and
remove the dog and retain custody of the dog until Council is satisfied that the owner has
demonstrated a willingness to comply with the requirements outlined above.
Menacing Dogs
Council may classify a dog as a menacing dog if it has not been classified as a dangerous dog but
Council believes that is may be a threat to any person, stock, poultry, domestic animal or protected
wildlife because of reported behaviour or the breed or type of dog.
The breeds of dog that Council categorises as menacing are shown in Schedule Four to the Dog
Control Bylaw.
The owner of a dog classified as menacing has specific obligations under the Dog Control Act
1996, as follows
• May not allow their dog to be at large in any public place unless
The dog is contained in a vehicle or cage or
Is muzzled so the dog cannot bite but can breath and drink and
Is on a leash unless in a dog exercise area
Council may require the owner of a menacing dog to be neutered. If Council requires a menacing
dog to be neutered the cost of any neutering will be carried out at the expense of the dog’s owner.
Education Programmes/Dog Obedience Courses
Council does not offer a dog owner education programme.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
39
Council may require any probationary owner to undertake a dog education programme in lieu of
classifying an owner as a disqualified dog owner. This may require the owner travelling to a
location outside of the district to undertake this training.
Dog Pounds
Council will provide a dog impounding facility (dog pound).
Council will charge owners a fee to help cover the cost of impounding their dog. The fee is set on a
sliding scale with the first impounding costing less than the second impounding and the third and
subsequent impounding costing the most. This fee is shown in Council’s fees and charges and is
subject to change.
Council will release an impounded dog
When all fees (registration, infringement, microchipping and impounding) are paid or an
appropriate arrangement for payment has been made.
Council may release an unclaimed / unwanted dog to a new owner but the new owner will be
required to pay for one year’s registration and the cost of microchipping if appropriate before the
dog is released into the new owner’s custody.
No dog will be released from the pound into the ownership of any person or organisation which
may use such dogs for the purposes of research in which the dog is subject to physical operations
or treatment causing changes whether temporary or permanent.
Council meeting 31 July 2008
Council meeting 27 May 2010
40
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
D1
Development Contributions
D3/1 Development Contributions Policy
Introduction
Any growth in the district will impact on the existing reserves, sewerage, water, stormwater,
roading, township infrastructure and recreation facilities. To ensure that the expected population
growth does not adversely affect residents the Council has identified a number of infrastructural
developments needed to cope with this growth.
The Local Government Act 2002 (LGA) allows councils to collect “Development Contributions”,
which are contributions of land or money made by developers towards the cost of providing new
infrastructure, or increased capacity in existing infrastructure as a result of growth.
Councils can also collect Financial Contributions under the Resource Management Act 1991 via
rules in the District Plan. A Council cannot however take both development contributions and
financial contributions for the same purpose. The type of contribution must be stipulated in the
development contributions policy. The following diagram illustrates this.
Development Occurring Within the District
Levied under the Local
Government Act 2002
A Development Contribution (for
projects identified in the LTCCP) to
cater for the planned growth of:
Sewer, water & drainage services
Roading
Reserves
Community Infrastructure
Levied at the time of:
Subdivision; or
Land use or Building Consent; or
(If applicable) connection to
services; and
(If applicable) connection to the
network roads identified in the
District Transport Study 2001
Levied under the Local Resource
Management Act 1991
A Financial
Contribution to:
Enable the adverse
effects of each
development proposal
to be offset eg land to
vest as road, or money
to enable the local
capacity of services to
be increased.
A Works & Service
Condition for:
Physical works to be
undertaken, eg
construction of a new
road.
Levied at the time of:
Subdivision or land
use consent
Levied at the time of:
Subdivision or land
use consent
The Hurunui District Council has decided that growth in the district will be funded from three main
sources:
Financial contribution (levied under the Resource Management Act), which are designed to offset
adverse effects of a particular development, and are identified in the Hurunui District Plan.
Development Contributions (charged under the Local Government Act 2002), which are for growth
related projects that are identified in the Hurunui Long Term Community Plan.
The specifics of this policy are divided into three main sections, which identify the rationale and
formula for contributions for: reserves, network infrastructure, and community infrastructure. These
are preceded by a few general policy statements, as set out below.
Development Contributions
The Council is charging development contributions to ensure that the growth related capital
expenditure identified in this Hurunui Long Term Plan (HLTCP) is recovered from those who
directly benefit from it, rather than from ratepayers. Development contributions will be charged
when the effect of the development, or the cumulative effect of developments, contribute to the
need for the development of physical works or Council services and when these works or services
have been allowed for in the HLTCP.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
41
Financial Contributions
The purpose for which financial contributions may be taken under the Resource Management Act
1991 are related to section 5 of the Act (the sustainable management of natural and physical
resources). A financial contribution can be imposed on a resource consent as long as it is in
accordance with a rule in the district plan.
Financial contributions in the District Plans can be taken to pay the costs of services such as
roads, water supplies, sewerage and drainage systems which must be developed to address
adverse effects on the environment.
The Council uses financial contributions to fund capital expenditure on infrastructural and
community facilities where:
• The development has not been foreseen in the HLTCP, but the effect of development
directly contributes to the need for physical works on Council services and infrastructure; or
• The Council’s population projections do not indicate that the costs of the Council’s
investment will be recovered within an appropriate timeframe; or
• The costs of Council-funded investment will impact on existing ratepayers; or
• There is a need to offset adverse environmental effects that may result from a development,
for example to improve a wetland to offset land disposal.
Financial contributions are also used to take land for any infrastructure, reserve or other community
facility within a development, where that land or those facilities will vest in the Council.
Further information on Financial Contributions is available in the Council’s District Plan.
Basis for Calculation of Contribution
The detailed basis for assessment for developments is explained for each contribution. There are
two broad groups of contributions. One applies to services and facilities that have a district wide
benefit and the costs are apportioned across the whole district. The second group has more
tangible benefits for a defined group of users and the costs are apportioned to the direct
beneficiaries.
42
Growth Forecasting Assumptions
Over the last three census periods, the Hurunui District has experienced a 10% increase in its
permanent resident population as measured by Statistics New Zealand (SNZ). The population
under the SNZ medium growth projection is expected to reach 12.650 by 2031. High rates of
absentee ownership of lifestyle blocks and holiday homes (especially in Hanmer Springs)
complicate the process of forecasting growth in the district, but statistical correlations indicate a
significant relationship between the census data upon which these figures are based (the “usually
resident population”) and overall growth in the district (the number of properties added to the rating
database from which development contributions may be collected, including holiday homes,
seasonal accommodation etc.) In some localities, this correlations is stronger with census data in
the surrounding area (Ward), or even with that for the district as a whole, and in such cases it has
been assumed that population growth in these wider areas is more a of a driver of growth (ie that
there will be more migration to the locality than the SNZ figures for that locality indicate).
In general, the SNZ medium series has been used for long range forecasting, as this series is the
more likely to be stable over time. Due to the recession, it is expected that development will slow
in the short term. Accordingly, we have chosen to use the SNZ low series for projecting growth for
the 2009/10, 2010/11 financial years. After this time, it is expected that the recession will lift, so the
medium series (offset by the decline) should be a more appropriate basis upon which to project
growth. In addition, as a result of the consultation process and direct communications with key
developers in the Amberley area, the Council deemed it appropriate to allow for a greater amount
of growth in the number of sections in the Amberley Township than the SNZ population predictions
anticipated. The rationale for taking this stance was that various large residential developments
and a commercial development (including a supermarket) were significantly advanced. As these
do have a direct effect on the level of growth, adjustments to the growth forecasts for the years
after 2010/11 were made.
The following graphs show the growth expected in the key areas of the district and for the district
as a whole.
Accuracy of Predictions
Unfortunately, the “area unit” boundaries used by SNZ do not always align with the areas from
which the Council wishes to collect development contributions, and, accordingly, a number of
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
assumptions have been used for calculating the population projections for these areas (eg
subtracting or adding areas for which we do have figures; extrapolating GIS data for unknown
areas in cases in which there is a good correlation between this and known areas).
This procedure and all of the assumptions mentioned above are potential sources of error for this
policy, but they are necessary approximations given the information and resources that we have to
work with.
There is obviously a large degree of uncertainty in any attempt at predicting the future (the
variance between the SNZ high and low population projection series is 17%), and given the large
number of assumptions for this policy (detailed above), this is difficult to quantify. The statistical
strength of the relationship between census data and property growth for the district as a whole is
2
approximately 89% (r = 0.987, and the range for the various sub-areas of the district 72%-95%.
All trends have also been checked in a qualitative way by examining graphs. It is considered that
the overall level of accuracy will further be raised by factoring in a recession (as described above).
The full methodology behind this policy is available from the Council upon request.
Administration
Development Contributions will be levied at different development ‘trigger’ points. Under the Local
Government Act 2002 the contribution can be collected on grant of a resource consent under the
Resource Management Act or the grant of a building consent under the Building Act or an
authorisation for a service connection. These are detailed for each contribution in separate
policies.
The particular development contributions payable will be determined from the policy schedules
applicable at the date of approval of a resource consent, building consent, or service connection
authorisation.
If these contributions are paid within a period of two years of the approval of the resource consent,
building consent, or service-connection authorisation, no further development contributions will be
payable for the units for which the contributions have been paid. Contributions paid upon sections
will cover subsequent development relating to one residential housing unit per section. Additional
sections, units of housing, and/or units of water connected will incur additional contributions as
determined from the policy schedules applicable at the date of approval of the resource consent,
building consent, or service-connection authorisation for the additional units.
If contributions are not paid within the period of two years from the date of assessment, a
reassessment of contributions payable will be made in accordance with the policy schedules
applicable at the date of assessment, a reassessment of contributions payable will be made in
accordance with the policy schedules applicable at the date of payment. The consequence of this
is that the total amount of contributions payable will likely be greater than that set out in the
assessment made at the date of approval.
Contributions will be refunded, less administration costs, if the works for which they were collected
(or equivalent works) do not proceed within the ‘maximum period’ identified for each work in Table
Two.
The requirement to pay a development contribution is not imposed as a condition of the resource
consent or the building consent, but arises by operation of law as a consequence of the adoption of
this policy, and is not therefore subject to either the objection and appeal processes set out in the
Resources Management Act or the determination procedures set out in the Building Act.
Projects Carried Forward
Projected units of demand have been updated for all projects, and where the capital cost of a
project has increased or decreased form the amount previously projected, the capital expenditure
on which the development contributions are calculated has been amended. All figures have been
inflation adjusted as shown in Table One, and the projected development contribution payable for
each year of the ten year financial planning period of this plan is set out in Table Two (GST added
and figures rounded).
43
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Table One: Inflation adjusted capital costs: Proportion due to growth (either an estimated
percentage, or equalised over the estimated total units of demand in target period (see Table Two))
for Years 1-3 and Year 10 of this plan.
Total
capital cost
of project
(including
non-growth
related
component
s in 2010
dollars)
Est. proportion of
growth attributable to
development (net
result of estimates
for each capital item
in project)
Est. total
units of
demand by
end of
target
period (to
spread
developme
nt cost if
applicable)
1,981
Est. (actual
when
available)
total capital
cost due to
growth,
inflation
adjusted to
2010
Est. (actual
when
available)
total capital
cost due to
growth,
inflation
adjusted to
2011
Est. (actual
when
available)
total capital
cost due to
growth,
inflation
adjusted to
2011
Est. (actual
when
available)
total capital
cost due to
growth,
inflation
adjusted to
2019
Amberley Ward
$293,846
Amberley Sewer
Pipe Upgrades
Amberley Sewer
Pond Upgrade
Amberley
Stormwater
Amberley
Township
Reserves
Amberley Walking
& Cycling Routes
Amberley Ward
Reserves
Amberley Water
Ashley Water
Cheviot Water
Conical Hill
Reserve Walkway
Development
Hanmer Springs
Hall
Amberley
Township
Amberley
Sewer Area
Amberley
Township
Amberley
Township
$678,000
Spread based on a
ratio of new units of
demand/total units of
demand
100%
$54,697
$56,185
$57,571
$68,500
1,244
$678,000
$694,733
$715,804
$893,617
$555,792
80
1,533
$444,634
$455,607
$469,426
$586,071
$966,000
33
1,124
$316,000
$323,799
$333,620
$416,519
$813,000
100
1,304
$813,000
$835,117
$855,709
$1,018,157
Amberley
Township
Amberley Ward
$274,000
100
1,244
$274,000
$281,310
$180,637
$341,303
$1,450,000
100
2,989
$1,450,000
$1,489,447
$1,526,173
$1,815,901
Amberley Water
Ashley Water
Cheviot Water
Hanmer Springs
Ward
$848,342
$3,302,774
$638,071
$100,000
49
100
61
100
1,161
2,745
1,218
1,839
$419,239
$3,302,774
$987,074
$100,000
$429,585
$3,384,287
$396,627
$102,720
$442,615
$3,486,932
$408,657
$105,253
$552,598
$4,353,382
$510,202
$125,235
Hanmer Springs
Ward
$458,060
1,659
$108,981
$111,946
$114,707
$136,482
Hanmer Springs
Medical
Hanmer Springs
Ward
$723,529
1,659
$172,142
$176,825
$181,185
$215,581
Hanmer Springs
Sewer
Hanmer Springs
Stormwater
Hanmer Springs
Town Centre
Development
Hanmer Springs
Water
Hanmer Springs
Sewer Area
Hanmer Springs
Township
Hanmer Springs
Ward
$1,059,548
Spread based on a
ratio of new units of
demand/total units of
demand
Spread based on a
ratio of new units of
demand/total units of
demand
67
1,638
$710,291
$727,821
$749,896
$936,233
$600,000
80
1,796
$480,000
$491,846
$506,764
$632,687
$1,443,515
60
2,076
$866,109
$889,671
$911,608
$1,084,667
Hanmer Springs
Urban Water
Area
Hurunui District
$693,107
59
1,688
$411,506
$421,662
$434,451
$542,406
$1,912,506
5,949
$345,260
$354,652
$363,397
$432,384
Hurunui Water
Glenmark Ward
Hurunui District
$417,232
$33,694
$4,400,000
Spread based on a
ratio of new units of
demand/total units of
demand
75
100
Spread based on a
ratio of new units of
demand/total units of
demand
1,729
456
6,942
$312,924
$33,694
$1,309,975
$320,647
$34,611
$1,345,612
$330,372
$35,464
$1,378,792
$412,465
$42,196
$1,640,541
Project
Funded from
Amberley Domain
Pavilion
Hurunui District
Library
44
Hurunui Water
Omihi Reserve
Queen Mary
Development
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Table Two: Development Contribution Schedule for Years 1-3 and Year 10 of this plan: Types of Contributions, Points and Which Collected, and Dollar
Amounts of Contributions, which is calculated by dividing the Inflation Adjusted Capital Costs in Table One by the Estimated number of new units in the target
period (columns 6 and 7 below).
Point at which
contribution is
collected
(number refers
to notes below)
Start year for
contributions
Max. No. of
years from
start year
until project is
undertaken*
Est. No. of
new units to
collect from in
target period
based on
growth model
369
542
New
development
contribution
(GST added)
2009/10
New
development
contribution
(GST added)
2010/11
New
development
contribution
(GST added)
2011/12
New
development
contribution
(GST added)
2018/19
10
10
Target period
(years from
start period)
over which to
collect
contributions
10
28
Reserves
Network Infrastructure
1
2
2004
2008
$170
$1,410
$170
$1,440
$180
$1,490
$210
$1,850
Amberley Sewer
Area
Amberley Township
Amberley Township
Amberley Township
Network Infrastructure
2
2004
10
24
434
$1150
$1,180
$1,220
$1,520
Network Infrastructure
Reserves
Community Infrastructure
3
1
4
2004
2008
2008
10
10
20
26
31
28
493
602
542
$720
$,520
$570
$740
$1,560
$580
$760
$1,600
$600
$950
$1,900
$710
Amberley Ward
Amberley Water
Ashley Water
Cheviot Water
Hanmer Springs
Ward
Hanmer Springs
Ward
Hanmer Springs
Ward
Hanmer Springs
Sewer Area
Hanmer Springs
Township
Hanmer Springs
Ward
Hanmer Springs
Urban Water Area
Hurunui District
Hurunui Water
Glenmark Ward
Reserves
Network Infrastructure
Network Infrastructure
Network Infrastructure
Reserves
1
2
5
5
1
2008
2004
2006
2006
2008
20
10
10
10
10
32
27
13
25
10
1,208
463
685
201
427
$1,350
$1,020
$5,430
$2,160
$260
$1,390
$1,040
$5,560
$2,220
$270
$4,120
$1,080
$5,730
$2,280
$280
$1,690
$1,340
$7,150
$2,850
$330
Community Infrastructure
4
2004
10
10
395
$310
$320
$330
$390
Community Infrastructure
4
2004
10
10
395
$490
$500
$520
$610
Network Infrastructure
2
2004
10
20
371
$2,160
$2,210
$2,280
$2,840
Network Infrastructure
3
2004
10
20
632
$850
$880
$900
$1,130
Community Infrastructure
4
2004
10
20
812
$1,200
$1,230
$1,260
$1,500
Network Infrastructure
2
2004
10
20
495
$940
$960
$990
$1,230
Community Infrastructure
Network Infrastructure
Reserves
4
5
1
2004
2006
2004
10
10
10
10
14
10
1,074
113
83
$360
$3,120
$460
$370
$3,190
$470
$380
$3,290
$480
$450
$4,110
$570
Project
Funded from
Category of contribution
Amberley Domain Pavilion
Amberley Sewer Pipe
Upgrades
Amberley Sewer Pond
Upgrade
Amberley Stormwater
Amberley Township Reserves
Amberley Walking & Cycling
Routes
Amberley Ward Reserves
Amberley Water
Ashley Water
Cheviot Water
Conical Hill Reserve Walkway
Development
Hanmer Springs Hall
Amberley Ward
Amberley Township
Hanmer Springs Medical
Hanmer Springs Sewer
Hanmer Springs Stormwater
Hanmer Springs Town Centre
Development
Hanmer Springs Water
Hurunui District Library
Hurunui Water
Omihi Reserve
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Queen Mary Development
Reserves
Hurunui District
1
2004
10
20
2,067
$710
$730
$750
$890
Notes: Points and which Contributions are payable and maximum contribution for reserves**
1. At the time of granting a subdivision consent, or if a separate certificate of the title exists against which no development levy has been paid, at the time
of issuing a building consent.
2. At the time of granting a subdivision consent or if not development been paid, at the time of issuing a building consent or resource consent or at time of
connection to service.
3. When subdivision consent is granted and or where subsequently an additional dwelling house or business premise is promoted on the same lot at the
time when either a resource consent or a building consent is granted.
4. Upon granting a subdivision consent or building consent or resource consent. Al new subdivisions will be subject to the community infrastructure
contributions set out in this table. Where allotments already exist but have not been built on the contribution will be collected on the granting of the
building consent or resource consent.
5. At the time of application to Rural Water Scheme.
**In the case of reserve contributions, the contribution payable will be capped at the greater of 7.5% of the value of the additional allotments created by a
subdivision or the value of equivalent of 20 square metres of land for each additional household unit created by the development.
Totals:
Hanmer Springs Township
Hanmer Springs Ward (ecl. Town)
Amberley Township
Leithfield Township & Amberley Beach Township
Leithfield Beach Township
Amberley Ward (excl. Townships)
Glenmark Ward
Cheviot Ward
Hurunui Community (Ward)
Amuri Community (Ward)
Council meeting 25 June 2009
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
2009/10
$7,280
$3,330
$8,980
$9,170
$3,740
$2,590
$1,530
$3,230
$4,190
$1,070
2010/11
$7,470
$3,420
$9,200
$9,400
$3,840
$2,660
$1,570
$3,320
$4,290
$1,100
2011/12
$7,690
$3,520
$9,480
$9,680
$3,950
$2,730
$1,610
$3,410
$4,420
$1,130
2018/19
$9,370
$4,170
$11,510
$11,910
$4,760
$3,240
$1,910
$4,190
$5,450
$1,340
D3/1/1
Reserves Development Contributions Policy
Definition
Within the Hurunui district, development contributions for reserves apply to land and the
development of land that is under the control and management of the Hurunui District Council or is
being managed under the Reserve Management Act 1977.
Development Contributions are collected for the following purposes
• Land purchase of reserves for the reserves network including linkage strips
Development of vested reserve land, including;
• Construction of recreation facilities including buildings
• Fencing and gates
• Sport surfaces
• Development and upgrading of reserve to meet growth
• Developing access to reserves, including paths, roads, car parking and cycleways
• Signage
• Planting of major trees
• Public toilets associated with the use of the reserve
• Playgrounds and play equipment
• Park furniture including seats, littler bins, picnic tables and lighting
• Infrastructure, water, irrigation, power and sewage
• Any site specific requirements.
Particular projects are the:
• Development and upgrade of the Queen Mary Site for recreational use
• Redevelopment of the Amberley Pavilion
• Omihi Domain netball court development
• Conical Hill/Oregon Heights/Lucas Lane walkway development
• Acquisition and development of Amberley Ward Reserves
• Acquisition and development of Amberley Township Reserves.
Need to Undertake the Activity
The Council aims to add to and develop its reserve network to provide areas that allow people to
enjoy physical and passive recreation, while at the same time retaining areas of conservation
value. All of the above are important for individual and community wellness. The capital projects
will add considerable improvements to the existing network of reserves and facilities.
Community Outcomes/Dimensions of Wellness to which the Activity Primarily Relates
A desirable place to live work and play
Landscape and Outlook
Individual and Community Lifestyle
Social, Cultural and Environmental Wellbeing
Distribution of Benefits
Economic
The ongoing development of the reserves network will result in a better physical environment and a
healthier community, which in turn will encourage more people to do business and live in the area.
Social
As growth increases and demographic and lifestyle changes occur, it is necessary for appropriate
reserve space to be provided and enhanced, in line with community expectations.
Cultural
Open spaces, pedestrian links and sports fields provide opportunities for sporting and other
recreational activities which are important aspects of the community’s culture.
Environmental
The development of reserves will enable the physical environment, including special heritage,
vistas and open spaces to be protected as growth increases.
Duration of Benefits
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
47
The reserves that are being developed over the next 20 years will provide ongoing and long term
benefits to the community.
Impact of the Activity on the Current and Future Wellbeing of the Community
The development of reserves and the facilities on reserves to meet the demands from growth will
have a considerable impact on the social, economic, cultural and environmental wellbeing of the
community. Future changes in lifestyle and the structure of the population will require
responsiveness on the part of the Council to provide recreation opportunities, social, environmental
and cultural spaces that will encourage individuals to be involved in a range of leisure, play and
recreation activities and will promote a healthy community. Benefits apply to the whole community
from the provision of reserves. While there are wider community and environmental benefits from
the creation of new reserves, the Council considers that future property owners should contribute
directly to the development costs of reserves to ensure that the district can continue to provide the
existing level of service to a growing population.
Sources of Funding
Loans
Yes
Rates
Yes
Development Contributions
Yes
For further detail on funding for capital projects refer to the Prospective Summary of Capital
Expenditure, the Revenue and Financing Policy, and the Reserves Activity Plan.
Calculation of Contribution
There are two reserve contributions, one for district wide reserves applicable to all new residential
units of demand. This is based on a wider sphere of use of the land. The other is for amenity
reserves, which are primarily based around use by the residents of a ward or township. In both
cases, contributions will be payable on a unit rate of demand for any new residential activity or
subdivision, which creates a residential opportunity whether urban or rural.
Contributions are calculated per lot by dividing the cost of the capital expenditure due to growth as
detailed in Table One by the number of units of growth expected in the target period. The resulting
amounts are set out in Table Two. These amounts are capped as per statutory requirements at
the greater of 7.5% of the value of the additional allotments created by a subdivision or the value
equivalent of 20 square metres of land for each additional household unit created by the
development. This value will be calculated on an individual basis based upon estimated market
value at the time that the contributions are collected.
Points at which Contributions are Collected
Contributions will be collected at the time of granting a subdivision consent, or if a separate
certificate of title exists against which no development levy has been paid, at the time of issuing a
building consent.
48
Rationale for Individual Projects
The Queen Mary site is envisaged as providing for future recreational opportunities for a twenty
year planning horizon from 2004. There is a need to add to and improve this land and expand its
potential for recreation use. It will be a District Reserve and, as such, all expenditure on
development will be spread across both existing and future units of demand across the district over
the twenty year period.
The development and upgrade of the Conical Hill/Oregon Heights/Lucas Lane reserve walkway is
required to cater for the increased demands put on this reserve from growth and a local desire to
fund this project. The cost will therefore be spread across the future units of demand over the life
of the Hurunui Long Term Community Plan 2009-19 from within the Hanmer Springs Ward.
The Amberley Domain Pavilion redevelopment provides for an improvement to an amenity reserve.
The cost will therefore be spread across both existing and future units of demand over the ten
years from 2004-2014 from within the Amberley Ward.
The Omihi Reserve Netball court upgrade provides for an improvement to an amenity reserve. The
cost will therefore be spread across both existing and future units of demand over the ten years
from 2004-14 from within the Glenmark Ward.
The acquisition and development of Amberley Ward Reserves are to provide for additional
recreation facilities and sports grounds within the ward that will be required due to growth over the
foreseeable future, as identified in the Amberley Reserve Strategy. Its costs will thus be recovered
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
from development occurring within the Amberley Ward. Due to a downturn in growth since the
initial planning period, the date for this project has been pushed out to 2029, and its cost will thus
be spread across the future units of demand expected by the policy maximum of 20 years past that
date, ie 40 years from 2008-2049.
The acquisition and development of Amberley Township Reserves are to provide for additional
neighbourhood reserves, passive reserve areas and linkage strips, in line with the Amberley
Reserve Strategy. These reserves will be required due to growth within the Township. Since
again, this is projected to slow, these have been rescheduled to start at a later date, and therefore
the cost will be spread across the future units of demand for 15 years after the estimated mid-point
of expenditure on these projects (2024), ie for 31 years from 2008-2039 (2006-2026) from within
the Amberley Township.
Basis for Assessment
It is recognised that there are two main types of reserves; those that are used by the community as
a whole and those that are used more often by those living or working in the immediate locality of
the reserve. For this reason the reserves policy is divided into “District Wide Reserve” and
“Amenity Reserves”.
Residents and workers in a ward or township area make use of amenity reserves, while a wider
cross section of the community will more often use a district reserve. According to formula for
calculating contributions is adjusted to recognise the type of reserve which development is
occurring on. The exception to this rule is the Conical Hill/Oregon Heights/Lucas Lane Reserve
which is a district reserve but will be funded by growth in the Hanmer Ward. This is due to a desire
by the local community group to upgrade this reserve in order to accommodate the demands from
the growth occurring within the ward. The Council has accepted this modification to the general
policy.
Multi Unit Resident Developments
The payment for multi unit residential housing including flats, town houses, retirement villages and
apartments, will be applied on the basis that each separate residential unit shall be treated as a
separate unit of demand and be charged accordingly
Travellers Accommodation Including Hotel/Motel Units and Long Term Workers Accommodation
For each hotel, motel or separate unit of travellers or workers accommodation (excluding home
stays accommodating less than 6 visitors) a payment of 50% of the standard reserve development
contribution will be applied to each separate unit of accommodation let for tariff.
For camping grounds, hostels, bunkhouses and backpackers accommodation or comparative
travellers accommodation a contribution shall be determined on the basis of payment of 50% of the
standard reserve development contribution for each four visitors the premises the premises
camping ground can accommodate.
Any manager’s accommodation associated with travellers or workers accommodation shall be
charged at the full rate.
Assumptions
That all households should contribute equally to either district or amenity reserves irrespective of
whether the unit of demand is urban based or rurally based. This assumption is based on the fact
that the capital expenditure being proposed on reserves is for growth likely to be used on an equal
basis by both urban and rural dwellers.
That development that creates equivalent transient demands for infrastructure upgrades should
contribute on a reduced scale.
That the district will grow as per the forecasts set out in this policy.
Circumstances for Refunds or Reductions
In the event that planned reserve purchases, developments or alternative upgrades are not
undertaken within the “maximum period” set out in Table Two, development contributions will be
refunded, after allowing for the associated administration costs. (In the case of land taken for
reserve purposes, the maximum period will be negotiated with the land owner at the time the
contribution is made).
Where land is transferred to the Council for reserve purposes by agreement that will have benefits
to the community that are similar to those which would be provided by a reserve under its existing
control, the Council may agree to a reduction in the reserve contribution to acknowledge the
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
49
benefit. For Amberley Township Reserve and Amberley Ward Reserves, circumstances where this
may be appropriate are detailed further in the Amberley Reserve Strategy.
Where the Council and a developer agree that the development will incorporate assets of benefit to
the community, the Council may agree to a reduction in the reserve contribution to acknowledge
the benefit.
Where the Council assesses that no additional demand on reserves will arise from a development,
the Council may agree to a reduction in the reserve contribution to acknowledge the benefit.
Where the Council assesses that no additional demand on reserves will arise from a development,
the Council may agree to a reduction in the reserve contribution.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
50
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
D3/1/2
Network Infrastructure Development Contributions Policies
Definition
Within the Hurunui District, network infrastructure for the purposes of development contributions
includes sewer; water; and stormwater services under the control and management of the Hurunui
District Council.
Policy Principles
The policies for the assessment of development contributions for sewer, water and stormwater
have been developed on the broad principle that infrastructure costs incurred to meet demands
associated with growth should be spread as equitably and as practicable among the beneficiaries
of the expenditure on new network infrastructure are developers, builders, and new
property/building owners, hence development contributions are collected for the costs involved.
District Plan Development Areas
The district plan identifies zoning for future growth in Amberley, Hanmer Springs and Leithfield.
Growth is also occurring in areas serviced by the Ashley, Cheviot and Hurunui Rural Water
schemes. Growth in other towns in the district can be accommodated without substantial
upgrading of water, sewerage or stormwater infrastructure.
Formula
The formula and the contribution for each category of network infrastructure is the capital cost of
the project attributable to growth (Table One) divided by the number of new units of demand
expected in the target period, producing the contribution amounts shown in Table Two.
Point at Which Contributions are Collected
Contributions for rural water schemes are collected at the point of making an application to connect
to the scheme in question. Contributions for stormwater are collected when a subdivision consent
is granted and/or where subsequently an additional dwelling house or business premise is
promoted on the same lot at the time when either a resource consent or a building consent is
granted. All other network infrastructure connections (ie sewerage and township water) are
collected at the time of granting a subdivision consent or if no development levy has been paid, at
the time of issuing a building consent or resource consent or at the time of connection to the
network service.
Connecting to Existing Services
In addition to any development contribution charge, all connections to utilities and services will be
charged a connection fee, based on an assessment of actual costs.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
51
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
D3/1/3
Water Infrastructure Policy
The Hurunui District Council operates several different water supply schemes and while the
policies and methodology for calculating development contributions are the same for each scheme,
the actual level of contribution varies because of different growth and planned expenditure.
The schedule details the different amounts applicable to developments within each scheme.
Need to Undertake the Activity
The Council provides potable water to avoid the risk of water borne diseases affecting public
health. The growth of the district will result in additional connections to the system which will
increase the demand on existing services. The Council believes it should be developing long term
sustainable solutions that cater for users of today and tomorrow; therefore, any scheme it develops
or extends will have planned growth component within it.
Community Outcomes/Dimensions of Wellness to Which the Activity Primarily Contributes
(Essential) Infrastructure
Environmental responsibility and wellbeing
Social, Cultural and Economic wellbeing
Distribution of Benefits
Economic
The supply of potable water supports economic growth, which impacts on the whole community;
however the individuals that are connecting to a system will gain the direct benefits of the service.
Social
It is convenient and efficient that an agreed level of supply is made available. The expansion of the
systems in line with growth benefits the health of individuals and the community.
Cultural
The extraction of water is done in a manner that respects cultural relationships with water.
Environmental
The extraction of water for potable water supply systems impacts on the natural waterways and
ecosystems of this district. Sustainable growth contributes to the maintenance of a high quality
natural environment.
Duration of Benefits
The water supply systems that are being upgraded over the years within their respective planning
horizons will provide long-term benefit to the community. The duration of benefit is dependent on
the ability to gain the necessary resource consents, but is anticipated to be a minimum of 35 years
with any engineering solution intended to provide future benefits equivalent to the design life of the
system’s components which for certain assets is in excess of 70 years.
Impact of the Activity on the Current and Future Wellbeing of the Community
Water is a necessity of life and the supply of potable water to meet the needs of growth will have a
considerably positive impact on the social, economic and environmental wellbeing of the
community.
The capacity of the schemes allow for growth that ensures not only the current users, but also
future users, will benefit from the system. It is equitable that those who join a scheme should
contribute to the cost of providing for growth. Current users must fund the cost of additional
capacity until those future users are connected; therefore it is reasonable that when future users
arrive they make a contribution to the cost of catering for that growth.
52
Sources of funding:
Loans
Yes
Rates
Yes
Development Contributions
Yes
For further detail on funding for capital expenditure refer to the Prospective Summary of Capital
Expenditure, the Revenue and Financing Policy or the Water Activity Plan.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Calculation of Contribution
The contribution for Hanmer Springs water, Amberley water and Ashley, Cheviot and Hurunui
Rural water supplies will be calculated on the cost of the capital expenditure associated with
increasing the capacity of the systems to enable growth (Table One), divided by the number of new
units of demands (including business and residential use development) that the area is capable of
servicing. The result is the cost will apply to each new unit of demand (Table Two). The units of
demand for Hanmer have been calculated on the basis of providing capacity for 27, 25 and 14
years respectively (see Table Two). These figures have been extended from the planning periods
set out in earlier versions of this policy due to lower than expected growth. The expenditure
incurred for the Ashley Rural scheme has been extended to 13 years from 2004.
Basis for Assessment
Current users and future users benefit equally from the maximum capacity of a water supply
system. Based on the assumption that one current user will consume the same amount of system
capacity as a future user, they should equally share the cost of providing that maximum capacity.
Residential and Business Activities (Urban Areas)
Each new standard connection or subdivision lot established will be charged one development
contribution as identified in the schedule. Additional business established on the same lot will be
charged a separate development contribution.
Multi Unit Residential Developments
The payment for multi unit residential housing including flats, town houses, retirement villages and
apartments, will be applied on the basis that each separate residential unit shall be treated as a
separate unit of demand and be charged accordingly.
Travellers Accommodation Including Hotel/Motel Units and Long Term Workers Accommodation
(Urban Areas)
For each hotel, motel unit or separate unit of travellers or workers accommodation (excluding home
stays accommodating less than six visitors) a payment of 50% of the standard water development
contribution will be applied to each separate unit of accommodation let for tariff. For camping
grounds, hostels, bunkhouses and backpackers accommodation or comparative travellers
accommodation a contribution shall be determined on the basis of payment of 50% of the standard
water development contribution for each four visitors the premises/camping ground can
accommodate.
Any manager’s accommodation associated with travellers or workers
accommodation will be charged at the full rate.
Assumptions
That all residential and business zone properties consume the same unit of demand and that
where this is not the case a means exist to determine a variance to the standard (see above). That
the district will continue to grow as per the population forecasting contained within the
Development Contributions Policy and new infrastructure assets will be designed to cater for
additional growth capacity.
Circumstances for Refunds or Reductions
In the event that planned systems upgrades or alternative upgrades are not undertaken within the
“maximum period” set out in Table Two, development contributions will be refunded, after allowing
for the costs of investigating the upgrade options and associated administrative costs.
There will be not postponements of payments or remissions of payments.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
53
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
D3/1/4
Sewer Infrastructure Policy
The district operates sewerage schemes in Amberley and Hanmer which are subject the pressures
of growth and require extra capacity to be provided over the life of the HLTCP. While the policies
and methodology for calculating development contributions are the same for each scheme, the
actual level of contribution varies because of different growth and the level of planned expenditure.
Table Two details the different amounts applicable to developments within each area.
In addition to the Amberley sewerage contribution, the Council also charges financial contributions
under the District Plan in particular areas along Osbourne Road, Douglas Road and Leithfield
Road. (Further information on areas these contributions apply to can be obtained from the
Council’s offices.)
Need to Undertake the Activity
The Council provides reticulated sewer treatment and disposal systems to achieve high quality
public health and to minimise adverse effects on the receiving environment. There is an
expectation from the community that high environmental standards will be met.
The growth of the district and the resulting additional connections to the system will increase the
demand on existing services. The Council believes it should be developing long term sustainable
solutions that cater for users of today and tomorrow; therefore, any scheme it develops or extends
will have a planned growth component within it.
Community Outcomes/Dimensions of Wellness to Which the Activity Primarily Contributes
(Essential) Infrastructure
Environmental responsibility and wellbeing
Social, Cultural and Economic wellbeing
Distribution of Benefits
Economic
Effective and efficient sewerage treatment and disposal systems will support economic growth,
which impacts on the whole community, however the individuals that are connecting to a system,
will gain direct benefits of the service.
Social
The expansion of the systems in line with growth benefits the health of individuals and the
community.
Cultural
Effective sewerage treatment and disposal systems and practices respect the values of all sections
of the community.
Environmental
The health of the district’s water resources and natural ecosystems will be better protected by
reticulated treatment and disposal systems.
Duration of Benefits
The reticulation, treatment and disposal systems that are being implemented over the life of the
HLTCP are anticipated to have a minimum of 35 years benefit, with any engineering solution
intended to provide future benefits equivalent to the design of the systems’ components.
54
Impact of the Activity on the Current and Future Wellbeing of the Community
The continued provision of sewerage reticulation treatment and disposal systems to meet the
needs of growth will have a considerable positive impact on the economic, social, cultural and
environmental wellbeing of the community. The capacity of the schemes allow for growth that
ensures not only current users, but also future users, will benefit from the system. It is equitable
that those who join a scheme should contribute to the cost of providing for that growth. Current
users must fund the cost of additional capacity until those future users are connected; therefore it is
reasonable that when those future users arrive they make a contribution to the cost of catering for
that growth.
Sources of funding:
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Loans
Yes
Rates
Yes
Development Contributions
Yes
For further detail on funding for capital expenditure refer to the Expenditure Schedule, the Revenue
and Financing Policy or the Sewerage Activity Plan.
Calculation of Contribution
The contribution for both Amberley and Hanmer Sewerage schemes is calculated on the cost of
the capital expenditure associated with increasing the capacity of the system to provide for growth,
divided by the number of units of demand that are expected. The result is the cost that will apply to
each new lot. (Refer to Table Two for details of each contribution.)
The Amberley Sewerage Scheme is broken down into two contributions: one which applies to all
Amberley Urban areas serviced the scheme for a pond upgrade which will increase capacity for the
whole scheme; the other for pipe upgrades which benefit and are therefore funded by future
Amberley township units only. Based upon our latest growth projections, the Amberley capital
expenditure on pipe will accommodate growth over a 28 year period from 2008; the pond
expenditure will cater for a 24 year period from 2004, while the Hanmer Springs capital expenditure
is based over the 20 year period from 2004-2024.
Basis for Assessment
Current users and future users benefit equally from the maximum capacity of the sewerage
system. Based on the assumption that one current user will consume the same amount of system
capacity as a future user, they should equally share the cost of providing that maximum capacity.
Residential and Business Activities (Urban Areas)
Each new standard connection or subdivision lot established will be charged one development
contribution as identified in the schedule. Additional business established on the same lot will be
charged a separate development contribution.
Multi Unit Residential Developments
The payment for multi unit residential housing including flats, town houses, retirement villages and
apartments, will be applied on the basis that each separate residential unit shall be treated as a
separate unit of demand and be charged accordingly.
Travellers Accommodation Including Hotel/Motel Units and Long Term Workers Accommodation
(Urban Areas)
For each hotel, motel unit or separate unit of travellers or workers accommodation (excluding home
stays accommodating less than six visitors) a payment of 50% of the standard sewer development
contribution will be applied to each separate unit of accommodation let for tariff. For camping
grounds, hostels, bunkhouses and backpackers accommodation or comparative travellers
accommodation a contribution shall be determined on the basis of payment of 50% of the standard
water development contribution for each four visitors the premises/camping ground can
accommodate.
Any manager’s accommodation associated with travellers or workers
accommodation will be charged at the full rate.
Assumptions
That all residential lots produce the same unit of demand.
That the district will continue to grow as set out within the population forecasting contained within
this policy.
The new infrastructural assets will be designed to allow for additional growth capacity.
That the costs of reticulating, treating and disposing of sewage are in proportion to the volume of
sewerage produced.
Circumstances for Refunds or Reductions
In the event that planned systems upgrades or alternative upgrades are not undertaken within the
“maximum period” set out in Table Two, development contributions will be refunded, after allowing
for the costs of investigating the upgrade options and associated administrative costs.
There will be not postponements of payments or remissions of payments.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
55
D3/1/5
Stormwater Drainage Infrastructure Policy
The Council is establishing a new stormwater area in Hanmer Springs for stormwater disposal
associated with expected demands created by growth. The Council will also undertake extensive
upgrades to the Amberley stormwater system, for off-site upgrades to the reticulation system
required by the expected growth in the township and for flood-management purposes (a
component of which will cater for future growth). All on-site stormwater works in Amberley will be
funded by developers through financial contributions under the District Plan. The stormwater
systems and upgrades will cater for a 26 year growth period from 2004. The policy and
methodology for calculating Development Contributions are the same for each area, but the actual
level of contribution varies depending upon the capital cost and upon the growth component.
Table Two includes details of the different amounts applicable to developments within each
township area.
Need to Undertake the Activity
The Council needs to provide stormwater systems to achieve high quality public health and to
minimise adverse effects on the receiving environment.
Effective stormwater systems and networks remove a constraint on land development.
There is an expectation from the community for high environmental standards to be met.
The growth of the district and the resulting additional connections will increase the demand on
existing services. The Council believes it should be developing long term sustainable solutions
that cater for users tomorrow; therefore, any scheme it develops will primarily be designed to
accommodate planned growth.
Community Outcomes/Dimensions of Wellness to Which the Activity Primarily Contributes
(Essential) Infrastructure
Environmental responsibility
Distribution of Benefits
Economic
Effective and efficient stormwater systems will support economic growth and mitigate the costs
associated with flooding for the whole community. The individuals that are connecting to a system
will gain the direct benefits of the service.
Social
Health, efficiency and safety benefits apply indirectly to the whole community and directly to those
who are connected to each scheme. Stormwater systems minimise harm to people from potential
flooding.
Cultural
Effective stormwater systems protect community values associated with waterways and
incorporate the cultural concerns of Māori with land and water.
Environmental
Stormwater systems contribute to a high quality natural environment and mitigate the adverse
environmental effects of flooding.
Duration of Benefits
The stormwater systems that are being implemented will provide a long term benefit to the
community. The duration of benefit is dependent on the ability to gain the necessary resource
consents, but is anticipated to be a minimum 35 years.
56
Impact of the Activity on the Current and Future Wellbeing of the Community
Effective and efficient stormwater systems that meet the needs of growth will have a considerable
impact on the current and future social, economic, cultural and environmental wellbeing of the
community.
Current users must fund the cost of providing capacity until those future users are connected;
therefore it is reasonable that when those future users arrive they make a contribution that relates
to the cost of providing stormwater systems.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Sources of funding:
Loans
Rates
Development Contributions
For further detail on funding for
and Financing Policy.
Yes
Yes
Yes
capital expenditure refer to the Funding Schedule or the Revenue
Calculation of Contribution
The contribution is calculated on the cost of the capital expenditure associated with constructing
that component of the stormwater systems that cater for growth (estimated at about 80% in the
case of Hanmer Springs and Amberley, and then dividing it by the number of new units of demand
establishing within the area being serviced). The result is the cost that will apply to each new lot.
(Refer to Table Two for details of each contribution.)
Basis for Assessment
Future users both business and residential benefit equally from the maximum capacity of a
stormwater system. Based on the assumption that one current user will need the same amount of
system capacity as a future user, they should equally share the cost of providing that maximum
capacity. Each new business or subdivision allotment that is created will pay on the basis of one
unit of demand.
Assumptions
That all residential and business zone properties have the same volume of run off.
That the district will continue to grow as predicted in the population forecasting as contained in this
policy and the new infrastructure assets will be designed to accommodate the growth projected
over 26 years (2004-2030).
Circumstances for Refunds or Reductions
In the event that planned systems upgrades or alternative upgrades are not undertaken within the
“maximum period” set out in Table Two, development contributions will be refunded, after allowing
for the costs of investigating the upgrade options and associated administrative costs.
There will be not postponements of payments or remissions of payments.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
57
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
D3/1/6
Community Infrastructure Development Contributions Policy
Within the life of the HLTCP, the Hurunui District Council has planned for considerable capital
investment on community infrastructure that is under its management and control. A proportion of
this expenditure relates to catering for the increase demands of growth. The five projects listed
below relate to planned capital development associated with community infrastructure demands
within the HLTCP.
• Hurunui District Library
• Hanmer Springs Medical Centre
• Hanmer Springs Hall redevelopment
• Hanmer Springs town centre development
Amberley walkway & cycleway network
All these community infrastructure projects fall under the ‘Community Services and Facilities’ group
of activities.
Need to Undertake Projects
The community infrastructure projects identified are essential to the ongoing economic, social,
cultural and environmental wellbeing of the district, especially the Hanmer Springs and Amberley
Townships.
In particular, the district library facilities provide opportunities for people and visitors to the district to
participate in lifelong learning experiences, and have access to high standards of education. The
Hanmer Springs projects will enhance community facilities, provide access to health care, and
result in an improved and pleasant environment, which will meet the demand of future growth.
Extending and improving Amberley’s walkway and cycleway network will help create connectivity
between the existing township and new development areas.
Community Outcomes/Dimensions of Wellness to Which the Projects Primarily Contribute
(Essential) Infrastructure
Environmental responsibility
A desirable place to live, work and play
Distribution of Benefits
Economic
Improved community facilities will draw people into the district to invest in new business or to
participate in the labour force.
Cultural
Facilities provide opportunities for participation in educational, recreational and cultural activities.
Social
Community infrastructure supports a high quality of life for residents through participation in
activities and access to services.
The built environment is integral to the look, feel and functionality of the district.
Environmental
Community infrastructure supports the natural environment by providing appropriate places to carry
out activities.
Duration of Benefits
Community infrastructure provides benefits for the duration of the assets. Given the nature of the
assets, the duration is likely to be for the next 50 years.
58
Impact of the Activities on the Current and Future Wellbeing of the Community
The provision and development of the community infrastructure identified to meet the demands of
growth will have a considerable impact on the social, economic, cultural and environmental
wellbeing of the whole community. The proposed projects will each provide varying levels of
benefit to different members of the community. The district library will provide principally district
benefits whereas the Hanmer Springs Medical Centre, Hanmer Springs Hall redevelopment and
Hanmer Springs town centre development will provide benefits to those owning property in the
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Hanmer Springs Ward. The expansion of Amberley’s walkways and cycleways will principally be of
benefit to the town’s residents.
Future population growth, the demographic profile of the district and changes in lifestyle will require
the Council to provide a range of opportunities for individuals and groups to participate in at various
levels.
The Council considers that future property owners should contribute to the provision of these
projects proposed under Community Infrastructure as they provide opportunities for individual and
group wellbeing.
Sources of funding:
Loans
Yes
Rates
Yes
Development Contributions
Yes
For further detail on funding for capital expenditure refer to Table Two of this policy, the Revenue
and Financing Policy or the Libraries/Local Facilities and Maintenance Activity Plans.
Point at Which Contributions are Collected
Contributions for community infrastructure will be collected upon granting a subdivision consent or
Building Consent or Resource Consent. All new subdivisions will be subject to the community
infrastructure contributions set out in Table Two. Where allotments already exist but have not been
built on the contribution will be collected on the granting of the building consent or resource
consent.
Basis for Assessment
The library, medical centre and hall redevelopment benefits current and future users equally from
access to and opportunities provided by these items of community infrastructure. Therefore each
unit of demand, both existing and future, should contribute equally to infrastructure intended to be
constructed over the period (set at the initial planning period of 10 years from 2004).
The Hanmer Springs town centre development has some benefit to existing residents, but is
required due to increasing infrastructure to cope with the expected growth over the planning period.
The Council has determined that it is fair and equitable that development contributions fund those
areas of development which are necessitated by growth, not driven by the community desire. The
Council recognises that renewals or upgrades of existing facilities will also benefit new residents,
but considers that the demand for these are from the existing population and therefore should be
funded by existing units of demand. The target period for collection is set at an initial 20 year
planning period of the project (from 2004).
Where the extension of Amberley’s existing walkway and cycleway network is into new
development areas, each new unit of demand should contribute to the development of the network.
Where the proposed infrastructure is an upgrade to existing areas it will be met by existing units of
demand. The target period has been extended from its initial 20 year horizon to 28 years from
2008,but this is still well within the expected useful life of the planned infrastructure, as the sart
date for this project is 2018.
Residential & Business Activities:
Each new subdivision lot established will be charged one development contribution for each item of
community infrastructure as identified in the schedule. Additional business established on the
same lot will be charged a separate development contribution.
Multi Unit Residential Developments:
The payment for multi unit residential housing including flats, town houses, retirement villages and
apartments, will be applied on the basis that each separate residential unit shall be treated as a
separate unit of demand and be charged accordingly.
Travellers Accommodation Including Hotel/Motel Units and Long Term Workers Accommodation
For each hotel, motel unit or separate unit of travellers or workers accommodation (excluding home
stays accommodating less than six visitors) a payment of 50% of the standard community
infrastructure development contributions identified in the schedule will be applied to each separate
unit of accommodation let for tariff. For camping grounds, hostels, bunkhouses and backpackers
accommodation or comparative travellers accommodation a contribution shall be determined on
the basis of payment of 50% of the standard community infrastructure development contribution for
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
59
each four visitors the premises/camping ground can accommodate.
Any manager’s
accommodation associated with travellers or workers accommodation will be charged at the full
rate.
Assumptions
That all people in the district create demand for Community Infrastructure irrespective of the type of
lot created.
That all people in the district have the same opportunity to use community infrastructure facilities.
That Community infrastructure use is related to people not type of property.
That the district will continue to grow as set out in the population forecasting contained in this
policy.
Circumstances for Refunds or Reductions
In the event that planned Community Infrastructure upgrades are not undertaken within the
“maximum period” set out in Table Two, or alternative upgrades are not completed within that
timeframe, development contributions will be refunded, after allowing for the costs of investigating
the upgrade options and associated administrative costs.
There will be not postponements of payments or remissions of payments.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
60
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
E
E1
ELECTIONS
E1/1
Appointment of Electoral Officer
That the Hurunui District Council contract the services of Electionz.com for the Local elections and
that Warwick Lampp, an employee of Electionz.com is the Council Electoral Officer.
Council meeting 17 November 1994
Council meeting 29 June 2001
Council meeting 15 July 2004
Council meeting 12 April 2007
61
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
E2
EMPLOYMENT
E2/1
Equal Employment Opportunities
TO BE REVIEWED
The Council implements EEO principles at all levels by the following specific actions:
• Ensuring that all job descriptions, advertisements and related information are non sexist, non
racist and do not discriminate against the disabled.
• Ensuring that equitable, non discriminatory selection processes are used in making
appointments to positions.
• Raising awareness and publicising the need for non-discriminatory behaviour in the
workplace.
• Reviewing policies and procedures to identify and eliminate any discriminatory practice.
• Providing good and safe working conditions.
• Providing opportunities for the enhancement of the abilities of individual employees.
• Recognising the aims and aspirations of women, Maori people, disabled people, ethnic and
minority groups.
• Monitoring progress of all aspects of EEO management.
Adopted 14 December 1989
Amended Council Meeting 15 June 1995
Council Meeting 26 October 1995
62
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
E2/2
Superannuation
That for current members their existing levels of subsidy be recognised in all three NPF schemes
subject to the Council’s right to reassess its contribution net of superannuation contribution
withholding tax.
That with immediate effect the Council limits the employer subsidy to a maximum of 5% (tax
inclusive) on a $ for $ basis for one future superannuation scheme additional to the residual NPF
schemes.
Corporate Services meeting 24 April 1991
That Council (employer) contributions to employee subsidised superannuation schemes be net of
fringe benefit taxation.
Special meeting 13 June 1991
63
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
E3
Enforcement Procedures
E3/1
Complaints Compliance and Enforcement
That on becoming informed of a matter of statutory non-compliance either through complaint or
other means the Council Officer responsible for dealing with the matter will:
1.
In the first instance investigate the matter in a courteous and non-judgemental way by taking
it up with the owner or person whom the complaint/ or action is directed. In the event no
substance is found in the complaint the matter should be filed and the complainant and
person complained about should be informed by letter of the outcome of the investigation.
2.
In the event the complaint is substantiated, an agreed plan of action should be established
with the person who is being investigated to resolve the matter. This should entail
establishing clear timeframes and actions to resolve the basis of the complaint. The Council
investigating officer will then provide written confirmation of the actions required to the
person complained about and a letter to the complainant will be sent to keep them informed.
Providing the work is completed as agreed the file will be closed.
2(b). Where the non-compliance is not resolved through the agreed course of action and the noncompliance relates to a matter in the attached schedules a Council officer may issue an
infringement notice and infringement fee as set out in the Regulations for the noncompliance. A report of all such infringement notices and fees will be provided to the first
appropriate Environmental Services Committee meeting.
3.
In the event the person complained about does not follow the agreed action, or there is a
refusal to accept the basis of the complaint, the matter is to be referred to the first
appropriate Committee meeting of Council available to consider what actions should be
undertaken to bring about compliance. Such agenda items should be “in committee”.
4.
In situations where danger exists to life or property, or an immediate risk is imposed on the
environment through the actions of any person or persons, including noise disturbance, the
Manager of Environmental Services or the officer acting in his capacity shall take all
necessary enforcement steps that are considered appropriate to avoid remove or mitigate
the above situation. In undertaking such action the Manager of Environmental Services or
his agent shall consult where practicable with the Mayor, Chairman of Environmental
Services and Ward Councillor/s prior to undertaking the action.
5.
In preparing this policy it is recognised that situations may exist under item 4 where it would
not be possible to make contact with elected members prior to carrying out an action such as
with responding to noise complaints. These situations are however expected to be
exceptions to the rule.
6.
Staff and contractors will be expected to carry out their statutory and council responsibilities
in a courteous and professional manner
7.
File records of each step taken in respect of the above policy is to be kept within a
complaints’ register and the names of all complainants shall be kept confidential under the
provisions of Section 6 of the Local Government Official Meetings Act unless otherwise
approved by the Manager Environmental Services. Any issue relating to the release of
information that might infringe upon the privacy of any person must be referred to the
Councils Privacy Officer prior to any public release of information.
That the collection of debts be made an exemption from the Complaints, Compliance and
Enforcement Policy.
64
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Schedule 1
Infringement offences and fees
Building Act 2004
s 40
s 42
s 101
s 108(5)(a)
s 108(5)(b)
s 108(5)(c)
s
116B(1)(a)
s
116B(1)(b)
s 124
s 128
s 168
s 363
s 367
Description of offence
Fee
General building offences
Failing to comply with the requirement that building work must be carried out in
$750
accordance with a building consent
Failing to apply for a certificate of acceptance for urgent building work as soon
$500
as practicable after completion of building work
Failing to comply with the requirement to obtain a compliance schedule
$250
Failing to display a building warrant of fitness required to be displayed
$250
Displaying a false or misleading building warrant of fitness
$1,000
Displaying a building warrant of fitness other than in accordance with section
$1,000
108
Using, or knowingly permitting the use of, a building for a use for which it is not
$1,500
safe or not sanitary
Using, or knowingly permitting the use of, a building that has inadequate means
$2,000
of escape from fire
Failing to comply with a notice, within the time stated in the notice, requiring
$1,000
work to be carried out on a dangerous, earthquake-prone, or insanitary building
Using or occupying a building, or permitting another person to do so, contrary to
$2,000
a territorial authority's hoarding, fence, or notice
Failing to comply with a notice to fix
$1,000
Using, or permitting use of building having no consent or code compliance
$1,500
certificate or certificate for public use for premises for public use
Wilfully obstructing, hindering, or resisting a person executing powers conferred
$500
under the Act or its regulations
Resource Management Act 1991
338(1)(a)
338(2)(c)
338(2)(d)
Description of offence
Fee
Contravention of section 9 (restrictions on use of land).
$300
Contravention of an excessive noise direction under section 327.
$500
Contravention of an abatement notice for unreasonable noise under section
$750
322(1)(c)
Note: Section 338(1)(a) contravention of section 9 shall only relate to remote signage in
accordance with District Plan rule A1.2.13(a).
Dog Control Act 1996
Description of offence
Fee
Wilful obstruction of dog control officer or ranger
$750
Failure or refusal to supply information or wilfully providing false particulars
$750
Failure to supply information or wilfully providing false particulars about dog
$750
Failure to comply with any bylaw authorised by the section
$300
Failure to undertake dog owner education programme or dog obedience course (or
23A(2)
$300
both)
24
Failure to comply with obligations of probationary owner
$750
28(5) Failure to comply with effects of disqualification
$750
32(2) Failure to comply with effects of classification of dog as dangerous dog
$300
32(4) Fraudulent sale or transfer of dangerous dog
$500
33EC(1) Failure to comply with effects of classification of dog as menacing dog
$300
33F(3) Failure to advise person of muzzle and leashing requirements
$100
36A(6) Failure to implant microchip transponder in dog
$300
41
False statement relating to dog registration
$750
41A
Falsely notifying death of dog
$750
18
19(2)
19A(2)
20(5)
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
65
Dog Control Act 1996
42
46(4)
48(3)
49(4)
51(1)
52A
53(1)
54(2)
54A
55(7)
62(4)
62(5)
72(2)
Description of offence
Fee
Failure to register dog
$300
Fraudulent procurement or attempt to procure replacement dog registration label or
$500
disc
Failure to advise change of dog ownership
$100
Failure to advise change of address
$100
Removal, swapping, or counterfeiting of registration label or disc
$500
Failure to keep dog controlled or confined
$200
Failure to keep dog under control
$200
Failure to provide proper care and attention, to supply proper and sufficient food,
$300
water, and shelter, and to provide adequate exercise
Failure to carry leash in public
$100
Failure to comply with barking dog abatement notice
$200
Allowing dog known to be dangerous to be at large unmuzzled or unleashed
$300
Failure to advise of muzzle and leashing requirements
$100
Releasing dog from custody
$750
Council Meeting 14 March 2002
Environmental Services Committee 3 June 2010
Environmental Services Committee 15 July 2010
66
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
E3/2
Infringement Notices
That the use of infringement notices as an enforcement tool for non-compliances in relation to
remote signage within the Hanmer Springs area under the District Plan, excessive noise under the
Resource Management Act 1991 and breaches of the Dog Control Act 1996 is approved.
Environmental Services Committee meeting 22 April 2010
That infringement notices be issued under the First Schedule of the Building Act 2004 for noncompliance with Building Act requirements for building warrants of fitness and compliance
schedules in any circumstances where an issue of public safety exists.
Environmental Services Committee meeting 15 July 2010
67
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
E4
Earthquake-prone, Dangerous and Insanitary
Building Policy
68
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
POLICY
EARTHQUAKE-PRONE
DANGEROUS & INSANITARY
BUILDINGS
Adopted:
Review date:
Replaced:
Council Meeting 30 June 2011
before 30 June 2016
Earthquake-prone, Dangerous and
Insanitary Building Policy 2006
69
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
1
Introduction and background
Section 131 of the Building Act 2004 requires territorial authorities (TAs) to adopt a policy on
earthquake-prone, dangerous and insanitary buildings policy by 31 May 2006 and review this
within five years of adoption.
The initial policy was adopted by Council on 18 May 2006 after due consultation with Council
ratepayers and stakeholders in accordance with section 83 of the Local Government Act 2002.
This document sets out the policy adopted by Hurunui District Council in accordance with the
requirements of the Building Act 2004.
The policy is required to state:
1. the approach that the Hurunui District Council will take in performing its functions under the
Building Act 2004
2. Hurunui District Council’s priorities in performing those functions
3. how the policy will apply to heritage buildings.
In developing and adopting this policy, Hurunui District Council will follow the consultative
procedure set out in section 83 of the Local Government Act 2002.
In preparing this policy, Hurunui District Council has made extensive use of the Department of
Building and Housing’s guidance document and has also consulted draft policies prepared by a
number of other TAs.
70
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
2
Policy approach
2.1
Policy principles
Hurunui District Council has noted that provisions of the Building Act in regard to earthquakeprone, dangerous and insanitary buildings reflect the government’s broader concern with the health
and safety of the public in buildings and, more particularly, the need to address life safety in
earthquakes.
Hurunui District Council has also noted that the development of these policies is up to each TA and
has responded accordingly.
This policy will be finalised after due consultation with Hurunui District Council ratepayers and
stakeholders in accordance with section 83 of the Local Government Act 2002.
2.2
Overall approach
Earthquake-prone buildings
Hurunui is the most tectonically active district within the Canterbury region. The district is dissected
by many major faults representing part of the tectonic plate boundary system running through
North Canterbury and Marlborough. Central Government, through the implementation of New
Zealand Standards, has classified the Hurunui District as being a “Type A” earthquake zone, which
represents the highest earthquake probability out of three categories. For this reason, it is
important that the Hurunui District Council adopt an active approach to earthquake-prone buildings,
in order to minimise and mitigate injury to people and property as a result of an earthquake, and
ensure that our community’s life and safety is appropriately addressed.
The district’s buildings comprise a range of types reflecting steady development over more than
100 years and range from wood, unreinforced masonry, and brick buildings, to modern steel and
reinforced concrete buildings. Refurbishment and redevelopment for new uses has meant some of
the unreinforced masonry and brick buildings have undergone some levels of strengthening.
This policy reflects the Council’s determination to reduce earthquake risk over time in a way that is
acceptable in social and economic terms to its ratepayers. In developing this policy, the Hurunui
District Council must balance the need to protect public health and safety against the economic
implications of requiring significant remedial building work and the community’s desire to protect
historic structures and Hurunui’s heritage.
The Council proposes in this policy to carry out an initial desktop review to ascertain possible
earthquake-prone buildings. The Council will then follow an implementation programme for
buildings identified as potentially ‘earthquake-prone’ according to a categorised list.
In addition, this draft policy proposes to include a statement and an attached copy of this policy on
all Land Information Memorandums (LIMs) and Project Information Memorandums (PIMs) after
final adoption, making readers of these documents aware of the Earthquake-prone, Dangerous and
Insanitary Building Policy, and how it could affect them. This means that owners and potential
buyers of all the district’s buildings are equally made aware of the policy’s potential implications, in
the case where a particular building has not been appropriately assessed yet, and have the
opportunity to find out more upon reading this information.
Dangerous and insanitary buildings
The Hurunui District Council is committed to ensuring that the Hurunui District is a healthy and safe
place to live in. The Building Act 2004 provides the means to ensure that buildings which become
dangerous or insanitary are improved to meet the Building Code standards, and the Council wishes
to administer the Building Act in a fair and reasonable way.
Dangerous and insanitary buildings will be dealt with in much the same way as the Council already
deals with these buildings – by responding to complaints received from the public and advice
received from the New Zealand Fire Service.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
71
2.3
Identification Process
Earthquake-prone Buildings
Step 1: Hurunui District Council will undertake an initial desktop review of Council files to assess
which buildings could be earthquake-prone and follow this with a brief inspection of each
building, where necessary.
A list will be collated of potentially earthquake-prone buildings according to the results of
the initial desktop review. This list will categorise the earthquake-prone buildings and
prioritise follow-up investigation according to the following:
Category A: Buildings with special post-disaster functions as defined in AS/NZS
1170.0: 2002, Importance Level 4.
Category B: Buildings that contain people in crowds or contents of high value to the
community as defined in AS/NZS 1170.0: 2002, Importance Level 3.
Category C: Buildings listed as heritage buildings in Appendix 8 of the Hurunui
District Plan.
Category D: Buildings with an Importance Level less than 3 as defined in AS/NZS
1170.0:2002.
(for definitions and examples of these categories, see Appendix A)
Step 2: A programme to carry out initial evaluation of performance in an earthquake by using the
New Zealand Society for Earthquake Engineering (NZSEE) Initial Evaluation Procedure
(IEP) will be undertaken by a Chartered Professional Engineer from 2014 to 2016, at
Council’s expense. If the IEP identifies that the building is likely to be earthquake-prone,
further assessment is required.
Step 3: The Council will write to owners of buildings the IEP has identified as likely to be
earthquake-prone, advising that their building could be earthquake-prone and provide an
opportunity to discuss options.
Step 4: Owners will be required to do a detailed assessment on buildings identified as likely to be
earthquake-prone in the IEP, unless otherwise agreed in discussion following the IEP. This
detailed assessment must be administered by a suitably qualified person – i.e. a Chartered
Professional Engineer with expertise in Earthquake Engineering and is at the building
owner’s expense.
In addition to actions outlined above, this policy will include a statement and an attached copy of
this policy on all LIMs and PIMs after final adoption, making readers of these documents aware of
the Earthquake-prone, Dangerous and Insanitary Building Policy, and how it could affect them.
This means that owners and potential buyers of all the district’s buildings are equally made aware
of the policy’s potential implications, in the case where a particular building has not been
appropriately assessed yet, and have the opportunity to find out more upon reading this
information.
Dangerous and insanitary buildings
The Council will respond to building complaints received from the public and to advice received
from the NZ Fire Service and then investigate and assess the condition of the building.
2.4
Assessment and strengthening criteria
Assessment criteria
72
Earthquake-prone buildings
For practical purposes, Hurunui District Council will define earthquake-prone buildings as follows.
Section 122 of the Building Act 2004 defines an earthquake-prone building as a building that will
have its ultimate capacity exceeded in a moderate earthquake. The Building Regulations 2005
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
identify a moderate earthquake as generating shaking that is one-third as strong as what would be
used to design a new building. Therefore, the Act requires a building must have an earthquake
strength of 33% not to be classified as earthquake-prone.
In relation to the initial desktop review of Council files to assess which buildings could be
earthquake-prone, buildings that will NOT require further assessment include those:
•
designed or strengthened to the 1976 NZS 4203 and subsequent codes, unless they have
a critical structural weakness
•
isolated structures unlikely to collapse causing injury, death or damage to other property
(refer Section 122(1)(b) of the Building Act 2004)
•
used wholly or mainly for residential purposes, unless the building comprises 2 or more
storeys and contains 3 or more household units (refer Section 122(2) of the Building Act
2004)
Therefore this policy will mainly apply to shops, halls, churches etc, but not most residential
properties.
Dangerous and Insanitary buildings
The Council will assess dangerous buildings in accordance with Section 121(1) of the Building Act
2004.
The Council will assess insanitary buildings in accordance with Section 123 of the Building Act.
Strengthening requirements for earthquake-prone buildings
1
The Hurunui District Council will require the use the NZSEE Recommendations as its preferred
basis for defining technical requirements and criteria. These Recommendations are designed to be
used in conjunction with:
•
AS/NZS 1170 Loadings Standard;
•
NZS 3101 Concrete Structures Standard;
•
NZS 3404 Steel Structures Standard; and
•
other materials Standards.
The Hurunui District Council will consider each building on its merits to determine the required level
of upgrade that can be reasonably achieved with a target of at least 67% of the current building
code where practicable.
Partial strengthening of earthquake-prone buildings
On occasion, the IEP or detailed assessment may find that only part of a building is earthquakeprone and requires strengthening – e.g. an addition or façade.
In these situations, Council will decide on the level of strengthening and the timetable for remedial
action on a case-by-case basis.
2.5
Taking action on earthquake-prone, dangerous and insanitary buildings
Earthquake-prone buildings
Hurunui District Council, on being satisfied that a building is earthquake-prone, will:
•
1
Provide owners of buildings identified as earthquake-prone with the opportunity to
carry out an independent assessment of the structural performance of those buildings.
The Council will encourage that this task be carried out by a suitably qualified person –
i.e. a Chartered Professional Engineer with expertise in Earthquake Engineering, or
follow this assessment with a peer review to ensure a fair and accurate assessment.
This will ensure Council’s ability to approve the detailed assessment report upon
receipt.
June 2006 (including Corregendum No1)
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
73
•
Use the powers given in section 124 of the Building Act 2004 to serve formal notice
requiring work to be carried out on the building, within a time stated in the notice
(which must not be less than 10 days after the notice is given under section 125), to
remove or reduce the danger accordingly. Section 124 also enables Council to erect a
hoarding, fence or warning sign. This will be decided on a case-by-case basis;
however, this will only occur in a ‘worst case scenario’.
•
Take into account the timeframes in the outline implementation programme, when
setting a timeframe for action (see Appendix B).
•
Use its powers given in section 129 of the Building Act 2004, where it is considered
measures are necessary to avoid immediate danger. Council will undertake action at
owners’ expense.
•
Use its powers given in section 126 of the Building Act 2004 to apply to a District Court
for an order authorising it to carry out building work if any work under the notice given
is not complete, or not proceeding with reasonable speed within the time stated in the
notice. The owner of the building is liable for the costs of the work.
Dangerous and insanitary buildings
Hurunui District Council, on being satisfied that a building is dangerous or insanitary, will:
2.6
74
•
Liaise with the Fire Service to discuss the proposed action when notification has been
received from the Fire Service of a dangerous building
•
Use the powers given in section 124 of the Building Act 2004 to serve formal notice
requiring work to be carried out on the building, within a time stated in the notice
(which must not be less than 10 days after the notice is given under section 125), to
remove or reduce the danger accordingly. Section 124 also enables Council to erect a
hoarding, fence or warning sign. This will be decided on a case-by-case basis;
however, this will only occur in a ‘worst case scenario’.
•
Use its powers given in section 129 of the Building Act 2004, where it is considered
measures are necessary to avoid immediate danger or to fix insanitary conditions, at
owners’ expense.
•
On being advised of conditions that are alleged to be insanitary within the provisions of
section 123 of the Building Act 2004, inspect the buildings and make a determination
as to whether action is required under sections 124 or 129 of the Act. [Note: Provisions
exist in the Health Act 1956 to deal with nuisance conditions related to certain matters
associated with housing under section 29(f) overcrowding likely to be injurious to
health or section 42 because of insanitary conditions likely to cause injury to the health
of persons or are dwellings unfit for human habitation]
•
Use its powers given in section 126 of the Building Act 2004 to apply to a District Court
for an order authorising it to carry out building work if any work under the notice given
is not complete, or not proceeding with reasonable speed within the time stated in the
notice. The owner of the building is liable for the costs of the work.
Interaction between Earthquake-prone, Dangerous and Insanitary Building
Policy and related sections of the Building Act 2004
Earthquake-prone buildings
Section 112: Alterations to existing building
When an application for a consent for an alteration that affects the structure of the building
identified as potentially earthquake-prone is received, a suitably qualified person – i.e. a Chartered
Professional Engineer with expertise in Earthquake Engineering has assessed the building, and
the building has an earthquake-prone strength of less than 33% of the Code, the building will be
required to be strengthened to at least 67% of the Code where practicable as part of the consent. If
any new work is proposed, this will have to comply with the Code to the same standard as a new
building, as per BL112.02, subsection 1 of the Building Act 2004.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Section 115: Change of use
When an application for a consent involving a change of use is received, the requirements of the
Building Act, section 115, for the building to be strengthened to as near as is reasonably
practicable to the strength of a new building would be followed.
Dangerous and insanitary buildings
Upon receipt of a consent for any building work to be undertaken on a building, the Council will
inspect the building file to determine whether or not the building in its current state has been
classified as dangerous or insanitary. When the owner of a dangerous or insanitary building on
whom notice has been served, but who has not yet undertaken the required remedial work, applies
for a consent for action covered by sections 112 to 116A of the Building Act 2004 (alterations to
existing buildings, change of use, extension of life, and subdivision of buildings), they are required
to reduce or remove the danger at the same time as (or before, if appropriate) the building work set
out in the consent application.
2.7
Consultation with building owners
dangerous or insanitary buildings
of
identified
earthquake-prone,
The steps in the process are outlined in 2.5 above.
1. Before exercising its powers under section 124, Hurunui District Council will seek, within a
defined time-frame, to discuss options for action with owners with a view to obtaining from
the owner a mutually acceptable approach for dealing with the danger, leading to receipt of
a formal proposal from owners for strengthening or removal of earthquake-prone buildings,
or otherwise dealing with the dangerous or insanitary situation by alterations to the
building, removal, or action being taken under the Health Act 1956.
2. In the event that discussions do not yield a mutually acceptable approach and proposal,
Hurunui District Council will serve a formal notice on the owner in accordance with section
124 of the Building Act 2004.
2.8
Recording a building’s earthquake-prone, dangerous or insanitary status
Earthquake-prone buildings
Hurunui District Council will keep a register of all buildings found to be earthquake-prone through
the detailed assessment carried out by a Chartered Professional Engineer (Step 4 of Policy 2.3)
noting the status of requirements for improvement or the results of improvement as applicable.
In addition, the following information will be placed on the Land Information Memorandum (LIM)
and Project Information Memorandum (PIM) for each earthquake-prone building:
•
address and legal description of land and building
•
statement that the building is on the Council’s register of earthquake-prone buildings
•
date by which strengthening or demolition is required (if known)
•
statement that further details are available from the Council to those who can demonstrate
a genuine interest in the property
Dangerous or insanitary buildings
Any buildings identified as being dangerous or insanitary will have a requisition placed on the
Council’s records for the property on which the building is situated until the danger or insanitary
condition is remedied.
In addition, the following information will be placed on any LIM:
•
Copies of any notices issued where a building is dangerous or insanitary and requires
evacuation of the building
•
Copies of any letters sent to the owner, occupier and any other person where a building is
dangerous or insanitary
•
Copies of any notices given under section 124(1) which identifies the work to be carried
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
75
out on a building and the timeframe given to reduce or remove the danger or insanitary
condition
2.9
Economic impact of policy
Earthquake-prone buildings
The possible costs to the Hurunui District Council are currently not quantified. It has been indicated
that perhaps 150 to 200 buildings in the Hurunui District could be in the earthquake-prone building
category. In addition, there will be costs associated to individual building owners.
It is difficult to estimate the economic cost of the policy before the database of possible
earthquake-prone buildings is confirmed. In 2002, the Department of Internal Affairs commissioned
a “Report on Cost Benefit of Improving the Performance of Buildings in Earthquakes” by David C
Hopkins and George Stuart. For Christchurch, this report estimated the Net Present Value (NPV) of
the cost of strengthening to 33% of current code to be $97.2 million.
There was no separate analysis in this report for the Hurunui District. The economic impact will be
able to be assessed in more detail when the next five yearly review is undertaken. At that stage, a
database of buildings will be available.
Dangerous and insanitary buildings
Council will simply continue current practices in relation to dangerous and insanitary buildings,
which incurs no additional costs.
2.10
Access to information
Information concerning the earthquake-prone status of a building and any notice that has been
served under section 124 in respect of any earthquake-prone, dangerous or insanitary building, will
be available on the relevant property file and be included in the relevant LIM and PIM.
In granting access to information concerning earthquake-prone buildings, the Council will conform
to the requirements of the relevant legislation.
2.11
Objections
In the first instance, building owners or other directly affected parties who wish to object to a
building being declared earthquake-prone, dangerous or insanitary should record their objections in
writing to the Council. A formal hearing can subsequently be arranged, upon which the owner will
be given the opportunity to make a submission to Council.
Priority will be given to objections where the building has been declared to be of such as risk as to
require immediate remedial action so that no undue delays are caused.
Determinations
Building owners and a variety of other interested parties can formally object to the Council’s
decision through the right to apply to the Chief Executive of the Department of Building and
Housing for a determination. Determinations can be applied for concerning the Council’s decisions
to issue or not issue a consent or code of compliance certificate, or to exercise its powers
concerning dangerous, earthquake-prone or insanitary buildings.
Sections 176-190 of the Act lay out the requirement for determination.
76
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
3
Priorities
Earthquake-prone Buildings
Hurunui District Council has prioritised both the identification and the requirement to strengthen or
demolish buildings as follows.
Figures in brackets indicate the latest date for identification and notification and the maximum time
for strengthening or demolition respectively. Times required for strengthening or demolition
commence on the date of issue of formal notice. Specific times will be assigned for action
according to the assessment of structural performance and the nature of the concerns.
The order will be as indicated below.
Category A:
Category B:
Category C:
Category D:
Buildings with special post-disaster functions as defined in AS/NZS 1170.0:
2002, Importance Level 4 (December 2014, 15 years).
Buildings that contain people in crowds or contents of high value to the
community as defined in AS/NZS 1170.0: 2002, Importance Level 3
(December 2015, 20 years).
Buildings listed as heritage buildings in Appendix 8 of the Hurunui District Plan
(December 2016, 25 years).
Buildings with an Importance Level of less than 3 as defined in AS/NZS
1170.0: 2002 (December 2017, 30 years).
Once each category has been reviewed and the earthquake-prone buildings within it identified, the
process of liaising with owners and serving notice on them will commence. Identification of
buildings in each category will proceed according to the priorities identified above.
The overall approach and timetable is summarised in the accompanying Outline Implementation
Programme (see Appendix B).
Dangerous and Insanitary Buildings
Hazards posed by dangerous and insanitary buildings must be mitigated before they impact on
building owners, those who use the buildings and those who live close by. Council will respond
promptly to complaints and will inspect to assess the dangerous or insanitary status of a building.
The assessment will determine if immediate or urgent action is necessary, if the building is
confirmed as being dangerous or insanitary. If an immediate response is required, section 129 of
the Building Act 2004 gives Council options to take action.
In general, 10 days is considered a minimum notice period for the danger to be removed or the
insanitary conditions to be fixed, unless the situation requires immediate rectification.
77
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
4
Heritage buildings
Hurunui District Council believes it is important that its heritage buildings have a good chance of
surviving a major earthquake in order to retain these important connections to the district’s history
and unique character. However, Hurunui District Council does not wish to see the intrinsic heritage
values of these buildings adversely affected by structural improvement measures.
Hurunui District Council will assess heritage buildings in the same way as other potentially
earthquake-prone, dangerous and insanitary buildings and as per sections 121-123 of the Act and
discussions will be entered into with the owner and the New Zealand Historic Places Trust
(pursuant to section 125(2)(f) where the building is contained in their Register) to identify a
mutually acceptable way forward which meets heritage objectives and Building Act requirements
as near as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances.
Any work carried out on such buildings must comply with the rules, standards, conditions and
terms of the Hurunui District Plan and resource consent provision for protecting buildings of
heritage importance. If a building consent to upgrade or strengthen an earthquake-prone,
dangerous or insanitary heritage building is sought, the Council will, under section 39 of the
Building Act 2004, provide a copy to New Zealand Historic Places Trust for comment, whom can
recommend, under the Historic Places Act 1993, actions to be taken.
Any upgrading work should be designed to involve minimal loss to heritage.
Following this consultation period, notices will be served requiring improvement within a stated
(and preferably agreed) time-frame.
78
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Appendix A – Defining Priorities
Source: Australian/New Zealand Standard, Structural design actions, Part 0: General principles
(AS/NZS 1170.0:2002)
Category
Comment
Examples
A
Structures with special
post-disaster functions
Buildings and facilities designated as essential facilities
Buildings and facilities with special post-disaster function
Medical
emergency
or
surgical
facilities
Emergency service facilities such as fire, police stations and
emergency
vehicle
garages
Utilities or emergency supplies or installations required as backup for
buildings and facilities of Importance Category Level A
Designated emergency shelters, designated emergency centres and
ancillary
facilities
Buildings and facilities containing hazardous materials capable of
causing hazardous conditions that extend beyond the property
boundaries
B
Structures that as a
whole may contain
people in crowds or
contents of high value
to the community or
pose risks to people in
crowds
Buildings
and
facilities
as
follows:
(a) Where more than 300 people can congregate in one area
(b) Day care facilities with a capacity greater than 150
(c) Primary school or secondary school facilities with a capacity
greater
than
250
(d) Colleges or adult facilities with a capacity greater than 500
(e) Health care facilities with a capacity of 50 or more resident
patients but not having surgery or emergency treatment facilities
(f) Airport terminals, principal railway stations with a capacity greater
than
250
(g)
Correctional
institutions
(h) Multi-occupancy residential, commercial (incl. shops), industrial,
office and retailing buildings designed to accommodate more than
5000 people and with a gross area greater than 10,000m2
Emergency medical and other emergency facilities not designated as
post-disaster
Power-generating facilities, water treatment and waste water
treatment facilities and other public utilities not designated as postdisaster
Buildings and facilities not designated as post-disaster containing
hazardous materials capable of causing hazardous conditions that do
not extend beyond the property boundaries
C
Heritage Buildings
D
Normal structures and
structures not in other
importance category
levels and structures
presenting
a
low
degree of hazard to
life and other property
Buildings listed as heritage buildings in Appendix 8 of the Hurunui
District Plan, or Category I and Category II buildings on the New
Zealand
Historic
Places
Trust
register.
(category not referenced from AS/NZS 1170.0:2002)
Buildings not included in Importance Category Levels A,B or C
Single
family
dwellings
Car
parking
buildings
2
Structures
with
a
total
floor
area
of
<30m
Farm buildings, isolated structures, towers in rural situations
Fences, masts, walls, in-ground swimming pools
79
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
Appendix B – Outline Implementation Plan
80
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
F1
FINANCE
F1/1
Depreciation
Land is not depreciated. All other assets are depreciated on a diminishing value basis over their
expected useful economic life. The following depreciation rates are to be applied:
Wooden buildings 2 %
DV
Concrete buildings 1 %
DV
Fixtures and fittings administration 20 %
DV
Pensioner Flats (Fittings) 10 %
DV
Computer hardware 25 %-33%
DV
Computer software 25 % - 33%
DV
Plant and machinery 10 %
DV
Motor vehicles 20 %
DV
Small plant 33 %
DV
Thermal pools plant 20 %
SL
Library books 12.5%-33%
SL
(SL = Straight Line; DV = Diminishing Value)
Adopted Annual Report 11 October 2001
81
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
F1/2
Performance Bonds for Conditions on Resource Consents
1. That the Council adopt a policy of requiring applicants who request a cash bond for the
completion of certain works complete the attached bond documentation.
2. That the Council adopts a policy of the payment of a $5000 deposit for the completion of
conditions on the consent relating to the relocation.
Environmental Services Committee 6 April 2000
Council meeting 27 April 2000
82
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
F1/3
Fees and Charges
F1/3/1
Fire Fighting Charges
That in all cases where Council staff and plant are engaged in fire fighting the property owner be
charged where the owner was responsible for the ignition of the fire.
Council meeting 27 September 1990
83
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
F1/3/2
Remissions, Waivers and Refunds (Environmental Services)
(Note - a separate schedule of Fees and Charges is held)
Remissions, Waivers and Refunds Policy
That there be no remission, waivers or refunds on the actual costs associated with processing
resource consents, building consents or other licensing work carried out by the Environmental
Services Group except in the following situations:
•
Where the District Plan expressly provides that a fee or charge will be waived
•
On application to Council the costs associated with processing any resource consent may be
waived in part or in full where the Council is satisfied the consent granted is not for
commercial gain and the process was necessitated for reasons to accommodate the needs
of the wider public
•
On application to Council costs associated with processing any resource consent which
does not become subject to appeal to the Environment Court or any building consent may be
waived in part or in full where Council is satisfied the proposal will provide tangible and
significant economic benefit to the District.
•
On application to Council costs associated with the processing of building consents and
resource consents for historic buildings classified in the District Plan may be refunded or
waived in part or full by Council where the consent is consistent with maintaining the
heritage of the District.
•
On application to Council costs associated with the processing of building consents and
resource consents for applications that are promoted by a group or individual that provides a
social, cultural or community benefit may be refunded or waived in part or full by Council
where the proposal is considered to provide or enhance a community asset of the district or
local ward.
•
On application to Council costs associated with processing building consent applications for
marquees over 30m2 will be waived in full by the Manager of Environmental Services where
that application is in association with a charitable event, or a non-profit community group
event.
•
On application to Council costs associated with processing building consent applications for
marquees over 30m2 will be waived in full where the Mayor and Environmental Services
Manager agree the application is in association with an event that will generate identified
benefits and value to the community and/or the District.
Where the Council or the Mayor and Environmental Services Manager approves a waiver or
refund in part or in whole in accordance with the policy then the cost will be a charge against the
Remissions Account
Notes required to be read in conjunction with the above Policy:
The Council will only consider applications for waivers in accordance with the above policy once
the respective consents have been formally received. All payments that are required to be lodged
with the consent when applied for must still be paid in full prior to the release of the consents
decision.
Building consent applications that are subject to Central Government Levies will require those
levies to be met by the applicant.
Remissions, waivers and refunds for the processing of building and resource consents for the
Environmental Services group are not applicable to applications associated with Council organised
projects.
84
Building consent applications that are approved for remissions, refunds or waivers will be limited to
a maximum funding of $2,500.
Resource consent applications that are approved for remissions, refunds or waivers will be limited
to a maximum funding of $1,500.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Council meeting 16 May 1996
Council meeting 12 October 2000
Council meeting 14 March 2002
Council meeting 29 August 2002
Council meeting 31 October 2007
85
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
F1/3/3
Registration Fee for Re-homed Dogs
That the fees and charges for dogs being legitimately re-homed be based on the annual
registration fee divided by 12 and multiplied by the number of months of the registration year that
remain.
Environmental Services Committee meeting 15 July 2010
86
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
F1/4
Treasury Risk Management Policy
Purpose
The purpose of the Treasury Risk Management Policy is to outline approved policies and
procedures in respect of all treasury activity to be undertaken by Hurunui District Council (Hurunui).
The formalisation of such policies and procedures will enable treasury risks within Hurunui to be
prudently managed.
As circumstances change, the policies and procedures outlined in this policy will be modified to
ensure that treasury risks within Hurunui continue to be well managed. In addition, regular reviews
will be conducted to test the existing policy against the following criteria:
• Industry “best practices” for a Council the size and type of Hurunui.
• The risk bearing ability and tolerance levels of the underlying revenue and cost drivers.
• The effectiveness and efficiency of the Treasury Risk Management Policy and treasury
management function to recognise, measure, control, manage and report on Hurunui’s
financial exposure to market interest rate risks, funding risk, liquidity, investment risks,
counterparty credit risks and other associated risks.
• The operation of a pro-active treasury function in an environment of control and compliance.
• The robustness of the policy’s risk control limits and risk spreading mechanisms against
normal and abnormal interest rate market movements and conditions.
• Assistance to Hurunui in achieving strategic objectives relating to ratepayers.
It is intended that the policy be distributed to all personnel involved in any aspect of the Hurunui’s
financial management.
In this respect, all staff must be completely familiar with their
responsibilities under the policy at all times.
Scope and Objectives
Scope
This document identifies the policy and procedures of Hurunui in respect of treasury management
activities.
The policy has not been prepared to cover other aspects of Hurunui’s operations particularly
transactional banking management, systems of internal control and financial management. Other
policies and procedures of Hurunui cover these matters.
Planning tools and mechanisms are also outside of the scope of this policy.
Objectives
The objective of this Treasury Risk Management Policy is to control and manage costs and
investment returns that can influence operational budgets and public equity. Specifically:
Statutory Objectives
• All borrowing, investments and incidental financial arrangements (eg use of interest
rate hedging financial instruments) will meet requirements of the Local Government
Act 2002 and incorporate the Liability Management Policy and Investment Policy.
• Hurunui is governed by the following relevant legislation:
o Local Government Act 2002, in particular Part 6 including sections 101, 102, 104,
105.
o Trustee Act 1956. When acting as a trustee or investing money on behalf of
others, the Trustee Act highlights that trustees have a duty to invest prudently and
that they shall exercise care, diligence and skill that a prudent person of business
would exercise in managing the affairs of others. Details of relevant sections can
be found in the Trustee Act 1956 Part II Investments.
o Public bodies Lease Act 1969 and Property Law Act 2007.
• All projected borrowings are to be approved by the Council as part of the Annual Plan
process or resolution of the Council before the borrowing is affected.
• All legal documentation in respect to borrowing and financial instruments will be
approved by the Council’s solicitors prior to the transaction being executed.
• All legal documentation in respect to borrowing and financial instruments will be
approved by the Council’s solicitors prior to the transaction being executed.
• The Council will not enter into any borrowings denominated in a foreign currency.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
87
•
•
The Council will not transact with any Council Controlled Trading Organisations
(CCTO) on terms more favourable than those achievable by the Council itself.
A resolution of the Council is not required for hire purchase, credit or deferred
purchase of goods if:
o The period of indebtedness is less than 91 days (including rollovers); or
o The goods of services are obtained in the ordinary course of operations on normal
terms for amounts not exceeding in aggregate, an amount determined by
resolution of the Council.
General Objectives
• To manage investments to optimise returns in the long term whilst balancing risk and
return considerations.
• Minimise Council’s costs and risks in the management of its borrowings.
• Minimise Council’s exposure to adverse interest rate movements.
• Monitor, evaluate and report on treasury performance.
• Borrow funds and transact risk management instruments within an environment of
control and compliance under the Council approved Treasury Risk Management
Policy so as to protect Council’s financial assets and costs.
• Arrange and structure long term funding for Council at the lowest achievable interest
margin from debt lenders. Optimise flexibility and spread of debt maturity within the
funding risk limits established by this policy statement.
• Monitor and report on financing/borrowing covenants and ratios under the obligations
of Council’s lending/security arrangements.
• Comply with financial ratios and limits stated within this policy.
• Monitor Council’s return on investments.
• Ensure the Council, management and relevant staff are kept abreast of the latest
treasury products, methodologies, and accounting treatments through training and inhouse presentations.
• Maintain appropriate liquidity levels and manage cash flows within Council to meet
known and reasonable unforeseen funding requirements.
• To minimise exposure to credit risk by dealing with and investing in credit worthy
counterparties.
• Ensure that all statutory requirements of a financial nature are adhered to.
• To ensure adequate internal controls exist to protect Council’s financial assets and to
prevent unauthorised transactions.
• Develop and maintain relationships with financial institutions, investors and
investment counterparties.
Management Responsibilities
Overview of Management Structure
The following diagram illustrates those individuals and bodies who have treasury responsibilities.
Authority levels, reporting lines and treasury duties and responsibilities are outlined in the following
section:
88
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Hurunui District Council
Chief Executive Officer
Manager Financial Services
Financial Officer
Council
The Council has ultimate responsibility for ensuring that there is an effective policy for the
management of its risks. In this respect the Council decides the level and nature of risks that are
acceptable, given the underlying objectives of Hurunui.
The Council is responsible for approving the Treasury Management Policy. While the policy can
be reviewed and changes recommended by other persons, the authority to make or change policy
cannot be delegated.
In this respect, the Council has responsibility for:
• Approving the long-term financial position of Hurunui through the 10 year long-term council
community plan and the adopted annual plan.
• Approving new debt through the adoption of the Annual Plan, specific Council resolution and
approval of this policy.
• Approving the Treasury Management Policy incorporating the following delegated
authorities:
o borrowing, investment and dealing limits and the respective authority levels delegated
to the CEO, MFS and other management;
o counterparties and credit limits;
o risk management methodologies and benchmarks;
o guidelines for the use of financial instruments;
o receive an triennial review report on the policy;
• Evaluating and approving amendments to policy.
• Approving budgets and high level performance reporting
• Approve opening and closing of bank accounts
• Delegate authority to the CEO and other officers.
The Council should also ensure that:
• It receives regular information from management on risk exposure and financial instrument
usage in a form, that is understood, and that enables it to make informed judgements as to
the level of risk undertaken.
• Issues raised by auditors (both internal and external) in respect of any significant
weaknesses in the treasury function are resolved in a timely manner.
• Submissions are received from management requesting approval for one-off transactions
falling outside policy guidelines.
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
While the Council has final responsibility for the policy governing the management of the Council’s
risks, it delegates overall responsibility for the day-to-day management of such risks to the Chief
Executive Officer.
In respect to treasury management activities, the Chief Executive Officer’s responsibilities include:
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
89
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
90
Ensuring the Treasury Management policies comply with existing and new legislation;
Approving the register of cheque and electronic banking signatories;
Approve new counterparties and counterparty limits;
Approve new borrowing undertaken in line with Council resolution and approved borrowing
strategy;
Approve interest rate strategy;
Receive advice of breaches of Treasury Management Policy and significant treasury events
from the MFS;
Approve all amendments to Council records arising from checks to counterparty
confirmations;
Manager Financial Services
The MFS’ responsibilities are as follows:
• Management responsibility for borrowing and investment activities;
• Recommend policy changes to the Council for approval;
• Ongoing risk assessment of borrowing and investment activity including procedures and
controls’;
• Approve treasury transactions in accordance with delegated authority;
• Authorise the use of approved interest rate risk management instruments within
discretionary authority;
• Recommend authorised signatories and delegated authorities in respect of all treasury
dealing and banking activities;
• Propose new funding requirements to the CEO for consideration and submission to the
Council;
• Review and make recommendations on all aspects of the Treasury Risk Management Policy
to the CEO, including dealing limits, approved instruments, counterparties, and general
guidelines for the use of financial instruments;
• Conduct a review, at least triennially, of the Treasury Management Policy, treasury
procedures and counterparty limits;
• Manage the long-term financial position of Council as outlined in the LTCCP;
• Ensure management procedures and policies are implemented in accordance with this
Treasury Management Policy;
• Ensure all financial instruments are valued and accounted for correctly in accordance with
current best practice standards;
• Monitor and review the performance of the treasury function in terms of achieving the
objectives of minimising and stabilising funding costs;
• Monitor treasury exposure on a regular basis, including current and forecast cash position,
investment portfolio, interest rate exposures and borrowings;
• Oversee relationships with financial institutions/brokers;
• Negotiate borrowing facilities;
• Authorise interest rate hedge transactions (swaps, Forward Rate Agreements (FRAs) and
options) with bank counterparties to change the fixed:floating mix to re-profile Council’s
interest rate risk profile on borrowing;
• Design, analyse, evaluate, test and implement risk management strategies to position the
Councils net interest rate risk profile to be protected against adverse market movements
within the approved policy limits;
• Execute treasury transactions in accordance with set limits;
• Complete deal tickets for treasury transactions;
• Update treasury system/spreadsheets for all new, re-negotiated and maturing transactions;
• Monitor credit ratings of approved counterparties;
• Investigate financing alternatives to minimise borrowing costs, margins and interest rates,
making recommendations to the CEO as appropriate;
• Account for all treasury transactions in accordance with legislation and generally accepted
accounting principles, Council’s accounting and funding and financial policies.
• Prepare treasury reports;
• Update credit standing of approved counterparty credit list on a quarterly basis.
• Check compliance against limits and prepare report on an exceptions basis;
• Forecast future cash requirements (working capital);
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Financial Officer
Responsibilities are as follows:
• Co-ordinate the compilation of cash flow forecasts and cash management.
• Manage the operation of all bank accounts;
• Handle all administrative aspects of bank counterparty agreements and documentation such
as loan agreements and ISDA swap documents;
• Monitor all treasury exposures daily;
• Check all treasury deal confirmations against deal documentation and report any
irregularities immediately to the CEO;
• Reconcile monthly summaries of outstanding financial contracts from banking counterparties
to internal records;
• Review treasury spreadsheet reconciliation to general ledger;
Delegation of Authority and Authority Limits
Treasury transactions entered into without the proper authority are difficult to cancel given the legal
doctrine of “apparent authority”. Also, insufficient authorities for a given bank account or facility
may prevent the execution of certain transactions (or at least cause unnecessary delays).
To prevent these types of situations, the following procedures must be complied with:
• All delegated authorities and signatories must be reviewed at least annually to ensure that
they are still appropriate and current.
• A comprehensive letter must be sent to all bank counterparties at least annually to confirm
details of all relevant current delegated authorities empowered to bind Council.
Whenever a person with delegated authority on any account or facility leaves Council, all relevant
banks and other counterparties must be advised in writing in a timely manner to ensure that no
unauthorised instructions are to be accepted from such persons.
Council has the following responsibilities, either directly itself, or via the following stated delegated
authorities.
91
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
Activity
Approving and changing policy
Borrowing new debt
Delegated Authority
The Council
The Council
Acquisition and disposition of
investments other than financial
investments
Approval for charging assets as
security over borrowing
Appoint Debenture Trustee
Overall
day-to-day
risk
management
The Council
Limit
Unlimited
Unlimited
(subject
to
legislative
and
other
regulatory limitations)
Unlimited
The Council
Unlimited
The Council
CEO (delegated by Council)
MFS (delegated by CEO)
CEO (delegated by Council)
MFS (delegated by CEO)
The Council
N/A
Subject to policy
MFS
Per risk control limits
MFS
Per risk control limits
The Council
CEO (delegated by council)
MFS
Unlimited
$5M
$1M
CEO
The Council
MFS
MFS
Unlimited
Unlimited
N/A
N/A
Re-financing existing debt
Approving transactions outside
policy
Adjust net debt or net investment
interest rate risk profile
Managing funding and investment
maturities in accordance with
Council approved risk control limits
Maximum daily transaction amount
(borrowing, investing, interest rate
risk
management
and
cash
management) excludes roll-overs
on floating rate investments and
interest rate roll-overs on swaps
Authorising lists of signatories
Opening/closing bank accounts
Triennial review of policy
Ensuring compliance with policy
Subject to policy
Unlimited
All management delegated limits are authorised by the CEO
Liability Management Policy
Debt Ratios and Limits
Debt will be managed within the following macro limits.
Ratio
Net debt as a percentage of equity
Net debt as a percentage of total revenue
Net interest as a percentage of total revenue
Net interest as a percentage of annual rates
income (debt secured under debenture)
Liquidity (Term debt + committed loan facilities +
liquid investments to existing external debt
*excludes non government capital contributions
from revenue and government contributions netted
from debt but excluded from revenues
92
Hurunui
<10%
<50%*
<5%
<10%
>110%
Revenue is defined as earnings from rates, government grants and subsidies, user charges,
interest, dividends, financial and other revenue.
Net debt is defined as total debt less liquid financial assets/investments.
Debt will be repaid as it falls due in accordance with the applicable loan agreement. Subject to
debt limits, a loan may be rolled over or re-negotiated as and when appropriate.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Disaster recovery requirements are to be met through the liquidity ratio.
Asset Management Plans
In approving new debt the Council considers the impact on its borrowing limits as well as the
economic life of the asset that is being funded and its overall consistency with the Council’s
LTCCP.
Borrowing Mechanisms
Hurunui is able to borrow through a variety of market mechanisms including issuing stock and
debentures, direct bank borrowing, accessing the short and long-term wholesale and retail capital
markets directly or internal borrowing of reserve and special funds. In evaluating strategies for new
borrowing (in relation to source, term, size and pricing) the MFS, takes into account the following:
• Available terms from banks, capital markets and loan stock issuance;
• The Council’s overall debt maturity profile, to ensure concentration of debt is avoided at
reissue/rollover time;
• Prevailing interest rates and margins relative to term for loan stock issuance, capital markets
and bank borrowing;
• The market’s outlook on future interest rate movements as well as its own;
• Ensuring that the implied finance terms and conditions within the specific debt (eg project
finance) are evaluated in terms such as cost/tax/risk limitation compared to the terms and
conditions Hurunui could achieve in its own right;
• Legal documentation and financial covenants together with credit rating considerations.
The Council’s ability to readily attract cost effective borrowing is largely driven by its ability to rate,
maintain a strong financial standing and manage its relationships with its investors and financial
institutions.
Security
The Council’s borrowing and interest-rate risk management instruments will generally be secured
by way of a charge over rates and rates revenue. The utilisation of special funds and reserve
funds and other funds will be on an unsecured basis.
Should the Council undertake external borrowing, it is likely that the Council will ultimately put in
place a debenture or debenture trust deed prior to accessing material funding from the external
financial markets.
Under a debenture or debenture trust deed the Council’s borrowing is secured by a floating charge
over all Council rates levied under the Rating Act, excluding any rates collected by the Council on
behalf of any other authority. In such circumstances, the security offered by the Council ranks ‘Pari
Passu’ for all stock issued by the Council including any security stock issued.
The Council offers deemed rates as security for general borrowing programs. From time to time,
with prior Council and debenture trustee approval, security may be offered by providing a charge
over one or more of the Council’s assets.
Physical assets will be charged only where:
• There is a direct relationship between the debt and the purchase or construction of the
asset, which it funds (eg an operating lease, or project finance).
• The Council considers a charge over physical assets to be appropriate.
• Any pledging of physical assets must comply with the terms and conditions contained within
the debenture deed.
Debt Repayment
The funds from all asset sales and operating surpluses will be applied to the reduction of debt
and/or a reduction in borrowing requirements, unless the Council specifically directs that the funds
will be put to another use.
The Council will manage debt on a net portfolio basis and will only externally borrow when it is
commercially prudent to do so.
Investment Policy and Limits
93
General Policy
Council is currently a net investor of funds but is likely to move at some time into a net borrower
position. Council should internally borrow from special reserve funds in the first instance to meet
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
future capital expenditure requirements, unless there is a compelling reason for establishing
external debt. Investments are maintained to meet specified business reasons.
Such reasons can be:
1. For strategic purposes consistent with Council’s Long Term Council Community plan;
2. To reduce the current ratepayer burden;
3. The retention of vested land;
4. Holding short term investments for working capital requirements;
5. Holding investments that are necessary to carry out Council operations consistent with
Annual Plans.
Council recognises that as a responsible public authority all investments held, should be low risk.
Council also recognises that low risk investments generally means lower returns.
In its financial investment activity, Council’s primary objective when investing is the protection of its
investment capital and that a prudent approach to risk/ return is always applied within the confines
of this policy. Accordingly, only approved credit worthy counterparties are acceptable.
Investment Mix
Council maintains investments, including investments held in CCO/CCTO and other shareholdings.
• Property investments incorporating land, buildings, a portfolio of ground leases and land held
for development
• Forestry investments
• Financial investments
• Loan advances for staff and rural housing purposes
• Other
Equity Investments
Council maintains equity investments and other minor shareholdings.
Council’s equity investments fulfil various strategic, economic development and financial objectives
as outlined in the LTCCP.
Council seeks to achieve an acceptable rate of return on all its equity investments consistent with
the nature of the investment and their stated philosophy on investments.
Dividends received from CCO’s and unlisted companies not controlled by Council are recognised
when they are received in the consolidated revenue account.
Any purchase or disposition of equity investments requires Council approval and any profit or loss
arising from the sale of these investments is to be recognised in the Statement of Financial
Performance.
Any purchase or disposition of equity investments will be reported to the next meeting of Council.
Unless otherwise directed by Council, the proceeds from the disposition of equity investments will
be used firstly to repay any debt relating to the investment and then included in the relevant
consolidated capital account.
Council recognises that there are risks associated with holding equity investments and to minimise
these risks Council, through the relevant sub-committee, monitors the performance of its equity
investments on a twice yearly basis to ensure that the stated objectives are being achieved.
Council seeks professional advice regarding its equity investments when it considers this
appropriate.
94
Property Investments
The Council’s overall objective is to only own property that is necessary to achieve its strategic
objectives. As a general rule, the Council will not maintain a property investment where it is not
essential to the delivery of relevant services, and property is only retained where it relates to a
primary output of the Council. The Council review property ownership through assessing the
benefits of continued ownership in comparison to other arrangements which could deliver the same
results. This assessment is based on the financially viable method of achieving the delivery of
Council services. The Council generally follows similar assessment criteria in relation to new
property investments.
The Council review the performance of its property investments on a regular basis.
All income, including rentals and ground rent from property investments is included in the
consolidated revenue account.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Forestry Investments
Forestry assets are held as long term investments on the basis of net positive discounted
cashflows, factoring in projected market prices and annual maintenance and cutting costs.
All income from forestry is in the consolidated revenue account.
Any disposition of these investments requires the Council approval. The proceeds from forestry
disposition are used firstly to repay related borrowing sand then included in the relevant
consolidated capital account.
Financial Investments
For a period of time, the Council will be in a net investment position and until such time that the
Council becomes a net borrower, liquid investment funds will be prudently invested as follows:
• Any liquid investments must be restricted to a term that meets future cash flow and capital
expenditure projections.
• Interest income from financial investments is credidted to general funds, except for income
from investments for special funds, reserve funds and other funds where interest may be
credited to the particular fund.
Internal borrowing will be used wherever possible to avoid external borrowing.
Financial Investment Objectives
• The Council’s primary objectives when investing is the protection of its investment capital.
Accordingly, the Council may only invest in approved creditworthy counterparties.
Creditworthy counterparties and investment restrictions are covered in section 6.3. Credit
ratings are monitored and reported quarterly to the Council.
• The Council may invest in approved financial instruments as set out in section 6.1.2. These
investments are aligned with the Council’s objective of investing in high credit quality and
highly liquid assets.
• The Council’s net investment interest rate profile will be managed within the parameters
outlined in section 6.0.
Special Funds and Reserve Funds
Liquid assets are not required to be held against special funds and reserve funds. Instead the
Council will internally borrow or utilise these funds wherever possible.
Unless otherwise directed by the Council, internal borrowing to(from) reserves will be undertaken
at the external cost of borrowing.
Trust Funds
Where the Council hold funds as a trustee, or manages funds for a trust then such funds must be
invested on the terms provided within the trust. If the trust’s investment policy is not specified then
this policy should apply.
Risk Recognition/Identification/Management
The definition and recognition of interest rate, liquidity, funding, investment, counterparty credit,
market, operational and legal risk of the Council will be as detailed below and applies to both the
Liability Management Policy and Investment Policy.
Interest Rate Risk
Risk Recognition
For a period of time the Council will be a net investor of liquid funds and the following interest rate
control limits are designed to manage interest rate risk on the financial investment portfolio, until
such time as the Council becomes a net borrower. Should the Council become a net borrower, the
investment interest rate risk control limits will cease to be applicable and the net debt interest rate
risk control limits will accordingly apply.
Interest rate risk is the risk that investment returns or funding costs (due to adverse movements in
market interest rates) will materially exceed or fall short of projections included in the LTCCP and
Annual Plan so as to adversely impact revenue projections, cost control and capital investment
decisions/returns/and feasibilities.
The primary objective of interest rate risk management is to reduce uncertainly relating to interest
rate risk management is to reduce uncertainty relating to interest rate movements through fixing of
investment returns or funding costs. With the investment portfolio utilised for capital expenditure
purposes maintain short term maturities is of primary importance. A accordingly when the Council
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
95
moves to a net borrower position certainty around funding costs is to be achieved through the
active management of underlying interest rate exposures.
Approved Financial Instruments
Dealing in interest rate products must be limited to financial instruments approved by the Council.
Approved financial instruments are as follows:
Category
Instrument
Cash management and borrowing
Bank overdraft
Committed cash advance and bank accepted
bill facilities (short term and long term loan
facilities)
Uncommitted money marke facilities
Retail and wholesale bond and Floating Rate
Note (FRN) issuance
Commercial paper (CP)
Investments
Short term bank deposits
Bank certificates of deposit (RCDs)
Treasury bills
NZ Government, Local Authority stock or
State Owned Enterprise (SOE) bonds and
FRNs (senior)
Corporate bonds (senior)
Corporate Floating Rate Notes (senior)
Promissory notes/Commercial paper (senior)
Corporate/SOE/Other Local Authority Bonds
Interest rate risk management
Forward rate agreements (“FRAs”) on:
Bank bills
Government bonds
Interest rate swaps including;
Forward start swaps (start date <24 months)
Amortising swaps (whereby notional principal
amount reduces)
Swap extensions and shortenings
Interest rate options on:
Bank bill (purchased caps and one for one
collars)
Government bonds
Interest rate swaptions (purchased swaptions
and on for one collars only)
Any other financial instrument must be specifically approved by the Council on a case-by-case
basis and only be applied to the one singular transaction being approved.
All investment securities must be senior in ranking. The following types of investment instruments
are expressly excluded;
• Structured debt where issuing entities are not a primary borrower/issuer
• Sub-ordinated debt, junior debt, perpetual notes and hybrid notes such as convertibles.
Interest Rate Risk Control Limits
Net debt/borrowings
96
Council debt/borrowings should be within the following fixed/floating interest rate risk control limit:
Master Fixed/Floating Risk Control Limit
Minimum Fixed Rate
Maximum Fixed Rate
50%
95%
“Fixed Rate” is defined as an interest rate repricing date beyond 12 months forward on a
continuous rolling basis.
“Floating Rate” is defined as an interest rate repricing within 12 months.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
The percentages are calculated on the rolling 12 month projected net debt level calculated by
management (signed off by the CEO, or equivalent). Net debt is the amount of total debt net of
liquid financial assets/investments. This allows for pre-hedging in advance of projected physical
drawdown of new debt. When approved forecasts are changed, the amount of fixed rate cover in
place may have to be adjusted to ensure compliance with the policy minimums and maximums.
The fixed rate amount at any point in time should be within the following maturity bonds:
Fixed Rate Maturity Profile Limit
Period
Minimum Cover
Maximum Cover
1 to 3 years
20%
60%
3 to 5 years
20%
60%
5 years plus
0%
60%
•
•
•
•
•
Floating rate debt may be spread over any maturity out to 12 months. Bank advances may
be for a maximum term of 12 months.
Interest rate options must not be sold outright. However 1:1 collar option structures are
allowable, whereby the sold option is matched precisely by amount and maturity to the
simultaneously purchase option. During the term of the option, only the sold side of the
collar can be closed out (ie repurchased) otherwise, both sides must be closed
simultaneously. The sold option leg of the collar structure must not have a strike rate “in-themoney”.
Purchased borrower swaptions mature within 12 months.
Interest rate options with a maturity date beyond 12 months that have a strike rate (exercise
rate) higher than 2.00% above the appropriate swap rate, cannot be counted as part of the
fixed rate cover percentage calculation.
Forward start period on swaps and collar strategies to be no more than 24 months, and the
underlying cap or swap starts within this period.
Special and General Reserve Funds
Given that the Council may require funding for capital expenditure cash shortfalls over the
remaining life of the existing special and general reserve funds, where such funds and deemed
necessary they should be used for internal borrowing purposes when external borrowing is
required. Accordingly the Council maintains its funds in short term maturities emphasising
counterparty credit worthiness and liquidity. The interest rate yield achieved on the funds therefore
is a secondary objective.
This will negate counterparty credit risk and any interest rate repricing risk that occurs when the
Council borrows at a higher rate compared to the investment rate achieved by special/reserve
funds.
Liquid assets will not be required to be held against special funds or reserve funds unless such
funds are held within a trust requiring such, instead, the Council will manage these funds using
internal borrowing facilities.
Foreign Currency
Hurunui has minor foreign exchange exposure through the occasional purchase of foreign
exchange denominated services, plant and equipment.
Generally, all significant commitments for foreign exchange are hedged using foreign exchange
contracts, once expenditure is approved. Both sport and forward foreign exchange contracts can
be used by Hurunui.
The Council shall not borrow or enter into incidental arrangements, within or outside New Zealand,
in currency other than New Zealand Currency.
Liquidity Risk/Funding Risk
Risk Recognition
Cash flow deficits in various future periods base on long term financial forecasts are reliant on the
maturity structure of cash, financial investments, loans and bank facilities. Liquidity risk
management focuses on the ability to access committed funding at that future time to fund gaps.
Funding risk management centres on the ability to re-finance or raise new debt at a future time at
the same or more favourable pricing (fees and borrowing margins) and maturity terms of existing
loans and facilities.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
97
The management of the Council’s funding risks is important as several risk factors can arise to
cause an adverse movement in borrowing margins, term availability and general flexibility
including:
• Local Government risk is priced to a higher fee and margin level;
• The Council’s own credit standing or financial strength as a borrower deteriorates due to
financial, regulatory or other reasons;
• A large individual lender to the Council experiences their own financial/exposure difficulties
resulting in the Council not being able to manage their debt portfolio as optimally as desired;
• New Zealand investment community experiences a substantial “over supply” of Council
investment assets.
A key factor of funding risk management is to spread and control the risk to spread and control the
risk to reduce the concentration of risk at one point in time so that if any of the above events occur,
the overall borrowing cost is not unnecessarily increased and desired maturity profile compromised
due to market conditions.
Liquidity/Funding Risk Control Limits
• Alternative funding mechanisms such as leasing should be evaluated with financial analysis
in conjunction with traditional on-balance sheet funding. The evaluation should take into
consideration, ownership, redemption value and effective cost of funds.
• Term loans and committed debt facilities together with liquid investments must be
maintained at an amount of 110% over projected peak net debt levels over the next 12
months.
• The CEO has the discretionary authority to re-finance existing debt on more favourable
terms. Such action is to be reported and ratified by the Council at the earliest opportunity.
• The maturity profile of the total committed funding in respect to all loans and committed
facilities, is to be controlled by the following system:
Period
Minimum Cover
Maximum Cover
0 to 3 years
10%
60%
3 to 5 years
20%
60%
5 years plus
0%*
60%
*Should the Council’s net debt exceed $50 million, this minimum will rise to 10%.
A maturity schedule outside these limits will require specific Council approval.
98
Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty credit risk is the risk of losses (realised or unrealised) arising from a counterparty
defaulting on a financial instrument where the Council is a party. The credit risk to the Council in a
default event will be weighted differently depending on the type of instrument entered into.
Credit risk will be regularly reviewed by the Council. Treasury related transaction would only be
entered into with organisations specifically approved by the Council.
Counterparties and limits can only be approved on the basis of long-term credit ratings (Standard &
Poor’s, Fitch or Moody’s) being A+ and above or short term rating of A-1 or above.
Limits should be spread amongst a number of counterparties to avoid concentrations of credit
exposure.
The following matrix guide will determine limits.
Counterparty/Issuer
Minimum long
Investments Interest rate risk
Total max. per
term/short term
max. per
management
counterparty
credit rating –
counterparty instrument max.
($m)
stated and
($m)
per
possible
counterparty
($m)
NZ Government
N/A
unlimited
none
unlimited
NZD Registered
AAA
10.0
none
10.0
Supranationals
State Owned
A+/A-1
5.0
none
5.0
Enterprise [name]
NZ Registered Banks
A+/A-1
10.0
10.0
20.0
[name]
Corporate Bonds/CP
A+/A-1
2.0
none
2.0
[names]*
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Local Government
A+/A-1 (if
2.0
none
5.0
Stock/Bonds/FRN/CP
rated)
[name]**
*subject to a maximum exposure no greater than 20% of the portfolio being invested in
corporate debt securities at any one point in time.
**subject to a maximum exposure no greater than 10% of the portfolio being invested in Local
Government debt at any one point in time.
This summary list will be expanded on counterparty named basis which will be authorised by
the CEO.
In determining the usage of the previous gross limits, the following product weighting will be used:
Investments (eg Bank Deposits) – Transaction Notional * Weighting 100%. (unless a legal right of
set-off over corresponding borrowings exit whereupon a 0% weighting may apply)
Interest rate risk management (eg swaps, FRAs) – Transactional Notion * Maturity (years * 3%.
Foreign exchange – Transactional principal amount * the square root of the Maturity (years) * 15%.
Each transaction should be entered into a treasury spreadsheet and a quarterly report prepared to
show assessed counterparty actual exposure versus limits.
Individual counterparty limits are kept in a spreadsheet by management and updated on a day to
day basis. Credit ratings should be reviewed by the MFS on an ongoing basis and in the event of
material credit downgrades; this should be immediately reported to the CEO, and assessed against
exposure limits. Counterparties exceeding limits should be reported to the Council.
Investments are normally held to maturity date. Where investments are liquidated before legal
maturity date, approval is obtained from the CEO, who also approves guidelines for a minimum
acceptable sale price. The MFS evaluates quotes based on these instructions and proceeds with
the transaction.
Risk Management
To avoid undue concentration of exposures, financial instruments should be used with as wide a
range of approved counterparties as possible. Maturities should be well spread. The approval
process must take into account the liquidity of the market the instrument is traded in and repriced
from.
Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss as a result of human error (or fraud), system failures and
inadequate procedures and controls. Operational risk is very relevant when dealing with financial
instruments given that:
• Financial instruments may not be fully understood;
• Too much reliance is often placed on the specialised skills of one or two people;
• Most treasury instruments are executed over the phone;
• Operational risk is minimised through the adoption of all requirements of this policy.
Dealing Authorities and Limits
Transactions will only be executed by those persons and within limits approved by the Council.
Segregation of Duties
As there are a small number of people involved in borrowing and investment activity, adequate
segregation of duties among the core borrowing and investment functions of deal execution,
confirmation, settling and accounting/reporting is not strictly achievable. The risk will be minimised
by the following process:
The MFS reports directly to the CEO.
There is a documented approval process for borrowing, interest rate and investment activity.
Procedures
All treasury instruments should be recorded and diarised within a treasury spreadsheet, with
appropriate controls and checks over journal entries into the general ledger. Deal capture and
reporting must be done immediately following execution/confirmation. Details of procedures
including templates of deal tickets should be compiled in a treasury procedure manual separate to
this policy.
Procedures should include:
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
99
•
•
•
Regular management reporting.
Regular risk assessment, including review of procedures and controls as directed by the
Council or appropriate sub-committee of the Council.
Organisational, systems, procedures and reconciliation controls to ensure:
o All borrowing, interest rate and investment activity is bona fide and properly
authorised.
o Checks are in place to ensure the Council accounts and records are updated
promptly, accurately and completely.
o All outstanding transactions are revalued regularly and independently of the execution
function to ensure accurate reporting and accounting of outstanding exposures and
hedging activity.
Organisational Controls
• The MFS, or equivalent has responsibility for establishing appropriate structures, procedures
and controls to support borrowing, interest rate and investment activity.
• All borrowing, investment, cash management and interest rate risk management activity is
undertaken in accordance with approved delegations authorised by the Council.
Cheque/Electronic Banking Signatories
• Positions approved by the CEO as per register.
• Dual signatures are required for all cheques and electronic transfes.
• Cheques must be in the same name of the counterparty crossed “Not Negotiable, Account
Payee Only”, via the Council bank account.
Authorised Personnel
• All counterparties are provided with a list of personnel approved to undertake transactions,
standard settlement instructions and details of personnel able to receive confirmations.
Recording of Deals
• All deals are recorded on properly formatted deal tickets by the MFS and approved as
required by the CEO. Deal summary records for borrowing, investments, interest rate risk
management and cash management transactions (on spreadsheets) are maintained by the
FSM and updated promptly following completion of transactions.
Confirmations
• All inward letter confirmations including registry confirmations are received and checked by
the FO against completed deal tickets and the treasury spreadsheet records to ensure
accuracy.
• All deliverable securities are held in the Council’s safe
• Deals, once confirmed, are filed )deal ticket and attached confirmation) by the MSS in deal
date/number.
• Any discrepancies arising during deal confirmation checks which require amendment to the
Council records are signed off by the CEO.
Settlement
• The majority of borrowing, interest rate and investment payments are settled by direct debit
authority.
• For electronic payments, batches are set up electronically. These batches are checked by
the MFS to ensure settlement details are correct. Payment details are authorised by two
approved signatories as per Council registers.
100
Reconciliations
Bank reconciliations are performed by the Financial Officer and checked and approved by the
MFS. Any unresolved unreconciled items arising during bank statement reconciliation which
require amendment to the Council’s records are signed off by the MFS.
A monthly reconciliation of the treasury spreadsheet to the general ledger is carried out by the
Financial Officer and reviewed by the MFS.
Interest income from the treasury spreadsheet is reconciled to bank statements by the Financial
Officer.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Legal Risk
Legal and regulatory risks relate to the unenforceability of a transaction due to an organisation not
having the legal capacity or power to enter into the transaction usually because of prohibitions
contained in legislation. While legal risks are more relevant for banks, Hurunui may be exposed to
such risks. In the event that the Council is unable to enforce it’s rights due to deficient or
inaccurate documentation.
Hurunui will seek to minimise this risk by adopting policy regarding:
• The use of standing dealing and settlement instructions (including bank accounts, authorised
persons, standard deal confirmations, contacts for disputed transactions) to be sent to
counterparties.
• The matching of third party confirmations and the immediate follow-up of anomalies.
• The use of expert advice.
Agreements
Financial instruments can only be entered into with banks that have in place and executed ISDA
Master Agreement with the Council.
Council’s internal/appointed legal counsel must sign off on all documentation for new loan
borrowings, re-financing and investment structures.
Financial Covenants and Other Obligations
The Council must not enter into any transaction where it would cause a breach of financial
covenants under existing contractual arrangements.
The Council must comply with all obligations and reporting requirements under existing funding
facilities and legislative requirements.
Measuring Treasury Performance
In order to determine the success of the Council’s treasury management function, the following
benchmarks and performance measures have been prescribed.
Those performance measures that provide a direct measure of the performance of treasury staff
(operational performance and management of debt and interest rate risk) are to be reported to the
Council or an appropriate subcommittee of the Council on a quarterly basis.
Operational Performance
All treasury limits must be complied with including (but not limited to) counterparty credit limits,
dealing limits and exposure limits.
All treasury deadlines are to be met, including reporting deadlines.
Management of Debt and Interest Rate Risk
The actual funding cost for the Council (taking into consideration of entering into interest rate risk
management transactions) should be below the budgeted interest cost.
Cash Management
The MFS has the responsibility to carry out the day-to-day cash and short-term debt management
activities. All cash inflows and outflows pass through bank accounts controlled by the finance
function.
The daily cash management function and investment of operational surpluses for Hamner Springs
Thermal Reserve is managed by local Hamner Springs accounting staff.
• The MFS will calculate and maintain comprehensive cash flow projections on a daily (two
weeks forward), weekly (four weeks forward), monthly (12 months forward) and annual (five
years) basis. These cash flow forecasts determine Council’s borrowing requirements and
surpluses for investment.
• On a daily basis, electronically download all Council bank account information.
• Co-ordinate Council’s operating units to determine daily cash inflows and outflows with the
objective of managing the cash position within approved parameters.
• Undertake short term borrowing functions as required, minimising overdraft costs.
• Ensuring efficient cash management through improvement to accurate forecasting using
spreadsheet modelling.
• Minimise fees and bank/Government charges by optimising bank account/facility structures.
• Monitor Council’s usage of overdraft and cash advance facilities. Overdraft facilities are
utilised as little as practical. Committed bank overdraft facilities of $500,000 are maintained.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
101
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ideally, Council will hold $100,000 in the cheque account, with surplus cash transferred to an
interest bearing current account.
Match future cash flows to smooth overall timeline.
Provide reports detailing actual cash flows during the month compared with those budgeted.
Maximise the return from available funds by ensuring significant payments are made within
the vendor’s payment terms, but no earlier than required, unless there is a financial benefit
from doing so.
Interest rate management on cash management balances is not permitted.
Cash is invested for a term of no more than 3 months and in approved instruments and
counterparties.
Reporting – Performance Measurement
When budgeting forecast interest costs/returns, the actual physical position of existing loans,
investments and interest rate instruments be taken into account.
Treasury Reporting
Reporting
The following reports are produced:
Report Name
Daily Cash Position Treasury Spreadsheet
Treasury Exceptions Report
Treasury Report
• Policy compliance
• Borrowing limits
• Funding and interest position profile
• Funding facility
• New treasury transactions
• Cost of funds
• Cashflow forecast report
• Liquidity risk position
• Counterparty credit
• Treasury performance
Quarterly Treasury Strategy Paper
Frequency
Daily
Daily
Monthly
Quarterly
Prepared by
Financial Officer
Financial Officer
MFS
Recipient
MFS
MFS
Finance and Expenditure
Committee or Council
Quarterly
MFS
Statement of Public Debt
Quarterly
MFS
Revaluation of financial instruments
Quarterly
MFS
Finance and Expenditure
Committee or Council
Finance and Expenditure
Committee or Council
Finance and Expenditure
Committee or Council
A six month phase-in non-compliance period is permitted.
Accounting Treatment of Financial Instruments
The Council uses financial market instruments for the primary purpose of reducing its exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates.
The accounting treatment for such financial instruments is to follow IFRS accounting standards.
102
Valuation of Treasury Instruments
All treasury financial instruments must be revalued (marked-to-market) every three months for risk
management purposes. This includes those instruments that are used only for hedging purposes.
Underlying rates to be used to value treasury instruments are as follows:
Official daily settlement prices for established markets;
Official daily market rates for short term treasury instruments (eg FRA settlement rates calculated
by Reuters from price maker quotations as displayed on the BKBM page);
Relevant market mid-rates provided by the company’s bankers at the end of the business day
(5.00pm) for other over-the-counter treasury instruments;
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
For markets that are illiquid, or where market prices are not readily available, rates calculated in
accordance with procedures approved by the MFS.
Policy Review
This Treasury Risk Management Policy is to be formally reviewed on a triennial basis.
The MFS, or equivalent, has the responsibility to prepare a review report that is presented to the
Council or Council sub-committee. The report will include:
• Recommendation as to changes, deletions and additions to the policy;
• Overview of the treasury management function in achieving the stated treasury objectives,
including performance trends in actual interest cost against budget (multi-year comparisons);
• Summary of breaches of policy and one-off approvals outside policy to highlight areas of
policy tension;
• Analysis of bank and lender service provision, share of financial instrument transactions etc;
• Comments and recommendations from the Council’s external auditors on the treasury
function, particularly internal controls, accounting treatment and reporting.
• An annual audit of the treasury spreadsheets and procedures should be undertaken.
• Total net debt servicing costs and debt should not exceed limits specified in the covenants of
lenders to the Council.
The Council receives the report, approves policy changes and/or reject recommendations for policy
changes.
Exceptions to this Policy
This Treasury Management Policy will apply to all investment activity undertaken from 1 July 2009.
The Council may hold legacy investments which may not conform to the revised policy. All non
conforming legacy investments will be transitioned in an orderly fashion, while taking into
consideration risk factors and the maturity dates and the cost of (or losses on) redemption. All non
complying investments will be reported to the Council on a regular basis.
Council meeting 22 May 1997
Council meeting 9 June 1998
Council meeting 20 July 2000
Council meeting 19 July 2001
Council meeting 26 February 2009
103
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
F1/5
Financial Contributions Policy
The Council’s policy on financial contributions is set out in its Proposed District Plan (the Plan). The
Plan describes the issue of increased demand for infrastructure and community facilities resulting
from growth under:
“Issue 10 Protection & Enhancement of Environmental Quality” pages 68-81; and
“Issue 12 Infrastructure and Development” pages 86 –86.
The Plan sets out the objective and policies relating to financial contributions within the above
sections and the reasons for requiring financial contributions. Section C2 of the Plan “Financial
Contribution” pages 355-363 sets out the circumstances, purposes and maximums for each type of
contribution which is intended to be applied. The financial contributions section of the District Plan
shall be applied from the operative date of the Plan. In the event the District Plan is not operative
on the 1 July 2003 the Council’s policy on financial contributions will be to apply the transitional
provisions of Sections 407 and 409 of the Resource Management Act 1991 until such tome as the
District Plan is operative.
Council meeting 26 March 2003
104
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
F1/6
Statement of Accounting Policy
General Accounting Policies
The financial statements are presented in accordance with the requirements of the Local
Government Act 2002.
The measurement base adopted is that of historical cost except for the major asset networks for
roads, water, sewerage and drainage, which are valued on the basis of depreciated replacement
cost. The assumption is made that Council is a going concern.
Accrual accounting is used to recognise and match the cost of services provided and revenue
derived. These statements have been prepared on a Goods and Services Tax exclusive basis.
Cautionary Note
In accord with Financial Reporting Standard No. 29 it is noted that the effect of the actual results
achieved for the period are likely to vary from the information presented, and variations may be
material.
Reporting Entity And Statutory Base
The Hurunui District Council is a Territorial Authority as per the Local Government Act 2002.
Council’s operations are divided into the following areas:
• Financial and Support Services
• Human Resources and Community Policy
• Environmental Services
• Engineering Services
The Council has:
• a separate Business Unit “Roading In House Technical Services”
• a Management Sub-Committee for the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve
• two wholly owned Council Controlled Organisations – Hurunui Roading
Limited and Hurunui Holdings Ltd – see policies H1 and H2
The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Local Government Act 2002
and the pronouncements of the New Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Allocation of Overheads
Council adopted a policy of charging most administrative costs by direct charges where this can be
identified. The remaining overheads have been allocated on the basis of a formula relating to
communication requirements, staff numbers and expenditure.
Operational, Restricted and Infrastructural Assets
(a) Classification
Operational Assets: These include land, buildings, furniture and office equipment, plant &
machinery, vehicles, library books and the assets of the Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools.
Restricted Assets: These assets cannot be readily disposed of because of legal or other
restrictions, and provide a benefit or service to the community. They include reserves
vested under the Reserves Act 1977.
Infrastructural Assets: These are the fixed utility systems that provide a continuing service to
the community and are not generally regarded as tradable. They include roads and bridges,
water and sewerage services and storm water systems.
(b) Valuation
Land and Buildings: These were valued during the year ended 30 June 2002 by Quotable
Value NZ using standard and recognised valuation methods depending on the type of each
property. Subsequent additions are valued at cost. Revaluations will be performed every
three years.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
105
Fixtures and Fittings: These were valued by Bennett & Associates Ltd, independent valuers
at replacement value as at 31 March 1991. This value is the deemed cost of these assets.
Subsequent additions are valued at cost.
Library: These were valued at depreciated replacement cost by the District Librarian as at
30 June 1993. This value is the deemed cost of these assets. Subsequent additions are
valued at cost.
Roading Assets: These assets have been valued at depreciated replacement cost as at the
30 June 2003. The roading valuation includes land under the roading network. The
valuation of the land is based on the average rateable value of land in the associated Ward
as determined by Quotable Value. The valuation of roads and associated roading assets
was conducted internally by the Manager of Engineering Services, B M Yates, Registered
Engineer and verified by a registered valuer Worley Consultants Ltd.
Water & Sewage Assets: These assets have been valued at depreciated replacement cost
as at the 30 June 2003. The valuation of water & sewage assets was conducted internally
by the Manager of Engineering Services, B M Yates, Registered Engineer and verified by a
registered valuer BECA Stevens Ltd.
Other Fixed Assets: These have been valued at cost.
(c) Depreciation
Land: These assets are not depreciated.
Fixed Assets: are depreciated on a straight-line (SL) basis over their expected lives.
The following depreciation rates have been adopted by Council and used:
Asset
Buildings
Fixtures and fittings
Computer
Type
Wooden
Concrete
Administration
Pensioner Flats
Hardware
Software
Plant and Machinery
Motor Vehicles
Small plant
Thermal Pools Plant
Library Books
Depreciation
2%S.L.
1%S.L.
20%S.L.
10%S.L.
25–33%S.L.
25–33%S.L.
10%S.L.
20%S.L.
33%S.L.
20%S.L.
12.5–33%S.L.
Infrastructural assets are depreciated on a straight line basis over their expected useful lives. A
residual value of 50% has been established for sealed pavement layers.
Asset
Roads
106
Bridges & Culverts
Other
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
Type
land under roads
roading formation
pavement layer (sealed)
pavement layer (unsealed)
pavement surface (sealed)
pavement surface (un sealed)
timber
concrete & other
culverts
kerb & channel
footpaths
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Depreciation
Not Depreciated
Not Depreciated
100 years
Not Depreciated
average 16 years
12 years
70 years
100 years
25–50 years
50–80 years
20–75 years
Water Network
Sewage Network
retaining walls
street lights
traffic signs
pipes
pipes other
reservoir & tanks
intakes/pump stations
treatment plant
pumps & controls
pipe
pipes other
manholes
treatment plant
pumps & controls
50 years
15–25 years
12 years
50–80 years
40 years
80 years
20–60 years
10–80 years
10–25 years
50–80 years
50–80 years
50–80 years
25–60 years
10–25 years
Recognition of Income
Rates and levies are recognised as income when assessments are issued.
Taxation
Income tax is charged in the statement of financial performance in respect of current year’s
earnings after allowing for permanent differences between reported earnings and assessable
earnings for income tax purposes.
Deferred taxation is determined on a comprehensive basis using the liability method. A debit
balance in the deferred taxation account arising from timing differences or income tax benefits from
income tax losses is only recognised where there is virtual certainty of realisation.
Dollar Values
All financial statements are expressed in 2004 dollar values.
Significant Assumptions and Provisions
In establishing the financial forecasts and projections, a number of provisions and assumptions
have been made. The main ones are:
• Interest rates of 5.8% for 2004/05 and 6.25% for subsequent years
• Debt repayment of all borrowings on a 20 year rolling basis
• Full depreciation of all operating and infrastructural assets except water and sewerage
assets which are depreciated but not funded.
• Costings for capital projects in subsequent years are generally based on estimates which will
be revised as more detailed planning work is undertaken.
• The capital programme for subsequent years is supported by the Council but should not be
regarded as committed
• We are required to have Asset Management Plans in place for our key assets which have a
bearing on future funding requirements. This has been computed for roads, water and
sewerage schemes. These are reflected in this document.
• There are no commitments or contingencies that the Council is aware of that have not been
included in the Long Term Financial Strategy
The forecast financial information found in pages 126 to 133 has been prepared in accordance with
the Council's current accounting policies. The Council is aware that it may have to alter some of its
accounting policies in the future as a result of the Accounting Standards Review Board's decision
to adopt International Financial Reporting Standards as the basis for new New Zealand financial
reporting standards, for periods commencing 1 January 2007. However, the forecast financial
information presented does not take account of the potential impact on the Council of the new New
Zealand financial reporting as this impact is not yet known
Changes in Accounting Policy
There have been no changes in accounting policies, which have been applied on bases consistent
with those used in previous years.
Council meeting 30 June 2004
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
107
F1/7
Revenue and Financing Policy
Introduction
This policy is about Council services and who pays for them, and is required under section 102(4)
of the Local Government Act 2002. Sections 103 and 101(3) of this act require the Council to
identify for each Council service:
(a) The community outcomes to which the service primarily contributes;
(b) The distribution of benefits between the district as a whole, any identifiable part of the
district, and individuals;
(c) The period in or over which those benefits are expected to occur;
(d) The extent to which the actions or inaction of particular individuals or a group contribute to
the need to undertake the service; and
(e) The costs and benefits, including consequences for transparency and accountability, of fund
the service distinctly from other services.
There is also a requirement to consider the sustainability of the models of funding for each
services, in terms of its impact on the current and future social, economic, environmental, and
cultural wellbeing of the community.
Costs for each service are collected unless the Council believes that to do so would not be fair or
not be in the interest of residents and ratepayers or is in conflict with Council policy. As an elected
representative body, the Council has the responsibility to make the final decision.
The following section of this policy is an explanation of the policy and terms used.
Policy Explanation
The rationale for funding Council services is given in the “Service by Service Review” section of
this policy, under four subheadings for each service (which cover, but not precisely correlate to, the
above-mentioned legislative requirements):
(1) Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Community Outcomes and Dimensions of Wellness to which the service primarily
contributes.
(2) Relevant Issues & Constraints
Matters that are taken into consideration, including the rationale for, and any statutory
constraints on, the funding of the service distinctly from other services.
(3) Who benefits, and over what period?
Consideration of the extent to which an individual, group or the community as a whole
contribute to the need to undertake the service and/or benefit from it, and of the period over
which the benefits occur.
(4) Future Funding & Sustainability
The mechanism Council uses to fund the service – rates, fees, charges or some other way –
and the sustainability of the means of funding the service, in terms of its ongoing impact on
the four primary wellbeings.
Terms used
Capital Value
The value expected to be realised at the time of valuation if offered for sale on such reasonable
terms and conditions as a bona fide seller might be expected to require.
Development Contributions
Charges on future lots or units of demand to fund the growth portion of capital expenditure.
District Rate
District wide collection of revenue based on a set number of cents per dollar of the capital value of
every property or uniform annual general charge (UAGC).
108
Drainage Rate
Targeted Rate on a defined area benefiting from a classified drainage scheme.
Lot
A rateable property (lots can be combined). A lot is a legal entity.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Targeted Rate
Is a rate within a ward or defined area and may be based on cents per dollar of capital value of
every property or a fixed amount per rating unit (known for the purposes of this policy as a “Uniform
Annual Charge”, UAC). Money spent in that area only.
UAC
Uniform Annual Charge. Within the context of this policy, this is a Targeted Rate for a set dollar
amount collected for each rateable property (or each separately used or inhabited part of a
property) in the District as a whole or within part of the district for a specific Council service (eg
water supply, sewerage, reserves).
UAGC
Uniform Annual General Charge. This is a set dollar amount which is collected for each rateable
property or each separately used or inhabited part of a property in the district, irrespective of the
value of the property, to cover the combined costs of various Council services.
User Charges
Charges collected from individuals at the time service is used.
Utilities
Combination of water, wastewater and refuse services.
Service by Service Review
Amenities – Local Halls
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s provision of local halls helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live,
work, and play, contributing to its wellness through enhancing its social wellbeing, cultural
wellbeing and its community lifestyle.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living closest to a facility benefit more than those living further away, hence ther is a need to
fund this service distinctly from other services. There are no significant costs associated with this
distinction, and there are benefits from transparency and accountability, as the Council’s revenue
from and expenditure on halls can more easily be related to the state of the district’s halls.
Future Funding & Sustainability
A rental charge the market will stand, with any shortfall met from a Uniform Annual Charge on the
local ward or community rating area. If any of the capital expenditure caters for future growth will
be funded from future lots or units of demand within the ward or community rating area via
development contributions. This will have a slight negative impact on the current and future
economic wellbeing of persons within the affected are, but such effects will be offset by current and
future gains in the areas of social and cultural wellbeing.
Who benefits?
100% private benefit to users of the hall.
Amenities – Reserves
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of reserves helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live, work,
and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as contributing to the community’s environmental
responsibility. These outcomes provide for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social
and cultural wellbeing, its heritage and tradition, its landscape and community outlook, and its
personal and community lifestyle.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Council reserves are funded differently depending upon whether they are classified as District or
Amenity (i.e. local) reserves, or as some combination of these two categories. Council policy is
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
109
that camping grounds should pay their own way. There are small administrative costs associated
with the separate funding of reserves (e.g. costs for running Reserves Committees in each area),
but these are outweighed by the benefits in increased transparency and accountability in regard to
the allocation of funds for reserves and the statutory requirement that any revenue from reserves
be spent only on reserves.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
District Reserves - 100% benefit to the District in that people from all over the District use the
reserve, and the reserve attracts visitors to the District.
District / Amenity Reserves - benefit to the whole District, but more usage by, and so more benefit
to, residents in the local rating area.
Amenity Reserves - 100% benefit to residents in the local rating area.
Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools & Spa - 100% benefit to users.
Camping Grounds - 100% benefit to users.
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the investment and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Capital
Capital expenditure for District and District/Amenity Reserves is funded 100% by the District Rate
and/or the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve surpluses. Capital expenditure for Amenity Reserves
is funded 100% by the local amenity rate on the ward or community rating area within which the
reserve in question is located. If any of the capital expenditure caters for future growth, then that
portion of the expenditure that relates to growth will be funded from future lots or units of demand
via development contributions. While the facilities are maintained in perpetuity the maximum loan
period should be that specified in the Council’s Treasury Policy. The monies needed to meet the
loan costs should be treated as operational expenditure.
Operational
District/Amenity and Amenity Reserves - 100% Uniform Annual Charge on the ward or community
rating area in which the reserve is located.
District Reserves - 100% District Rate.
Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools - 100% user charge.
Camping Grounds - 100% user charge with any shortfall met from a Uniform Annual Charge in the
ward or community rating area.
Sustainability
There are slight negative effects on the current and future economic wellbeing of the communities
affected, but this will be offset by proportional gains in current and future social, environmental and
cultural wellbeing. There will also be some gain in economic wellbeing, to the extent that tourists
are attracted to the District’s reserves.
Amenities – Township Maintenance
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of township maintenance helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable
place to live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as contributing to the
community’s essential infrastructure. These community outcomes provide for the wellness of the
District through enhancing its social and environmental wellbeing, its heritage and tradition, and its
personal and community lifestyle.
110
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living closest to a facility benefit more than those living further away, hence there is a benefit
in terms of transparency and accountability from funding this service distinctly from other activities,
however, it is not practical in cost-benefit terms to implement a differential rating scheme for this
service within each ward or community rating area. There is no significant cost associated with
funding this service separately.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
There is an element of benefit to the wider District (e.g. street refuse bins improve the cleanliness
and image of the District by minimizing littering), but the predominant benefit is to property owners
in the ward or community rating area in question.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the investment and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Township maintenance: 100% local Uniform Annual Charge on the ward or community rating area.
Street refuse bin clearance: 100% District Rate on Capital Value.
There are slight negative effects on the current and future economic wellbeing of those who are
charged for township maintenance, but there are corresponding gains in current and future social
and environmental wellbeing
Amenities – Roadside Construction
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of roadside construction helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place
to live, work, and play and contributes to the community’s essential infrastructure. These
community outcomes provide for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social wellbeing,
and its personal and community lifestyle.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living closest to a facility benefit more than those living furthest away, hence there is a
benefit in terms of transparency and accountability from funding this service distinctly from other
activities. There are no significant costs associated with this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
There is an element of benefit to visitors and the wider District, but this is negligible in comparison
to the benefits to property owners in the wards, community rating areas, and defined urban areas
in question.
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the investment and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Roadside construction: All wards or community rating areas except Hanmer Springs Ward - 100%
Targeted Rate on Capital Value for the ward or community rating area in question – 80% from the
defined urban area and 20% from the surrounding rural area (following the “80/20 rule”). Hanmer
Springs – 90% from the defined urban area and 10% from the surrounding rural area (in
recognition that the large rural properties in the Hanmer Springs Ward don’t see Hanmer Springs
as their service town).
Upgrading of frontage: At any time, the Council may be required to contribute up to 75% of the cost
of road frontage upgrading as a result of a resource consent application for subdivision fronting on
to an existing legal road. Given that the bodies overseeing the amenity rates have no control over
lodgement of resource consents, it is unfair for a road frontage upgrade to “leapfrog” other projects
in the priority list, simply because the developer is paying a share of the cost. In recognition that
the work is to the respective township’s benefit, but to offset the effect of an unanticipated expense,
funding of the Council’s share may be loan-funded over 10 years with all costs being charged to
the respective ward or community rating area.
Amenities – Ward / Community Rating Area Administration
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of the Ward / Community Rating Area Committees and the Hanmer Springs
Community Board helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live, work, and play,
providing for the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living within the ward or community rating area are the only ones represented by the
Committee or Board, hence there is a benefit in terms of transparency and accountability from
funding this service distinctly from other activities. There are no significant costs associated with
this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
111
100% benefit to the people in the ward or community rating area, through representing local issues
and facilitating local involvement in Council decision making.
There are no capital costs, and benefits from operational costs accrue at the time of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Some issues may relate to the capital value of properties; others may be matters of representation
that are unrelated to property values. The Council has determined that funding should be 50%
from a Targeted Rate on Capital Value and 50% from a Uniform Annual Charge for each ward or
community rating area.
There are slight negative effects on the current and future economic wellbeing of the affected
ratepayers, but this will be offset by gains in current and future social wellbeing.
Community – Medical Facilities
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of medical facilities helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to
live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live. These outcomes provide for the wellness of
the District through enhancing its social and economic wellbeing, and its personal and community
lifestyle.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
In remote rural locations, property developers / property owners do not wish to take the commercial
risk to develop and lease out specialised medical facilities. Without these facilities, local residents
and visitors would be some distance away from primary medical care. Users closest to a facility
have the potential to benefit most from it, hence there are benefits in terms of increased
transparency and accountability from funding these facilities separately from other Council
services, however it is not practical to implement a differential rate within each ward or community
rating area. Funding this service separately adds no extra cost.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to users of the facilities, but there will also be a benefit to each local
community in which facilities are situated, in that the general health of the community is likely to be
improved and in that there will be less need to transport those who are in need of treatment to
other areas of the District. In this sense there may also be some benefit to the District as a whole.
The benefits from Capital Expenditure accrue over the life of the investment and so capital
expenditure should be funded by a loan or from reserves. The benefits from operational
expenditure accrue at the time of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Operational
100% User charges with any shortfall funded by Uniform Annual Charge within the relevant ward or
community rating area.
Capital
Loan funded by Uniform Annual Charge within the relevant ward or community rating area. If
Council decides that the District should contribute then the amount of the contribution is subtracted
from the loan. If any of the Capital Expenditure caters for future growth, then that portion of the
expenditure that relates to growth will be funded from future units of demand via Development
Contributions and loans.
Sustainability
There are slight negative effects on the current and future economic wellbeing of the communities
affected, but this will be offset by gains in current and future social wellbeing. There will also be
some gain in economic wellbeing, to the extent that the need for out-of-district travel is lessened.
Community – Pensioner Housing
112
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of pensioner housing helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to
live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live. These community outcomes provide for the
wellness of the District through enhancing its social and economic wellbeing and its personal and
community lifestyle.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living in an area with housing benefit more than those living outside of such an area, and
those who qualify for housing benefit much more than those who do not, hence there is a benefit in
terms of increased transparency and accountability from funding this service distinctly from other
activities. There are no significant costs associated with this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to those provided with housing, however the District as a whole also
benefits from the knowledge that pensioners on low incomes are housed in reasonable
accommodation and are housed locally - the need to travel out of the District to visit elderly friends
and relations will be lessened.
There are capital costs associated with the construction of the housing. The benefits accrue over
the life of the buildings. This implies that the structures should be funded by way of a loan that is
repaid in accordance with Council’s Treasury Policy. Operational costs are maintenance and
benefits accrue at the time the expenditure takes place.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Rents set at an affordable level, ideally so as to recover costs, with any shortfall to be made up
from the District Rate on Capital Value.
There will be a positive effect on the current and future economic wellbeing of the persons housed.
Any slight negative effect on the current and future economic wellbeing of ratepayers in general will
be offset by gains in social wellbeing.
Community – Residential Housing
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of residential housing (for medical practitioners and some Council staff)
helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live, work, and play and a healthy, safe
place to live. These community outcomes provide for the wellness of the District primarily through
enhancing its social and economic wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living in areas with housing and/or who qualify for housing benefit most from it, hence there
is justification in terms of transparency and accountability for funding this service distinctly from
other activities. There are no significant costs associated with this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to those provided with housing, but there is a component of benefit to
the District as a whole, as medical practitioners and Council staff who might otherwise not live in
the District are provided with housing.
There are capital costs associated with the construction of the housing. The benefits accrue for the
life of the buildings. This implies that the structures should be funded by way of a loan that is
repaid in accordance with Council’s Treasury Policy.
Operational costs are maintenance and benefits accrue at the time the expenditure takes place.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Market rents for Council staff; no rent for medical practitioners, with any shortfall to be made up
from the District Rate on Capital Value.
There will be a positive effect on the current and future economic wellbeing of the persons housed.
Any slight negative effect on the current and future economic wellbeing of ratepayers in general will
be offset by gains in social wellbeing.
Community – Cemeteries Maintenance
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of cemeteries helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live,
providing for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social and cultural wellbeing and its
heritage and tradition.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
113
Relevant Issues & Constraints
The families of the buried benefit much more than others from the provision of cemeteries, hence
there is justification in terms of increased accountability and transparency for funding this service
distinctly from other services.
The Burial and Cremation Act 1964 requires Territorial Local Authorities to provide and maintain
cemeteries and set and charge fees for the use of cemeteries. Residents, and their families, who
opt for cremation should not have to pay all the Cemetery related general costs as their benefit is
much less. Non-residents can also use the cemeteries but make no contribution to the general
costs.
There is currently no time limit on the use made of a burial plot. The fees charged cover the cost of
maintenance for 60 years after that the plot becomes a charge on the Council. The Council also
has to carry the areas that have been set aside for graves but have yet to be used.
Because of the infinite life of a cemetery it is not possible to recoup the capital costs over its life.
Accordingly, the capital cost of the plot should be the economic marginal cost of the plot that can
be estimated by the current capital valuation from Valuation NZ.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to the those who will be buried (knowing that their wishes will be carried
out), and their family and friends, but there is a benefit to the heritage and general atmosphere of
District as a whole through the provision of peaceful, tranquil and aesthetically pleasing
cemeteries.
Benefits from capital expenditure accrue when burial takes place and continue for the life of the
cemetery. Benefits from operational expenditure accrue when the costs are incurred.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Maintenance funded from the District Rate on Capital Value; interment costs from user charges.
If the Council decides to apply some of the surplus from the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve, the
amount of the contribution is subtracted from the District Rate.
There will be a slight negative effect on the current economic wellbeing of those from whom user
charges are deducted, and a slight ongoing negative effect on the economic wellbeing of
ratepayers in general, but this will be offset by gains in social and cultural wellbeing.
Community – Public Toilets
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of public toilets helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live,
work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as constituting a part of the community’s
essential infrastructure. These community outcomes provide for the wellness of the District
primarily through enhancing its social and economic (catering for tourists) wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the public toilets benefit more than those who do not, so there is justification in
terms of accountability and transparency for funding these separately from other facilities and
services. Funding this service separately adds no extra cost.
Council policy is that there should be at least one public toilet in each town on tourist routes (more
toilets if the extent of the usage by visitors demands this). It is impractical to charge individual
users.
114
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
Toilets on tourist routes - visitors and locals benefit from being able to use the toilets, but the
predominant benefit is to the District as a whole, as the provision of good quality and well
maintained toilets for visitors should improve their experience of the District and thus encourage
them to visit again or to tell others to do so, leading to economic benefits for the District.
Other toilets - The predominant benefit is to residents of the local community in which the toilets
are situated.
Benefits from capital expenditure are received over the life of the facility and benefits from
operational expenditure are accrued at the time the expenditure is made.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Toilets provided on tourist routes: 100% District Rate or Uniform Annual Charge.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Ward or Community Rating Area toilets: Included in Township Maintenance – 100% Uniform
Annual Charge on the local ward or community rating area.
If the Council decides to apply some of the surplus from the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve, the
amount of the contribution is subtracted from the District Rate.
If any of the Capital Expenditure caters for future growth, then that portion of the expenditure that
relates to growth will be funded from future lots via Development Contributions and loans.
There will be a slight negative effect on the current and future economic wellbeing of those who
pay for this service, but this will be offset by gains in social and/or economic wellbeing.
Community – Grants & Service Awards
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s administration of grants helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live,
work, and play and promotes skills and education for work and life. These community outcomes
provide for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social, cultural, and economic
wellbeing, and its heritage and tradition.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Some of the grants are charged as UACs set at a level that is dictated to the Council by external
agencies, hence there are benefits to transparency in funding this service distinctly from other
services. Funding this service separately adds no extra cost.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to the District as a whole, in that recognition for members of the community reflects
on the community as a whole.
There is no capital expenditure and the benefits from operational expenditure accrue at the time of
expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
100% Uniform Annual General Charge rate except Canterbury Museum which will be funded 100%
UAC known as the Canterbury Museum Rate.
There is a slight negative impact on the current and future economic wellbeing of all ratepayers,
but this is offset by gains in current and future social and cultural wellbeing.
Community – Libraries
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of libraries helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live, work,
and play and promotes skills and education for work and life. These community outcomes provide
for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social, cultural, and economic wellbeing, its
personal and community lifestyle and its heritage and tradition.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Libraries receive a significant amount of funding, hence there is justification in terms of
transparency and accountability for funding this service distinctly from other services. Funding this
service separately adds no extra cost.
It is Council policy to provide a public library network for the district and the high number of
volunteers and the high membership rate demonstrate a strong level of community support.
The Local Government Act 2002 stipulates free membership of libraries - the aim being to provide
an accessible library service that supports an educated and culturally enriched community. The
library provides resources for the community regardless of income, isolation, ability and technical
expertise.
Funding discussions centre around the ‘who pays’ argument and the impact that charges will have
on the community. Library collections today are made up of many formats including books, video,
DVD, CD, magazines, newspapers and a variety of online databases including the internet. The
library retrieves 3% of its operational costs. Charges apply to overdue items and to services that
are considered value added. Rentals are applied to most audiovisual loans – copyright legislation
stipulates that libraries are not to make a profit on these items – and to some internet usage.
Having different charges for different groups of people (low income earners, children,
superannuatants, etc) is more costly to administer than the cost of free access to library services.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
115
The target group (adults with low income and children) could not afford to pay user charges for
books. Bringing in differentiated charges would be an enormous administrative load that would
cost more than free access. The closest to a user charge would be a Uniform Annual General
Charge.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit from libraries is to the District as a whole in encouraging the development
of an informed and educated Community. Additional benefits from enhanced library services may
be derived from residents of the local ward or community rating area in which the library is located.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Operational
After user charges on non-book and internet services - at a fee to cover purchase and on-going
expense - the balance comes 75% from a District Uniform Annual Charge and 25% from the
District Rate on Capital Value (known as the Library rate).
If the Council decides to apply some of the surplus from the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve, the
amount of the contribution is subtracted from the District Rate.
Capital Expenditure
Significant Capital Expenditure on land and building will be funded from Council reserves or loans,
and if any of this Capital Expenditure caters for future growth, then that portion of the expenditure
that relates to growth will be funded from future units of demand via Development Contributions
and loans.
The construction of the Hurunui Memorial Library has been funded from two loans. The first loan
represented the majority of the cost. The repayments of principal and interest for the majority of the
loan are funded by way of development contributions. The second loan was the marginal cost of an
enhanced building which was assigned to the Amberley Ward. The marginal cost was assessed at
$260,000. Since 2004, the Amberley Ward Ratepayers have been contributing $16.00 per rating
unit, which has been used to fund the interest and principal repayments.
Sustainability
There are slight negative effects on the current and future economic wellbeing of the ratepayers,
but this will be offset by gains in current and future social, and cultural wellbeing.
Democracy – Council
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council as a representative body helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live,
work, and play, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social
wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Council members are elected by the ratepayers, hence there is a benefit in terms of transparency
and accountability from funding them distinctly from other services. There are no significant costs
associated with this distinction.
The Local Government Act and many other statutes govern the Council’s democratic process.
These define the Council’s role and set out the Council’s obligations.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The Council process and advocacy of ratepayers interests benefits the District as a whole.
There are no capital costs and benefits from operational costs accrue at the time of expenditure.
116
Future Funding & Sustainability
Some issues may relate to the capital value of properties; others may be matters of representation
that are unrelated to property values. The Council has determined that funding should be 50%
from the District Rate on Capital Value (known as the Governance Rate) and 50% from a District
Uniform Annual Charge. Information supplied under the Official Information Act is charged as
allowed for under that act.
There are slight negative effects on the current and future economic wellbeing of the affected
ratepayers, but this will be offset by gains in current and future social wellbeing.
Environment – Civil Defence
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Civil Defence services helps to make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe
place to live, providing for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social and economic
wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
There are (or can be) significant costs associated with Civil Defence, and funding includes
government contributions, hence, in the interests of transparency and accountability, there is
justification for funding this service distinctly from other services. There is no significant cost in
maintaining this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
It is not practical to quantify benefits to individual ratepayers or groups of ratepayers, so the District
as a whole is assumed to benefit. There is a small component of benefit to visitors, who might
otherwise be more adversely affected by an emergency, and to the national community, who would
have to contribute more resources for emergency relief if local measures were not in place.
No significant capital investment in this area. Benefits of operational expenditure accrue at the
time of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
100% Uniform Annual General Charge after taking into account the small central government
contribution via an annual grant.
There are slight negative effects from the cost of the service on the current and future economic
wellbeing of ratepayers, but this will be offset by gains in future social and economic wellbeing from
the services provided.
Environment – Rural Fire
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Rural Fire services helps to make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe
place to live, providing for the wellness of the District through enhancing its economic and
environmental wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Rural communities benefit more than others from this service, hence there are benefits to
transparency and accountability from funding this service distinctly from other services, and not
significant costs involved. It is questionable whether or not urban ratepayers within the District
should contribute to the provision of a rural fire service. The assistance that the rural brigades
make to the urban areas is offset by reciprocal arrangement of urban brigades to turn out to rural
fires. The New Zealand Fire Service may attend rural fires with the first hour being at no charge.
There is a subsidy applied by government.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to properties in the defined rural fire areas, but there is a benefit to the
District as a whole, and to the nation as a whole in mitigating the environmental and economic
effects of vegetation fires.
Benefits from operational expenditure are spread over the financial year to which they apply.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Fighting fires: property owner pays.
Other costs: after taking Government grants into account, 80% from ratepayers in the Rural Fire
Authority area and 20% from the District Rate on Capital Value.
Ongoing slight negative effects on the economic wellbeing of ratepayers, will be offset by gains in
future environmental and economic wellbeing.
Environment – Resource Management Act
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
117
The Council’s funding of Resource Management Act (RMA) policy and consents services helps to
make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe, and environmentally responsible place to live, providing
for the wellness of the District through enhancing its social wellbeing, environmental wellbeing,
heritage and tradition, and landscape and outlook.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
This is a significant and reasonably discrete area of expenditure, hence there are benefits in terms
of transparency and accountability from funding it distinctly from other services. There are no
significant costs involved in this distinction.
Statutory constraints apply. Recovery of “reasonable costs” relating to administration is allowed
under the terms of section 36 of the Resource Management Act.
Resource Management Act – resource consents, 100% user charges. The Council may waive
consent fees as provided for in the RMA. In general applicants for resource consents should pay
all processing costs.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit from policy services to the District as a whole through promotion of the sustainable
management of the District’s natural and physical resources for future generations.
The predominant benefit from consents is to the individuals who require them, but there is some
benefit to the District as a whole in that all ratepayers can be assured that the environment they
work, eat, drink and live in is safe and managed in accordance with the principles of sustainable
management under the provisions of the Resource Management Act.
Capital costs are minimal in this function and the benefits from operational expenditure are spread
over the year it is incurred. Any costs of mediation to make the District Plan operative to be spread
over the life of the plan (10 years).
Future Funding & Sustainability
Resource Consents - 100% user charges. Council may waive consent fees as provided for in the
Resource Management Act.
District Plan Changes - All costs met by the applicant.
Some of the benefits from RMA related services will be linked to the value of land owned; others
will be independent of this.
The Council has determined that the balance of the costs will be met 50% by a District Rate on
Capital Value (known as the planning rate) and 50% by a District Uniform Annual Charge.
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of ratepayers from the cost of the
service will be offset by future gains in environmental and social wellbeing.
Environment – Swimming Pool Safety Service
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s Swimming Pool Safety Service helps to make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe
place to live, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through helping to enhance its social
wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those with swimming pools benefit more from this service than others, hence there are benefits to
accountability and transparency from funding this service distinctly from other services. There are
no significant costs involved in this distinction.
The Council is required to take all reasonable steps to ensure private swimming pools meet the
requirements of the Fencing of Swimming Act 1987. The Council is concerned at the level of non
compliance relating to this Act. The Council is currently auditing 33% of swimming pools on its
register annually and believes this will increase pool owners awareness of the importance of
maintaining existing fence standards to those required by the Act.
118
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to swimming pool owners, as they would be held liable if an accident were to occur
due to their swimming pool not having adequate fencing. There is also a benefit to other persons
who may use the swimming pool in question, in the form of a reduced risk of accidental drowning,
but this is impractical to quantify.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the asset and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time that the work is completed.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Targeted Rates
A targeted rate on each rating unit on which is located a swimming pool.
User Charges
Pools which remain non compliant will incur an inspection fee for any inspection and subsequent
inspections.
Sustainability
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of pool owners from the cost of the
service will be offset by future gains in social wellbeing.
Environment – Flooding: Protection from the Sea
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of coastal flood-protection works helps to make the Hurunui District a
healthy, safe place to live, providing for the wellness of the District through helping to enhance its
environmental, economic and social wellbeing, and through protecting its landscape and outlook..
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those living in affected areas benefit more than others, hence there is justification, in terms of
increased transparency and accountability, for funding this service distinctly from other services.
Some small communities by the seaside are threatened by coastal erosion. Unless the dunes are
replenished by adding more sand, property will, eventually, be lost.
The community wishes the Council to re-nourish the dunes by adding more sand as necessary.
The frequency of re-nourishment is expected to be between two to five years. The Council has the
power to ensure that all who benefit from the scheme pay and that there are no free rider
problems.
Since the works are to preserve property values then the expenditure should be funded by a rate
on property value. If any Council property is located in the community, or any other organisation’s
property is located in the community, then that organisation should contribute in proportion to the
property value in the same measure as other properties in the community.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to the owners of properties protected by the works, and this is in proportion to the
value of the property.
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the asset and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time that the work is completed.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Flooding protection works will be funded 100% Targeted Rate on Capital Value on each rating unit
that Council considers receives direct benefit from such protection.
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for this service will
be offset by future gains in economic and environmental wellbeing.
Environment – Building Services
The Council’s funding of Building services helps to make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe, and
environmentally responsible place to live, providing for the wellness of the District through
enhancing its social wellbeing, environmental wellbeing, heritage and tradition.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the service benefit more than those who do not, hence, for reasons of transparency
and accountability, there is justification for funding it distinctly from other services. There are no
significant costs involved in this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
119
The predominant benefit is to the owner of the premises, but there are benefits to the District as a
whole in that the service is available on an ongoing basis to cater for future development and in
that residents are assured that the environment they work and live in is safe.
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the asset and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time that the work is completed.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Building consents - 100% user charges.
Building Administration other than consents processing (including some advice) - some of the
benefit from this will be related to property value and some will not. The Council has determined
that this should be funded 50% from the District Rate on Capital Value and 50% from the Uniform
Annual General Charge.
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for these services
will be offset by future gains in social and environmental wellbeing.
Environment – Health and Liquor Licensing
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Health and Liquor Licensing services helps to make the Hurunui District a
healthy, safe place to live, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through helping to
maintain its social wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the services benefit more than those who do not, hence, for reasons of
transparency and accountability, there is justification for funding them distinctly from other services.
There are no significant costs involved in this distinction.
For some health functions there are statutory constraints on the application of user charges, e.g.
infectious disease follow-ups. The Sale of Liquor Act sets the fees that can be charged for liquor
licensing.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to the occupier of the premises that are licensed, but there is a
component of benefit to the District as a whole in that people are assured that the environment
they work, eat, drink and live in is safe. There is no relationship between this benefit and property
value.
The benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the asset and the benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time work is completed.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Health
User charges meet a portion of the cost with the shortfall to be met from the District Rate.
Liquor
Maximum fees as set out in the Sale of Liquor Act with any shortfall from the District Rate.
Sustainability
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for these services
will be offset by current and future gains in social wellbeing.
Environment – Stock Control
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Stock Control services helps to make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe
place to live, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through helping to maintain its social
wellbeing, as well as its personal and community lifestyle.
120
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the service benefit more than those who do not, hence, for reasons of transparency
and accountability, there is justification for funding it distinctly from other services. There are no
significant costs involved in this distinction. Stock control legislation is clearly based on a mix of the
principle that the stock owner should pay for animal control “incidents” with the establishment of the
service being a public good.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to animal owners for incidents and 100% benefit to the District as a whole for service
readiness. This latter benefit will relate to the area of land owned (the more land, the more scope
for wandering stock), and thus for all practical purposes may be tied to its Capital Value.
No significant capital expenditure is involved with this service. All operational expenditure is
applied to the provision of service in the year it is collected.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Costs for incidents 100% from stock owners; the balance of remaining costs to be met from the
District Rate on Capital Value.
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for this service will
be offset by future gains in social wellbeing.
Environment – Dog Control
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s provision of Dog Control services helps to make the Hurunui District a healthy, safe
place to live, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through helping to maintain its social
wellbeing, as well as its personal and community lifestyle.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the service benefit more than those who do not, hence, for reasons of transparency
and accountability, there is justification for funding it distinctly from other services. There are no
significant costs involved in this distinction.
Dog registration cost issues and recovery of costs associated with dog control are set out in the
Dog Control Act.
Dog owners question what benefit they derive from the registration process. Do the majority of
owners pay for the minority who are negligent in their ownership responsibilities? While this is a
valid question, it is impractical to amend the system as to do so would cost more than any gain that
would be derived.
Dog control legislation is clearly based on the concept that the owner should pay for incidents.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to the dog owner for incidents; 100% dog registration fee for readiness.
No significant capital expenditure is involved with this service. All operational expenditure is
applied to the provision of service in the year it is collected.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Registration process and standby (Including keeping of records) funded by dog registration fee.
Incidents
Owner pays with the shortfall (complaint unfounded, dog gone etc), funded by dog registration
fees.
Sustainability
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for this service will
be offset by future gains in social wellbeing.
Tourism – Alpine Pacific Tourism (RTO) Marketing and Destination Management
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of tourism via a targeted tourism rate helps to stimulate the thriving local
economy, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through helping to enhance its
economic wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who provide services in tourist locations benefit more than others, hence, for reasons of
transparency and accountability, there is justification for funding the Council’s Tourism service
distinctly from other Council services via a targeted tourism rate. There are no significant costs
involved in this distinction.
Currently the core promotion component is fully funded by the Council, with an expectation that
contributions will be made by industry to enhance the overall promotion of the district.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
121
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to businesses and other service providers, in that they receive more tourists as
customers.
There is no capital requirement and operational benefits are received at the time, or near to the
time, of expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Tourism, marketing and destination management will be funded 100%, less contributions from
businesses (including the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve), via a targeted rate on all rateable
properties that Council considers receive direct benefit (known as the Tourism Promotion Targeted
Rate). No District Wide Rate funding will occur.
These properties are those that fall within at least one of the following categories:
– All rateable properties within the ward of Hanmer Springs that are used for any use other than
solely private use, or emergency services buildings, or that are used for any use other than an
economic farming or forestry unit, but only to the extent that the unit is used solely for farming or
forestry purposes; or
– All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that hold either a On, Off or Winemakers
License as required by the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 except Sports Clubs; or
– All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that hold a Health License as required by the
Food Hygiene Regulations 1974, except sports clubs, hairdressers, abattoirs, apiaries, holders
of a minor food licence; or
– All rateable properties within the Hurunui District that are used for accommodation purposes on
commercially zoned land with a land use category of CAPA (Commercial, Accommodation,
Provincial, A Grade), CAPB (Commercial, Accommodation, Provincial, B Grade); or
– All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that are used for the sale of petroleum
products with a land use category of CSP (Commercial, Service Stations, Provincial); or
– All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that are used for Commercial Tourism
operations with a land use category of CTP (Commercial, Tourist, Provincial).
Sustainability
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for promotion will
be offset by future gains in economic wellbeing.
General District Promotion & Development
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s district promotion (primarily through its website and press releases) and economic
development services help to stimulate the thriving local economy, providing for the wellness of the
District primarily through helping to enhance its economic wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
This is a distinct area of Council expenditure, hence, for reasons of transparency and
accountability, there is justification for funding these services distinctly from other services. There
are no significant costs involved in this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to the District as a whole for general district promotion (in proportion to Capital
Value), and the same for general economic development (partly in proportion to Capital Value,
partly independent of this).
There is no significant capital requirement and operational benefits are received at the time, or
near to the time, of expenditure.
122
Future Funding & Sustainability
General District Promotion
100% District Rate on Capital Value.
General Economic Development
50% District Rate on Capital Value and 50% District Uniform Annual General Charge.
Sustainability
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for promotion will
be offset by future gains in economic wellbeing.
Tourism – Visitors’ Information Centre
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of the Visitor Information Centre helps to stimulate the thriving local
economy, providing for the wellness of the District primarily through helping to enhance its
economic wellbeing.
Relevant Issues and Constraints
Those in tourist locations benefit more than others, hence, for reasons of transparency and
accountability, there is justification for funding this service distinctly from other services. There are
no significant costs involved in this distinction.
Currently the Promotion component is fully funded by Council and the transition to user pays may
not be easy. It is expected that the centre should be 100% fully user funded but it is recognised
that in most years the Council will be required to meet the shortfall. In addition, there is a risk
associated with the potential liability incurred on taking a fee and this will need to be insured
against.
Who benefits, and over what period?
The predominant benefit is to firms promoted and people using the centre, but there will be a
component of benefit to the District as a whole.
Future Funding & Sustainability
100% User Charges with the shortfall met by the Uniform Annual General Charge
The slight ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for promotion will
be offset by future gains in economic wellbeing.
Roading – Network Roading
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of roading helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to live, work,
and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the community’s essential
infrastructure. These community outcomes provide for the wellness of the District primarily through
enhancing its social and economic wellbeing, its personal and community lifestyle.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
This is a significant service in terms of expenditure, so there are benefits for accountability and
transparency from funding it separately from other services. Funding this service separately adds
no significant extra cost.
Is it fair that ratepayers on state highways should pay for local roads? Yes, because they have
access and the option of using all the roads in the district and throughout NZ.
Is it fair that one ratepayer on a road should have their road (which is essentially a drive)
maintained? Yes, because it is a network and we all get the potential to use any part of the
roading network. A road may well lead to a recreational resource. Such roads provide public
access as well providing benefit to trades people requiring access to farms for their business.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to road users, but all people in the District will use the roads at some stage, and it is
generally not practical to distinguish between different levels of use. Optional enhancements to
road surfaces will require contributions from affected property owners (see the Road Seal
Extensions Policy), with the balance being met by the Council. There will be some component of
benefit to visitors to the District, and in recognition of this, subsidies from the New Zealand
Transport Agency will be employed where possible. Benefits from roading may generally be
tagged to the area of property owned, and hence to Capital Value.
Benefits from capital expenditure occur for the lifetime of the road (15 to 30 years). However the
roads are maintained in perpetuity so the roading should be funded by loan for its life without
maintenance. Benefits from operational expenditure accrue at the time the expenditure was made.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Operational
For the Council contribution, 100% District Rate on Capital Value for operations, roads and bridges
to be known as the Roading Rate.
Capital
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
123
Capital improvements above $100,000 to be funded by loans or reserves over 20 years , to be paid
back from the District Rate on Capital Value. Other Capital Expenditure to be funded as
operational.
If any of the Capital Expenditure caters for future growth, then that portion of the expenditure that
relates to growth will be funded from future users via Financial Contributions.
Sustainability
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for roads will be offset
by future gains in social and economic wellbeing.
Refuse – Solid Waste Collection
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Solid Waste Collection services helps to make the Hurunui District a
desirable place to live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the
community’s essential infrastructure and environmental responsibility. These community outcomes
provide for the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social and environmental
wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
This is a significant service in terms of expenditure, so there are benefits for accountability and
transparency from funding it separately from other services. Funding this service separately adds
no significant extra cost.
Who benefits, and over what period?
Is it fair that bach owners should pay the same amount as permanent residents? Yes, services still
have to be provided. 100% benefit to ratepayers who have their refuse collected.
There are no capital costs and benefits from operational expenditure accrue at the time of
expenditure.
Future Funding & Sustainability
100% Uniform Annual Charge for each dwelling in each urban area based on the cost of collection
in that urban area. Rural ratepayers on the route can have their rubbish picked up for the above
cost plus a marginal collection charge.
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for solid waste collection
will be offset by future gains in social and environmental wellbeing.
Refuse – Transfer Stations
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Transfer Stations helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to
live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the community’s
essential infrastructure and environmental responsibility. These community outcomes provide for
the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social and environmental wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
This is a significant service in terms of expenditure, so there are benefits for accountability and
transparency from funding it separately from other services. Funding this service separately adds
no significant extra cost.
Should ratepayers pay anything if they do not use the transfer stations?
What if the transfer stations costs were perceived as too expensive and people stopped using the
transfer stations? This would probably cost the Council more in clean up costs than the extra it
made from the user charges.
124
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
The predominant benefit is to those disposing of rubbish, but there will also be a general benefit to
the District as a whole through discouraging unwanted dumping of household refuse in parks and
reserves.
Benefits from capital expenditure accrue for the lifetime of the transfer stations. Benefits from
operational expenditure occur at the time the expenditure is made.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Future Funding & Sustainability
User Charges, subject to the Council setting a maximum charge to encourage use and discourage
illegal dumping. The shortfall should be met from the Uniform Annual General Charge.
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for transfer stations will
be offset by future gains in social and environmental wellbeing.
Waste Water – Sewerage
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Sewerage services helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place to
live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the community’s
essential infrastructure and environmental responsibility. These community outcomes provide for
the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social and environmental wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
This is a significant service in terms of expenditure, so there are benefits for accountability and
transparency from funding it separately from other services. Funding this service separately adds
no significant extra cost.
The various resource consents the Council holds under the Resource Management Act 1991
govern the way in which the Council manages disposal whether it is the Council’s own or
ratepayer’s disposal.
Significant capital investments made by the existing ratepayers can be used by new connections,
which may be considered unfair.
The Greta Valley scheme is now not expected to reach its full potential and is an oversized
scheme. As the Council was the subdivision developer, it has to shoulder the cost of the excess
capacity. The interest cost to this scheme is met by the District as a whole.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100%benefit to users of the system.
Benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the investment and benefits from
operational expenditure accrue at the time of the expenditure. Capital Expenditure should be
funded by a loan. New lots created should contribute an equity that is held in the facility by an
existing lot in that “wastewater area”. New connections will pay all costs of connecting to nearest
sewer main. While assets are maintained in perpetuity the maximum loan period should be that in
Council’s Treasury Policy.
Future Funding & Sustainability (for each scheme)
Capital – Significant Council capital expenditure should be funded by loan for the life of the
investment, if loans are not raised then it will be from targeted rates.
The Council may loan fund sewerage main extensions with the loan repayments met by those
properties directly benefiting where the majority of the property owners agree to the extension.
If any of the Capital Expenditure caters for future growth of the scheme, then that portion of the
expenditure that relates to growth will be funded from future users via Development Contributions
and Financial Contributions, as detailed in the Development Contributions Policy and the District
Plan.
Landowners with new connections will pay the cost of connecting to the nearest main plus, if a new
subdivider, putting in the sub-main.
Property owners wanting new connections will pay those costs necessary for the connection and
any levies as specified in the Development Contributions policy. The Council should pay any costs
of scheme requirements that are over and above those necessary for the connection and the direct
costs
Depreciation
Council as a whole is required to generate sufficient revenue to cover all costs including
depreciation. The Council will not fund depreciation for sewer systems but will continue to fund
upgrades and replacements through loans and rates. This will mean that users in the future will
have to pay for capital replacements as and when these are required. Under this system, routine
maintenance and programmed asset replacements will continue and ratepayers are relieved of the
burden in the short term of a major rate increase to build up depreciation funds.
Operations & Loan Repayments
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
125
Operation and loan repayments should be funded by way of a wastewater Uniform Annual Charge
on each connection and for connected commercial properties a charge of 1 for the first pan, ½
charge on the second pan and ¼ charge on the third and subsequent pans. Serviceable properties
within the urban sewerage scheme will be charged ½ the Uniform Annual Charge.
Council may allow capital contributions to be made at its discretion in place of a loan Uniform
Annual Charge.
Sustainability
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for sewerage services
will be offset by future gains in social and environmental wellbeing.
Waste Water – Land Drainage
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of land drainage services helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable
place to live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the
community’s essential infrastructure and environmental responsibility. These community outcomes
provide for the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social, economic and
environmental wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the service benefit more than those who do not, hence, for reasons of transparency
and accountability, there is justification for funding it distinctly from other services. There are no
significant costs involved in this distinction.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% private benefit to the properties, and this relates to the size of the area drained.
Benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the investment, around 25 years for drains,
benefits from operational expenditure accrue at the time of the expenditure, benefits are
proportional to the area drained.
Future Funding & Sustainability
100% drainage rates based on the defined area drained. (These will be charged per hectare, on
rateable land value, rateable capital value as per rateable assessment or a combination the
drainage area plan specifies).
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for land drainage
services will be offset by future gains in economic and environmental wellbeing.
Waste Water – Storm Water
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of stormwater services helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable place
to live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the community’s
essential infrastructure and environmental responsibility. These community outcomes provide for
the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social, economic and environmental
wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Those who use the service benefit more than those who do not, hence, for reasons of transparency
and accountability, there is justification for funding it distinctly from other services. There are no
significant costs involved in this distinction.
126
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% benefit to the properties, and this based on the area drained.
Benefits from capital expenditure accrue over the life of the investment, around 25 years for drains,
If any of the Capital Expenditure caters for future growth of the scheme, then that portion of the
expenditure that relates to growth will be funded from future users via Development Contributions.
Benefits from operational expenditure accrue at the time of the expenditure, benefits are
proportional to the area drained.
Future Funding & Sustainability
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
100% Targeted Rate based on the area benefiting. If any of the capital expenditure caters for
future growth of the scheme, then that portion of the expenditure that relates to growth will be
funded from future users via development contributions and financial contributions, as detailed in
the Development Contributions Policy and the District Plan.
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for storm-water services
will be offset by future gains in economic and environmental wellbeing.
Water Supply
Relevant Community Outcomes & Dimensions of Wellness
The Council’s funding of Water Supply services helps to make the Hurunui District a desirable
place to live, work, and play and a healthy, safe place to live, as well as enhancing the
community’s essential infrastructure and environmental responsibility. These community outcomes
provide for the wellness of the District primarily through enhancing its social, economic and
environmental wellbeing.
Relevant Issues & Constraints
Restricted supply schemes are based on unmetered, restricted supply with a maximum supply per
day irrespective of usage.
Unrestricted schemes face a number of issues. There is a need to curb excess water use. In
addition, bach owners who use their baches infrequently, object to paying fees for a system that
they say they hardly use. However, the system was built to handle the needs of all the residents
and if they sold to a permanent resident that person would want a system that could meet their
needs. The existence of water supply to a property is reflected in the value of that property.
Accordingly, as all ratepayers own an equal share in the water supply system, all users should
meet an equal component of the fixed costs of the water supply that was built to meet their needs.
They should then pay the economic marginal cost of any additional usage. Costs will be
reallocated across users and significant change is expected.
Who Benefits, and over what Period?
100% private benefit to users.
Future Funding & Sustainability
Capital
Significant Council capital expenditure should be funded by loan for the life of the investment, if
loans are not raised then it will be treated as a fixed cost and funded from annual rates. If any of
the Capital Expenditure caters for future growth of the scheme, then that portion of the expenditure
that relates to growth will be funded from future users via Development Contributions.
Landowners with new connections will pay the cost of connecting to the nearest main plus, if a new
subdivider, putting in the sub-main and any levies as specified in the Development Contributions
policy.
Property owners wanting new connections will pay those costs necessary for the connection
Loan Repayments
Significant Council capital expenditure should be funded by loan for the life of the investment.
Repayment of the loan will be treated as a fixed cost and will be funded from a local Uniform
Annual Charge:
Operational Costs:
Depreciation
Council as a whole is required to generate sufficient revenue to cover all costs including
depreciation. The Council will not fund depreciation for water systems but will continue to fund
upgrades and replacements through loans and rates. This will mean that users in the future will
have to pay for capital replacements as and when these are required. Under this system, routine
maintenance and programmed asset replacements will continue and ratepayers are relieved of the
burden in the short term of a major rate increase to build up depreciation funds.
Restricted Supply
As a local Uniform Annual Charge on water unit entitlement.
Unrestricted Supply
Fixed costs – As a local Uniform Annual Charge.
Variable costs – As a set price based per cubic metre of water as recorded by the individual water
meters.
Sustainability
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
127
The ongoing negative effects on the economic wellbeing of those who pay for water supply
services will be offset by future gains in social, economic and environmental wellbeing.
Other Funding Considerations
Income from Council investments may be used at the discretion of the Council to offset costs for
any of the services described in this policy or for other purposes that may arise from time to time.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
128
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Method of Funding
Significant Activities
Targeted Rate
UAC
Targeted Rate
CV
District Rates
UAGC
District Rates
on CV
External
User Charges
Subsidy
New Policy Old Policy New Policy Old Policy New Policy Old Policy New Policy Old Policy New Policy Old Policy New Policy Old Policy
Local Halls
Balance
Balance







Pensioner Housing
Balance
Balance
Residential Housing
Balance
Balance






Reserves
Township Maintenance
Roadside Construction
Hanmer Springs
Community Board & Ward
Admin
Medical Facilities

Balance






Balance
Cemeteries



Libraries
Democracy
Grants & Service Awards

Rural Fire






Resource Management




Building Consents

Building Administration


Balance

Liquor Licensing
Balance
Balance
Stock Control

Balance

Dog Control
Information Centre
Balance





Roading

Water Supply
Local Public Toilets
Balance



Stormwater
Flood Protection
H u r u n u i










D i s t r i c t


















District Public Toilets
Land Drainage





Solid Waste – Transfer
Stations
Sewerage






General District Promotion
Solid Waste – Collection





Balance

Health Licensing
Marketing & Destination
Mgmt.


Civil Defence
Swimming Pool Inspection





C o u n c i l



129
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
B u i l d i n g s
P o l i c y
F1/8
Statement Concerning Balancing of the Budget
Introduction
In terms of the Local Government Act 2002, the Council is balancing the budget over the
period of the Long-term Council Community Plan due to, the budgeted operating income
exceeding budgeted operating expenditure. There are some areas of expenditure that the
Council has resolved not to fund, which are discussed further. The Council also has
developed an internal financing policy to cope with funding for future capital expenditure
requirements.
Local Government Act 2002
Under section 100 of the Local Government Act 2002, the Council is required to balance the
budget. The provisions of the sections specifically state that “A local authority must ensure
that each year’s projected operating revenue are set at a level sufficient to meet that year’s
projected operating expenses”.
The Act goes further to state that a local authority may set projected operating revenues at a
different level from that required if the Council resolves that it its financially prudent to do so,
having regard to –
(a) The estimated expenses of achieving and maintaining the predicted levels of service
provision set out in the long term council community plan, including the estimated
expenses associated with maintaining the service capacity and integrity of assets
throughout their useful life; and
(b) The projected revenue available to fund the estimated expenses associated with
maintaining the service capacity and integrity of assets throughout their useful life; and
(c) Te equitable allocation of responsibility for funding the provision and maintenance of
assets and facilities throughout their useful life; and
(d) The funding and financial policies set out in Volume 2 of the long term council
community plan.
Use of Reserves
The Council is forecasting to record overall surpluses in each year of the long term council
community plan, however, in some activities, the Council has resolved not to set revenue to
fund all of the costs relating to that activity. In some cases, the Council has resolved to use
reserves to fund some specific expenditure. This is particularly the case where the Council
actively uses the Reserve built up by surpluses recorded from the Hanmer Spring Thermal
Pools and Spa to fund the operating expenditure of other reserves across the entire district.
Receipt of Capital Income
For some of the Council activities, the Council has budgeted to receive various amounts of
income that are of a capital nature. This capital income is in the form of development and
reserve contributions and vested assets which are not used to reduce the amount of rates to
be charged of a particular activity. These amounts are instead applied to the capital
requirements of the activity that it relates to.
Funding of Depreciation
The introduction of the Local Government Amendment (No 3) Act 1996 imposed the
requirement for local authorities to fund depreciation.
In 1999, the Council widely consulted with its community over this requirement and it
concluded that the Council will not cash fund depreciation on water and sewer assets, roading
or ward amenity assets. In addition, it has been resolved not to fund depreciation on the
library building.
130
Water and Sewer Assets
The rationale for the Council resolving to not fund the depreciation on water and sewer was
that schemes were less than 30 years old and were almost debt free. It was argued that if
depreciation was funded, ratepayers would end up paying twice for their assts – once through
their cash contributions and previous rates, and again through the portion of rates collected
for the depreciation fund.
The Council resolved not to fund depreciation on water and sewer schemes, but continue to
fund upgrades and replacements through loans and rates. This will mean that the users will
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
have to pay for capital replacement in the future as and when required. Under this policy, no
reserves are established for such future renewals. Under this system, routine maintenance
and programmed asset replacements will continue and ratepayers are relieved in the shortterm of a major rate increase to build up depreciation funds.
Given that the schemes were almost debt free and had projected lives of a further 40 years
the depreciation funds collected from current ratepayers and held for asset replacement will
not be needed for many years. It was concluded by the Council that the money would be
better utilised by the ratepayers in the meantime in the knowledge that when asset
replacement is required that they will funded by loans.
Roading
The pattern of depreciation and capital expenditure differs from that of other infrastructural
assets. Depreciation on Council’s roading network fluctuates as many components expected
to be at the end of their useful loves (and to be fully depreciated at this stage), were found not
to be due for immediate replacement. However the level of capital expenditure planned over
the long term was relatively consistent. As a result, the Council funds its operating and capital
expenditure on an annual basis, with the fund being derived from New Zealand Transport
Agency subsidies and rates.
For road, the New Zealand Transport Agency funds both operational and capital expenditure.
The subsidies received for capital expenditureare still recorded in the operating statement.
This results in the Council recording an operating surplus, even after deducting the cost of
depreciation. It should be noted that the cash surplus (operating surplus plus depreciation) is
used to fund capital expenditure.
Amenity Assets
The Council has previously not funded depreciation on assets such as halls, pools, libraries,
medical centres and the like for a number of reasons. It considered that the community could
assist with the funding of replacement facilities such a swimming pool or a community hall if it
felt it met an important on-going need. In addition, the availability of loan finance, as is the
case for water and sewer assets, would be forthcoming for capital expenditure deemed
appropriate by the Council. As a result, the depreciation on such assets is not funded and no
reserve has been created for their ultimate replacement.
Internal Financing
The Council has had in place a system for providing for internal loans. As part of the overall
Treasury Policy as part of this Long Term Council Community Plan, the system of internal
financing has been formalised. The system allows communities to fund capital expenditure
through the internal cash resources of the Council and sets parameters for consistent and
transparent charging of interest to those communities in debt and sets in place a formal
process for principal repayment.
Implications of the Council’s decision not to fully fund depreciation
As there are no depreciation reserves created for water, sewer, roading and ward amenities,
there are not funds available immediately to apply to capital expenditure requirements of each
of these activities. As a result, the community of benefit is required to meet the cost of the
capital expenditure through the use of internal loans or fund capital cost through rates and
other income.
If internal loans are used, there is the requirement on that community of benefit to fund not
only the appropriate interest charge but also a portion of the principal of the outstanding loan
on an annual basis. Both interest and principal repayments has the effect of increasing the
operational cost that the community must bear and as a result, increases in the rate
requirement are inevitable. The Council is comfortable with increasing rates to meet the cost
of interest and principal because existing ratepayers have previously been relieved of any rate
increases that may have been required if the Council resolved to fully fund the depreciation of
those assets.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
131
F1/9
Internal Financing Policy
The Council has had an informal policy with regards to internal borrowing, which has allowed
communities of benefit to draw down internal loans to fund capital expenditure. This has been
necessary due to the Council’s decision not to fund depreciation and collect funds to pay for
the capital expenditure in the future.
The internal financing policy applies to those cost centres that are funded by a targeted rating
source or there is a requirement to hold funds in a special reserve. The applicable cost
centres are as follows:
• Ward Amenities
• Rural Fire Control
• Animal Control
• Refuse Collection
• Water Supplies
• Sewerage Schemes
• Stormwater and Drainage Schemes
• Medical Centres
• Foreshore Protection Schemes
• Special Funds including Development Contribution Funds
• Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve
• Tourism and Promotion
Capital Statements
For each applicable cost centre, a capital statement has been established.
The statement records movements of a capital nature (both expenditure and income) for that
cost centre.
Capital expenditure is generally any fixed assets purchased specifically for that activity.
Capital Income can include the following:
Funds transferred from reserves to fund Capital Expenditure for that activity.
Development contributions received specifically for a particular capital project for that activity.
The portion of any targeted rate that has been set to repay principal.
The capital statement for that activity may show that the cost centre has funds on hand or is in
debt. This is monitored by the Manager – Financial Services on a regular basis.
If the cost centre is in debt, then it will be charged interest as well as needing to proactively
pay off the debt.
If the cost centre is in funds, then it receives interest.
Interest Component
To ensure consistency throughout the entire organisation, the interest rates have been set as
follows:
• Interest rate on capital balances in debt, the activity is charged interest at the greater
of:
100 basis points (1%) above the Official Cash Rate; or
100 basis points (1%) above the interest rate that the Council is charged for any
external debt.
• Interest rate on capital balances in funds, the activity interest rate is at the lower of:
The Official Cash Rate; or
The interest rate that the Council receives on its call accounts.
The interest charged or paid are reviewed at the end of each quarter and adjusted to reflect
the current interest rates.
132
Debt Repayment
Communities are encouraged to clear debt by setting the rates at a level to repay a portion of
the debt on an annual basis.
Council policy that debt should be repaid over 20 years (or such term as the Council deems
appropriate in particular circumstances) and as a result, communities are required to fund at
least 5% of the opening balance of their loan as repayments and set the rates accordingly.
Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
The Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve is an exception to the Internal Financing Policy.
As any development that the Hanmer Springs Thermal reserve undertakes is of a commercial
nature, there is an increased level of risk involved and as such, the interest rate charged for
any debt drawn down by the Thermal Reserve attracts an interest rate that is the greater of:
• 250 basis points (2.5%) above the Official Cash Rate; or
• 250 basis points (2.5%) above the interest rate that the Council is charged for any
external debt.
• The floating business loan rate as supplied by the Council’s banking providers.
It is intended that any debt funding provided to the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve
crystallises with the Thermal Reserve not required to actively repay debt unless required to by
the Council. This will result in the Council holding both a debt investments as well as an
equity investment in the Thermal Reserve.
Use of Interest
All interest derived from internal financing is accumulated by the Council’s treasury, such as
any external interest, external advice, and Council overheads, are paid from the interest
derived with the overall surplus from the treasury function used actively to offset the District
Rate requirement.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
133
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
F1/10
Public/Private Partnership Policy
Introduction
The Council is required to adopt a policy on partnerships between the Council and the private
sector under section 102(4)(e) of the Local Government Act 2002.
The policy must be adopted by special consultative procedure, and may be included in the
Council’s Long Term Council Community Plan.
The Council’s first policy on partnerships with the private sector was included in the annual
plan year commencing 1 July 2003.
The policy can only be amended as an amendment to the Long Term Council Community
Plan.
The responsibility for making decision under this policy may from time to time be delegated by
the Council pursuant to clause 32 of schedule 7 of the Local Government Act 2002.
Content and Purpose Policy
The policy is linked to the statutory principle that a local authority should collaborate and
cooperate with other local authorities and bodies as it considers appropriate to promote or
achieve its priorities and desired outcomes, and make efficient use of its resources (section
14(e) of the Local Government Act 2002).
The policy states that Council’s policies in respect of the commitment of the Council’s
resources to partnerships between the Council and the private sector. The policy includes the
following sections:
• Application: “Partnerships with the Private Sector”;
• The circumstances in which the Council will consider a partnership;
• Consultation;
• Conditions to be imposed;
• Risk assessment and management;
• Monitoring and reporting to the Council on provision of funding and resources; and
• Assessing, monitoring and reporting on achievement of community outcomes.
(as required by S107(1)(b) of the Local Government Act 2002)
134
Application: “Partnerships with the Private Sector”
This policy only applies to partnerships with the private sector. “Partnership with the private
sector” is defined in the Local Government Act 2002 to mean any arrangement or agreement
that is entered into between one or more local authorities and one or more persons engaged
in business; but does not include:
Arrangements or agreements to which the only parties are local authorities or one or more
local authorities and one or more council organisations; or
A contract for the supply of goods or services to, or on behalf of a local authority.
(S107(2) of the Local Government Act 2002)
As a consequence, this policy applies to:
(1) Arrangements or agreements for provision of grants, loans, guarantees, or investments
between the Council and persons engaged in business;
(2) Arrangements or agreements for a venture where the Council participates with a
person engaged in business with some joint objective, whether or not that venture also
involves the supply of goods or services by the joint venture to or on behalf of the
Council;
(3) Any agreement with a person engaged in business to form a Council organisation, or
any agreement to sell shares in a Council organisation to a person engaged in
business (this will be in addition to the requirements of S56 of the Local Government
Act 2002 if applicable).
But does not apply to:
(1) Contracts between the Council and its ordinary suppliers of goods and services (for
example of office supplies or legal services);
(2) Contracts for the supply of goods and services between the Council and its agents for
undertaking activities of the Council (such as building or maintaining roads);
(3) Borrowing by the Council and the investment of Council funds purely for financial gain
as these transactions will be addressed in the liability management and investment
policies respectively;
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
(4) Agreements with or grants to community organisations, charitable trusts and other
community groups, government departments, not-for-profit-organisations, other local
authorities and Council controlled organisations.
Circumstances in which the Council will consider a Partnership
The Council will consider entering into a partnership with a private sector partner where the
Council is satisfied that:
(1) The proposed partnership will:
(a) Contribute to achieving the community outcomes identified in the Long Term
Council Community Plan in an integrated and efficient manner (note: pending
adoption of its first Long Term Council Community Plan, it will be sufficient if the
proposed partnership will contribute to achieving the strategic objectives as set
out in the Council’s Strategic Plan); and
(b) Promote the social, economic, cultural or environmental wellbeing of the district,
in the present and for the future; and
(c) Be a prudent, efficient and effective use of the Council’s resources in the
interests of the district; and
(2) The objective of the partnership is desirable in the interests of the community, but the
private sector is unwilling or reluctant to provide sufficient resources for the
achievement of the objective of the partnership without Council support; and
(3) The benefits of the proposed partnership (in terms of achievement of community
outcomes and promotion of the four aspects of wellbeing now and in the future) will
exceed the costs.
A decision to enter into a partnership with the private sector must also comply with the
decision making provision set out in S76 (and sections 77, 78, 80, 81 and 82 to the extent
applicable) of the Local Government Act 2002.
Consultation
The Council consulted on this “Policy on Partnerships with the Private Sector” using the
special consultative procedure for adoption of the Annual Plan for the period in 2003. Any
amendments to the policy will be consulted on using the special consultative procedure for
adoption of/amendment to the Long Term Council Community Plan.
Given that this policy was adopted/will be amended following consultation, no further
consultation on a specific partnership will be undertaken, unless:
(1) The proposal involves a departure from this policy; or
(2) The proposal amounts to a decision to which section 97 of the Local Government Act
2002 applies; or
(3) The proposal will result in a significant change to the projected budgets, performance
measures, outcomes or other objectives set out in the Council’s Long Term Council
Community Plan; or
(4) The Council determines that public consultation should occur having regard to the
significance of the partnership proposal.
If the proposal falls within one of the four categories above, the nature of the consultation
required will depend on the context of the proposal.
For example, if the decision is one to which S97 of the Local Government Act 2002 applies,
the decision is required to first be explicitly included in the Long Term Council Community
Plan and the proposal under S84 of the Local Government Act 2002.
Otherwise, the need for, extent and nature of any consultation will be as the Council considers
appropriate, assessed in accordance with the significance of the matter as set out in S78 and
79 of the Local Government Act 2002.
Conditions to be Imposed
The Council will requires, as a condition of providing funding or other resources to any form of
partnership with the private sector, that the private sector partner enter into a written
agreement recording the terms of the arrangement or agreement, stating clearly:
(1) The objectives of the partnership;
(2) The parties’ respective responsibilities and obligations under the agreement, including
responsibility for obtaining any necessary consents, licences or other approvals, or to
undertake any matter or do anything;
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
135
(3) Details of the Council’s agreement to provide funding or other resources to the
partnership;
(4) The Council’s expectations in relation to the private sector partner’s contribution to the
achievement of the community outcomes or promotion of the aspects of community
wellbeing, current and future including, where possible, target performance measures;
(5) The Council’s requirement in relation to monitoring and reporting of performance; and
(6) Consequences of non-performance by the private sector party.
The Council may impose any other conditions it considers appropriate in the circumstances.
Risk Assessment and Management
In assessing every partnership proposal, the potential risks to the Council will be outlined and
considered.
Risk will be assessed in terms of the probability of an adverse outcome, the cost/impact of
that adverse outcome and the ability to, and cost of, mitigating that risk.
Potential risks include:
(1) Financial risk;
(2) Risk to the capacity of the council to carry out its activities, now and in the future;
(3) Safety of persons and property;
(4) Protection of any intellectual property; and
(5) Any other potential loss.
If the risks are considered significant, in terms of probability and potential effects, the Council
will decide whether the partnership should proceed at all, and if it decides it should proceed, a
risk management strategy will be developed to minimise or provide cover for that risk to the
satisfaction of the Council.
The strategy may include requiring contractual assurances from the private sector partner,
such as indemnities and guarantees, and may require closer monitoring and control over the
conduct of the partnership.
Monitoring and Reporting to the Council on Provisions of Funding
At the end of every quarter, a report will be prepared and submitted to the Council outlining:
(1) The value of funds or resources allocated to partnerships in total during that quarter;
(2) In relation to each partnership, amount of funds or resources allocated, the private
sector partner/s involved, the objectives of the partnership and link to the community
outcomes.
Assessing, Monitoring and Reporting on Achievement of Community Outcomes
The Council’s monitoring and reporting requirements in relation to any particular partnership
will be tailored to reflect the significance of the proposal and the significance of resources
allocated to the partnership.
The Council’s monitoring and reporting requirements will be included in the written agreement
with the private sector partner, and may include the following, as appropriate:
• A requirement for six monthly financial reports on the partnership project;
• A requirement for six monthly performance reports on the achievement by the
partnership of the relevant community outcomes, and any impacts on the dimension of
wellness, including the social, economic, cultural and environmental wellbeing of the
community; and
• A requirement to report on specifically agreed outcomes and objectives.
Council meeting 26 March 2003
Council meeting 25 June 2009
136
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
F1/11
Policy for Reapportionment of Developer Outlays
Introduction
The policy aims to alleviate the problem of developers “piggy-backing” on earlier
developments when extending infrastructure (water and roading) installed by those
developments without having to pay any proportion of the initial cost of infrastructure
installation.
Basis of Calculation
A new developer may connect a subdivision to a part of the water or roading infrastructure
which another developer has provided. In this circumstance, a reapportionment of capital
costs may be made to the original developer by calculating the following:
During the first 5 years the actual cost of the infrastructure extension will be used and for the
following 10 years this cost discounted by 10% per annum (ie the discounted value will be
zero after year 15) will be used in determining reapportionment.
The reapportionment value will depend on the estimated proportion of the infrastructure to be
effectively shared by the new subdivision, taking into account the suitability of size, type and
location of the infrastructure in relation to the new developer’s requirements.
The resulting shared value is then apportioned among the developers using the infrastructure.
In the event of properties changing hands before the new subdivision takes place, any such
refund will be payable to the current owners at the time of the new subdivision.
Administration
For developers to be eligible for refunds on costs from future developers they must lodge
receipts of costs of all infrastructure extension work with the Council at the time of applying for
a section 224 certificate. An administration charge may be incurred by each developer for the
reapportionment process.
The Council reserves the right to make all reapportionment issue decision using its absolute
discretion.
Council meeting 24 June 2009
137
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
F2
Forestry
That Council’s objective is to maintain existing and future forestry assets to maximise the
returns for the ratepayer in the future.
To achieve this objective the Council:
1. Will maintain a long term forestry management plan, which includes recognised
silviculture techniques.
2. Through the annual plan will monitor the asset value and internal rate of return (irr) of
the council’s forestry investment.
3. Funding for the council’s forestry will be drawn, and returned to the council’s cash
reserves.
That a separate forestry committee of the council be maintained, comprising members from
both works and services and environmental services committee’s and reporting to the works
and services committee.
Council meeting 15 June 1995
138
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
G
G1
GAMBLING POLICY
G1/1
Class 4 Gambling Venue Policy
Objectives of the Policy
To ensure the Council and the community has influence over the provision of new Class 4
gambling in the district.
To allow those who wish to participate in electronic gaming machine to do so within the
district.
To review the number of Class 4 gambling venues being established in the district from time
to time and assess any social effects arising from this activity.
Where Class 4 Gambling Venues May Be Established
Class 4 gambling venues may be established in the district subject to meeting application and
fee requirements. However the primary activity of any Class 4 gambling venue shall be either
a standalone TAB site, a licensed club premises or a licensed premises where it sells liquor
either separately or with food but excluding wineries.
Numbers of Electronic Gaming Machines to be Allowed
New venues shall be allowed a maximum of nine electronic gaming machines.
Venues with licenses issued after 17 October 2001 and operating fewer than nine electronic
gaming machines shall be allowed to increase the number of machines operated at the venue
to nine.
Applications
Applications for consent to Hurunui District Council must be made on the approved form and
must provide:
• Name and address details for the application;
• Street address of premises proposed for the Class 4 venue;
• The names of management staff;
• A site plan covering both gambling and other activities proposed for the venue,
including details of each floor of the venue. This site plan must clearly show where
the electronic gaming machines are to be located on the premises; and
• Details of the liquor licence(s) applying to the premises.
Application Fees
These will be set by Hurunui District Council from time to time and shall include consideration
of:
• The cost of processing the application, including any consultation and hearings
involved;
• The cost of triennially reviewing the Class 4 gambling venue policy;
• A contribution towards the cost of triennial assessments of the economic and social
impact of gambling in the Hurunui district.
The fee will be reviewed on an annual basis but may be carried out at more regular intervals if
the Council considers this necessary. The current fee can be found in the Fees and Charges
Schedule. This fee is prescribed pursuant to section 150 (1)(b) and section 150 (3) (b) of the
Local Government Act 2002.
Administration/Decision Making
The Environmental Services Committee of the Council shall administer this policy.
Licence applications will be processed by staff under delegated authority based on the criteria
contained in this policy. The Council has 30 days in which to make a decision on any
application received under the respective legislation. There is no right of appeal to the Council
against a decision.
Monitoring and Review
The Council will monitor the social and economic impact of gambling on the district’s
community during the life of the policy. The Council may amend this policy as a result of the
findings of any economic and social impact of gaming on the community. If the Council
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
139
amends or replaces this policy it shall do so in accordance with the special consultative
procedure of the Local Government Act 2002. The Council will carry out a review of this policy
at a minimum of every three years in accordance with the Gambling Act 2003.
Council meeting 11 March 2004
Council meeting 14 December 2006
Council meeting 24 September 2009
140
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
G1/2
TAB Gambling Venue Policy
Objectives of the Policy
To ensure the Council and the community has influence over the provision of new gambling in
the district.
To allow those who wish to participate in totalisator (TAB) gambling to do so within the district.
To review the type and number of TAB venues being established in the district from time to
time and assess any social effects arising from this activity.
Where TAB Venues May Be Established
TAB venues may be established in the district subject to meeting application and fee
requirements.
Applications
Applications for consent to Hurunui District Council must be made on the approved form and
must provide:
• Name and address details for the application;
• Street address of premises proposed for the TAB venue;
• The names of management staff;
• A site plan covering both gambling and other activities proposed for the venue, including
details of each floor of the venue. This site plan must clearly show where the TAB stands
are to be located on the premises; and
• Details of the liquor licence(s) applying to the premises.
Application Fees
These will be set by Hurunui District Council from time to time and shall include consideration
of:
• The cost of processing the application, including any consultation and hearings involved;
• The cost of triennially reviewing the TAB venue policy;
• A contribution towards the cost of triennial assessments of the economic and social
impact of gambling in the Hurunui district.
The fee will be reviewed on an annual basis but may be carried out at more regular intervals if
the Council considers this necessary. The current fee can be found in the Fees and Charges
Schedule. This fee is prescribed pursuant to section 150 (1)(b) and section 150 (3) (b) of the
Local Government Act 2002.
Administration/Decision Making
• The Environmental Services Committee of the Council shall administer this policy.
• Licence applications will be processed by staff under delegated authority based on the
criteria contained in this policy. The Council has 30 days in which to make a decision on
any application received under the respective legislation. There is no right of appeal to
the Council against a decision.
Monitoring and Review
The Council will monitor the social and economic impact of gambling on the district’s
community during the life of the policy. The Council may amend this policy as a result of the
findings of any economic and social impact of gaming on the community. If the Council
amends or replaces this policy it shall do so in accordance with the special consultative
procedure of the Local Government Act 2002. The Council will carry out a review of this policy
at a minimum of every three years in accordance with the Gambling Act 2003.
Council meeting 11 March 2004
Council meeting 14 December 2006
Council meeting 24 September 2009
141
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
H
H1
Hurunui Holdings Ltd
That the following people be appointed as Directors of Hurunui Holding Ltd
JRA Chaffey (Mayor, Hurunui District Council) (deceased)
David Anderson
A J McKendry (Amberley)
Council meeting 15 June 1995
Amended Council meeting 7 September 1995
Council meeting 4 September 1997
Council meeting 15 October 1997
142
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
H2
Hanmer Springs
H2/1
Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools and Spa Ratepayer
Concession Card
The Terms & Conditions of the Hanmer Springs Ratepayer and Residents' Discount
Card or Annual Swim Pass are as follows:
Entitlement:
One card per:
Full-time resident or resident family in the Hurunui District.
Individual ratepayer (land) listed on the Hurunui District Council rating roll and their 'family'*.
Joint ratepayers may nominate one family only for a Discount Card and up to three families
for the Annual Swim Pass. Additional families over the first family will be required to pay the
full normal Annual Swim Pass price.
Company or Trust listed on the Hurunui District Council rating roll. One family only may be
nominated for a Discount Card and up to three families for the Annual Swim Pass. Additional
families over the first family will be required to pay the full normal Annual Swim Pass price.
*For the purpose of the Ratepayer and Residents' Cards a ‘family’ consists of two adults and
their dependant children 18 years and under.
Available for "Land ratepayers only" and not available for water ratepayers.
Conditions:
The Ratepayer and Residents' Discount Card or Annual Swim Pass is for the use of the family
or person named on the card only and is not transferable.
For the card to be valid, a current photograph of the individual family members or person
named on the card must be taken and stored digitally by Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools &
Spa.
The card must be swiped through the card reader at the reception counter to receive the
residents' concession rate or free entry in the case of the Annual Swim Pass.
Misuse of the Ratepayer & Residents' Discount Card or Annual Swim Pass will result in the
card being revoked.
Card replacement is at the discretion of Hanmer Springs Thermal Pools & Spa and attracts a
$15 service fee.
Validity:
Residents' Cards
Discount Card - Residents will be required to re-validate their card each year in May by
completing a new Residents' Card application and by providing proof of residency.
Annual Swim Pass - Residents may purchase the Annual Swim Pass at any time by
completing a new Residents' Card application and by providing proof of residency. The
Annual Swim Pass is valid from time of issue until 31 December each year.
Ratepayers' Cards
Discount Card - Ratepayers will not be required to re-validate their card while they remain
the current ratepayer of the Hurunui District Council. A joint ratepayer may choose to change
the authorised ‘family’ annually by completing a new application form.
Annual Swim Pass - Ratepayers will have the option of purchasing the Annual Swim Pass at
a special rate in October/November each year. Ratepayers may purchase at any time by
completing a Residents' Card application. The Annual Swim Pass is valid from time of issue
until 31 December each year.
Companies & Trusts
Companies & Trusts will be required to provide written confirmation of the nominated
‘family' or families authorised to receive the Ratepayers' Discount Card or Annual Swim
Pass. These cards will remain valid while the Company or Trust remains the current
ratepayer. Companies & Trusts may choose to change the authorised ‘family' or
families annually by completing a new application form.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
143
H2/2
Directional Sign Policy for Visitor Accommodation and
Tourist Attractions in Hanmer Springs Township
Policy Objectives
To control visitor accommodation and tourist attraction directional signage within Hanmer
Springs in order to protect the special character of the township.
To ensure that all directional signage follows a consistent theme ie design, colour and
materials.
To recognise and provide for tourist activities ie accommodation and tourist attractions by
providing clear signage as to location.
To ensure the costs of providing directional signage are met by business owners.
Principles
Directional fingerboard signage will be permitted for visitor accommodation and tourist
attractions at road intersection outside of the Business Zone in Hanmer Springs provided they
do not adversely affect road safety.
Such signs will be uniform size, colour and materials. Signs will be permitted on each
intersection travelling from the Business Zone to the property.
Policy
A request shall be made in writing to the Council for a directional sign(s) and the appropriate
fee paid as determined by the Council’s fees and charges.
The proposed wording on the sign shall be submitted by the applicant and agreed by the
Council officer’s and be a maximum of 26 characters.
Such signs shall be a maximum 1.2 metres long and 150mm high. Each sign will be in
standard colours adopted for Hanmer Springs signage, which are white writing on a green
background.
Signs will be ordered and erected by the Council with the cost of each sign to be met by the
business owner.
Definitions of Terms
Business Zone as defined in the Operative Hurunui District Plan.
Visitor Accommodation will be defined as building used to accommodate visitors on a
transient basis on a daily tariff, including motels, motor inn, homestays and bed and
breakfasts and excludes holiday houses and permanently occupied homes.
Tourist Attractions will be defined in accordance with MOTSAM manual.
Hanmer Springs Township is defined as anywhere within the urban boundary of Hanmer
Springs as defined in the District Plan.
Exclusions
No directional signs for visitor accommodation or tourist attractions (other than MOTSAM
brown signs) will be permitted within the road reserve within the business Zone of Hanmer
Springs.
No directional signage for visitor accommodation or tourist attractions will be permitted at the
Argelins Road/Hanmer Springs Road intersection.
For the purpose of clarification, this policy does not apply to any other signage approved and
erected by the Council as they decide is fit.
This policy overrides all previous policies on directional signage.
144
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
L
L1
Libraries
L1/1
Mission Statement and Policy
MISSION STATEMENT
The purpose of the Hurunui District Libraries is to provide a service that will support and
encourage the residents of the community to meet and extend their educational, recreational,
cultural and information needs
ROLE OF THE DISTRICT LIBRARIES
• Popular resource library - providing current titles to read for pleasure, information,
career support, interests and lifelong learning
• Education and learning library - to assist the learning of individuals from early childhood
to adult
• Community information centre - acting as a central point for all information on the
community
GOALS
• A district library network which responds to community needs, is accessible, and offers
the best possible library service
• Sufficient staff with skills reflecting the range and level of services and resources
offered
• Co-operative networking within the district with schools and other information sources
• Libraries which are welcoming, accessible to all and easily identified
• Hours of opening which reflect the communities needs
• Collections meeting most recreational, educational, cultural and information needs of
the community
• Contribution to the preservation of the District’s history and stories
• Technology that provides easy access to the collection and supports the information
needs of the community
• A collection that reflects our bicultural and multi-cultural heritage
• A centre of community information
POLICIES
Biculturalism
The Hurunui District Libraries is committed to developing a process of consultation and a
collection that reflects our bicultural heritage and our acknowledgement of the Treaty of
Waitangi.
Collection Development
The Hurunui District Libraries has a collection development policy that ensures the collection
provides for the current needs of the district and anticipates future directions.
Promotion
The Hurunui District Libraries will be actively promoted as a community resource and
information centre for the district.
Resources
The Hurunui District Libraries will adopt the New Zealand Public Libraries Standards as the
minimum level of library resources in the district.
Schools
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
145
Where the District and School libraries are not co-located, Hurunui District Libraries will
encourage close liaison in areas of technology, collection development, information services
and sharing of library resources with the schools.
Standards of Library Service
The Hurunui District Libraries will adhere to professional New Zealand library standards and
will actively pursue ongoing contacts and reciprocal links with other libraries throughout the
country.
Technology
The Hurunui District Libraries is committed to maintaining a high standard of information
technology.
Training
Hurunui District Libraries is committed to the ongoing training of library staff through
attendance at training courses and conferences at both a local and national level.
Volunteers
The Hurunui District Council recognises the value of the library volunteers throughout the
district and acknowledges that present standards of library service could not be maintained
without them.
WORKING POLICIES
Community Services Committee
The Hurunui District Libraries are responsible to the Community Services Committee.
The Committee consists of 4 elected members and up to 4 community representatives. There
is a 3 monthly meeting cycle for this committee.
Asset Register
All items purchased are to be recognised as financial assets of the Hurunui District Council.
Book Buying
The Collection Development fund is allocated by the District Librarian to each library on an
annual basis. This sum is based on the previous year’s circulation and usage statistics.
All district purchases shall be identified.
Collection Support
Items shall be rotated around the Hurunui District Libraries in order to supplement and refresh
the library collections at each location.
Donations
Donations are accepted subject to the following conditions:
The Library is granted unconditional ownership of the gift or donation
The Library makes the final decision on its own use or other disposition of the gift or donation
The Library reserves the right to decide on any conditions of display, housing or access
Fines
Fines will be charged for overdue items at the rate determined by the Council.
Interloans (Libraries outside Hurunui District)
Hurunui District Library will request items from other libraries on behalf of HDC Library
borrowers. An interloan charge will apply.
146
Insurance
All books on the asset register will be insured by the Council. This includes cover on books in
transit between libraries (excess applies).
Loan Period
The standard loan period for the district is three weeks. Special loans may apply.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Lost Books
The replacement cost for books will be based on the purchase price of the book,
with a minimum book charge as determined by Council. Invoices will be issued eight weeks
after the due date or as required by the Hurunui District Council and will also contain an
administration charge. Fines will continue to accrue to a maximum charge per item as
determined by the Council.
Membership
Membership is free to all people living within the Hurunui District or paying property rates to
the Hurunui District Council. A subscription fee may be charged for those living outside the
Hurunui District. Adult membership is from 16 years of age. The membership card will entitle
borrowing from any library in the district.
Renewals
Items can be renewed twice if not reserved.
Statistics
Monthly library statistics are required from each library, including volunteer libraries.
147
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
L2
Liquor Controls
L2/1
Liquor Licensing Policy
Introduction
This liquor policy has been developed to support the object of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989
which is “to establish a reasonable system of control over the sale and supply of liquor with
the aim of contributing to the reduction of alcohol abuse as far as can be achieved by
legislative means”.
The policy sets out a framework for consistent decision making in the local administration of
the Act, gives some guidance to those who may be seeking to obtain a licence under the Act
and also attempts to reflect the communities expectation with respect to liquor issues.
Background
The Sale of Liquor Act 1989 provides that each territorial authority must establish a District
Licensing Agency to administer the Council’s responsibilities under this Act.
In 1999 amendments to the Sale of Liquor Act gave even greater autonomy to District
Licensing Agencies and at that time the Liquor Licensing Authority increasingly gave
encouragement to the Agencies to develop local liquor licensing policies.
The Hurunui District Council has written and developed this policy, in conjunction with other
District Licensing Agency Policy documents, to devise a consistent, uniform and transparent
approach to enforcement and administration in the effective implementation of the Sale of
Liquor Act 1989, and its amendments.
Duties and Functions
District Licensing Agency
The Sale of Liquor Act 1989 allocates the role of District Licensing Agency (DLA) to the
Council.
The DLA is charged with the following functions:
• Assessing and determining unopposed applications for liquor licences and managers
certificates;
• Assessing and determining applications for special licences and temporary authorities;
• Record keeping and maintenance of a register of licences and certificates.
Functions of the Inspector appointed by the Agency are:
• Opposing applications where this is considered warranted;
• Inspecting and monitoring licensed premises;
• Monitoring the management of licensed premises;
Liquor Licensing Authority
The Liquor Licensing Authority (LLA) is a tribunal administered by the Ministry of Justice. The
LLA comprises a judge and one or two appointed members with particular relevant knowledge
or experience:
148
The LLA is charged with the following functions:
• Determining opposed liquor licence applications and renewals;
• Determining opposed applications for managers certificates and renewals;
• Determining applications for variation, suspension or cancellation of licences or
certificates;
• Redefinition of licensed areas;
• Determining appeals against DLA decisions;
• The issuing of statements and directions with respect to administration and enforcement
of the Sale of Liquor Act aimed at achieving the object of the Act.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Reporting Authorities and Agencies Involved in Processing Liquor Licence Applications
The Sale of Liquor Act 1989 provides that, the DLA, in the processing of applications under
the Act, shall obtain reports from the following authorities:
• Police - Concerned with the management of premises and the suitability of applicants to
hold licences and certificates.
• Medical Officer of Health - Concerned with both specific and the wider impacts on public
health associated with alcohol abuse within licensed premises and the community.
• Licensing Inspector - Concerned with taking both an administrative and enforcement
overview of sale of liquor issues on behalf of the DLA. Powers include, if considered
necessary, requesting the LLA to vary, suspend or cancel any licence or certificate.
• Council - Provides a certificate confirming that the proposed use of the premises meets
the requirements of the Resource Management Act 1991 and meets, or when completed
will meet, the requirements of the Building Code. This certificate must accompany any
new application for an On, Off or Club licence.
• Community - This Policy and the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 encourages community input
into liquor related issues. Society’s standards and community expectations are constantly
evolving and only by public input into the policy preparation process can the policies and
requirements of the DLA reflect community expectations.
Definitions
“Entertainment” in relation to any licensed premises, means any activity, dance,
performance, exhibition, amusement, sport, game or event carried out on a regular and
ongoing basis which is calculated to attract and entertain members of the public.
“Licensed premises” means any premises, or part of any premises, on which liquor may be
old pursuant to a licence, and includes any conveyance, or part of any conveyance, in which
liquor may be sold pursuant to a licence.
“Restricted area”, in relation to any licensed premises, means any part of those premises so
designated by the Licensing Authority or the District Agency to which persons under the age
of eighteen years shall not be admitted.
“Supervised area”, in relation to any licensed premises, means any part of those premises
so designated by the Licensing Authority or the District Licensing Agency to which a person
under the age of eighteen years may not be admitted unless accompanied by the persons
parent or legal guardian.
“Undesignated area”, in relation to any licensed premises means any part of the licensed
premises which is not designated restricted or supervised and into which persons under the
age of eighteen years may be admitted but in which areas they may not consume liquor
unless accompanied by their parent or legal guardian. These areas normally include
restaurants or clubs. A coach or team leader is not a legal guardian and cannot supply liquor
to team members under the age of eighteen years.
“Club” means –
(a) any charted club; or
(b) any club that has as it object, or as one of its objects, participating in or prompting any
sport or other recreational activity, otherwise than for gain; or
(c)
any other voluntary association of persons (whether incorporated or not) combined for
any purpose other than gain.
“Hotel” means any premises used or intended to be used in the course of business
principally for the for the provision to the public or –
(a) lodging; and
(b) liquor, meals, and refreshments for consumption on the premises.
“Restaurant” means any premises in which meals are regularly supplied on sale to the public
for consumption on the premises.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
149
“Tavern” means any premises used or intended to be used in the course of business
principally for the provision to the public of liquor and other refreshments.
Hurunui District Licensing Agency Structure
Hurunui District Council - DLA
The Hurunui District Council delegates to
the Environmental Services Committee the
powers, duties and discretions of the
Council under the Sale of Liquor Act 1989.
This includes the hearing of applications of
special licences where objections have
been received.
This delegation includes the hearings of all
matters which do not comply with the
Council’s policy where that application can
be determined by the Hurunui District
Council.
Environmental Services Committee
District Licensing
Secretary
Licensing Inspector
Authorised to issue unopposed liquor licence
applications, special licence applications, managers
certificates and temporary authorities which comply with
the requirements of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 and
which satisfy the provisions of this policy document.
150
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Although appointed by the DLA
the Act requires the inspector to
perform the duties of a statutory
officer with powers conferred
directly by and under the Sale of
Liquor Act. Independence and
impartially are critical to the
process of inquiry and reporting
set out in the Act.
Policy Principals
The following policy principles are intended to promote fairness, consistency, transparency
and to give applicants for liquor licences and the community, some certainty with respect to
the administration of the Sale of Liquor Act within the Hurunui District.
Policy 1 – Issue of Licenses
• That the Secretary of the District Licensing Agency be authorised to issue unopposed
liquor licence applications, special licence applications, managers certificates and
temporary authorities which comply with the requirements of the Sale of Liquor Act
1989 and which satisfy the provisions of this policy document.
Explanation: The detailed diagram below sets out the general process for the issue of
licences and managers certificates under the provisions of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989. The
DLA must either grant special or temporary authorities on the papers, or convene a public
hearing.
Application
Request, reports from MOH, Police &
licensing Inspector
DLA Secretary
Unopposed
applications
Opposed applications
Decision
LLA
Licence or Certificate issued or
declined
151
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Policy 2 – Processing of Applications
• That all applications are processed as soon as possible. When all required reports and
all documents comprising “the complete file” are to hand any unopposed licence or
certificate will be issued without delay.
Explanation: Agency staff will advise and assist applicants as appropriate and will take all steps
necessary to ensure that applications are not unnecessarily delayed.
Policy 3 – Nominated Newspapers
• That any one of the following newspapers, “Christchurch Press, Northern Outlook or
North Canterbury News” be nominated as the newspaper in which the public notices,
provided for within the Sale of Liquor Act 1989, are required to be published.
Policy 4 – Host Responsibility Policy
• That all licensed premises are to have a written and operative Host Responsibility
Policy which is to be observed at all times.
Explanation: The policy is to be displayed in a public part of the licensed premises and an
undated copy of the policy, specific to the licensed premises is to be submitted to the agency
with all applications for liquor licences. A draft Host Responsibility Policy is attached as
Appendix 1.
Policy 5 – National Protocol on Alcohol Promotions
• That the Hurunui District Licensing Agency endorses the national protocol on alcohol
promotions as circulated by ALAC on 29 May 2000 and as may be amended from time
to time (see Appendix 2 attached).
Explanation: It is an offence to promote any event or activity that is intended likely to
encourage persons to consume alcohol to an excessive extent.
Licensees and managers are encouraged to obtain the approval of the reporting agencies for
any promotions when on the face of it, could be seen to promote the excess consumption of
liquor.
Policy 6 – Hours of Operation
• That there be a general policy in respect of tavern and hotel style on-licences
permitting an opening time of 7.00am and requiring a closing time of 2.00am the
following day.
Applicants seeking an on-licence for hours outside of the hours mentioned above will
be required to provide evidence of the need for such hours.
In particular the onus is on those requesting longer hours for late night entertainment to
convince the agency that the entertainment, as defined, will be greater than might be
expected in tavern style premises. The provision of large screen television, pool tables
or video machines is not considered to warrant extended late night hours.
The agency would expect that premises operating under this provision would exhibit most of
the following characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
152
The main source of revenue would not be the sale of liquor.
Facilities for the sale of liquor would not dominate the licensed area.
Live entertainment would be provided on a regular, frequent and ongoing basis.
A stage, dance floor or similar facility would be available for entertainers and/or
patrons use.
5. A cover charge would regularly apply.
6. Extensive provision would be made for the supply of substantial food, tea, coffee and
other non-alcoholic drinks.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
That there be a general policy in respect of restaurant style on-licences permitting an
opening time of 7.00am and requiring a closing time of 1.00am the following day.
•
That there be a general policy in respect of stand alone off-licences and bottle stores
associated with hotels and taverns, permitting an opening time of 9.00am and closing
time of 11.00pm.
•
That there be a general policy in respect of off-licences associated with supermarkets
authorising sales during the normal operating hours of the supermarket but not later
than 11.00pm on any day when the premises are authorised to sell liquor.
•
That off-licence sales for hotels and taverns, across the bar, be granted for the same
hours as authorised by the on-licence.
•
That there be a general policy in respect of mail order only off-licences authorising
sales 24 hours. This applies to premises where the public are not permitted to be on
site.
•
That there be a general policy in respect of club licences that the hours of operation
reflect the hours of operation of the principle club activity but generally with closing
times not later than:
(a) Sunday to Friday -10.00pm
(b) Saturdays -12.00 midnight
It is intended that these hours be “normal maximum” hours of operation.
Applicants seeking more extensive hours should provide written justification for those
hours. Their proposal may then be referred to the agency for consideration which may
authorise the hours sought or request that the application be referred to the Liquor
Licensing Authority for determination.
Explanation: The Sale of Liquor Act gives wide discretion to District Licensing Agencies in
determining the hours of operation within its district.
The difficulty of providing for all circumstances and activities with which the sale of liquor is
linked is acknowledged and this policy attempts to address the issue of diversity by
prescribing “normal maximums” while retaining provision for true exceptions.
The option remains for applicants dissatisfied by this policy to pursue an issue before the
agency or Liquor Licensing Authority as may be appropriate.
For “one off” unusual and exceptional circumstances there remains the option for licence
holders to seek special licences for specific events.
In addition to the policy, applicants need to take into account the requirements of the Hurunui
District Pan which may impose restrictions outside this policy.
Policy 7 – Designations
• That there be a general policy that premises which are clearly restaurants, by their
nature, be undesignated.
• That clubs be undesignated.
• That off-licence areas of hotels, taverns and stand alone bottle stores be designated as
supervised areas.
• That “public bars” and “places of entertainment” be designated as supervised areas.
• Council encourages the use of street areas for the purpose of dining. Where the street
area is to be included in the licence, an application for consent to use the footpath or
reserve area must be sort from the Council.
• Council do not consider it appropriate for tavern style drinking to be conducted in the
street.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
153
Policy 8 – Special Licences
• Special licences can cover any event or series of related events (up to 15 per year) and
can be issued for up to one year ahead.
• Premises used, say once a month for a service club or social club function, could be
covered by one special licence issued for the whole year.
• Where an ongoing series of special licences is being sought then consideration should
be given to seeking a full on-licence or club licence.
• Examples of where separate special licences are required are a school reunion one
weekend followed by a fund raising ball the next weekend, even though they may be in
the same hall.
• Where a Special Licence is sought for an event or occasion where the time of the
event/occasion, the setting and/or the theme creates a risk of alcohol related harm, the
Agency will consult, along with the Police, the Medical Officer of Health to ensure
effective joint planning to minimise such risk. In such circumstances, the applicant may
be required to file an Alcohol Management Plan for the event/occasion.
Explanation: Special licences authorise and control the sale and supply of liquor for events or
social gatherings where a permanent on, off, or club licence is not appropriate.
Where an event or social gathering occurs on licensed premises but outside of the normal
hours authorised by the licence, a special licence is required. A special licence cannot be
used as a tool to extend the authorised hours on a regular basis. The activity for which a
special licence is sought must be outside of the premises regular activities.
The holders of club licences seeking to host events which will be attended by other than club
members require a special licence. Examples of when a club might require a special licence
are for wedding receptions, school reunions held on the premises, or simply when the club
rooms are hired to another group and alcohol is to be sold or consumed on the premises.
A special licence is also required where liquor is to be sold or consumed on premises (other
than at a private residential party) where the premises are not licensed and liquor is to be sold
or supplied to those attending. Examples might be a wine and food festival, a one day cricket
match, a ball, or other function where the alcohol provided appears to be “free” but the cost of
which is actually included in the price of a ticket.
Appendix 3 attached - Guidelines for Special Licence Applications.
Policy 9 – Issue and Renewal of Managers Certificates
• The agency expects that applicants for club managers certificates will have
successfully completed formal training in the management of licensed premises.
• Applicants for new general managers certificates and renewals must be the holders of
the Licence Controllers Qualification (LCQ) issued by the Hospitality Standards
Institute.
• In addition to formal training it is generally expected that applicants will have had at
least six months experience working in licensed premises.
• Applicants for new general managers certificates where the applicant has or is
purchasing licensed premises, they will be issued with a managers certificate tagged to
their premises
154
Explanation: This provision will only be exercised in respect of businesses where the sale of
liquor is ancillary to the principle business. In other cases applicants intending to operate
larger premises, in particular tavern style premises, will be expected to employ suitably
qualified managers until such time as they gain qualification and experience.
Applications for new managers certificates satisfying the above criteria can anticipate issue of
managers certificates where neither the police nor the licensing inspector oppose the
application.
Applicants for renewal of managers certificates can anticipate three year renewal of their
certificates where neither the police nor the licensing inspector oppose the application and
where they are the holders of LCQ certificate.
Policy 10 – Working Relationships
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
•
•
•
The Hurunui District Licensing Agency has a policy of working closely with the Police
and Public Health Services.
The agency supports a formal agreement with other agencies to record the common
goals, differing roles, and agreed approach to processing applications, sharing
information, and pooling resources.
The agency supports staff attendance at agency meetings and at liquor licensing
liaison group meetings.
The agency supports community education and health promotion, and training for
licensees in respect of responsible alcohol consumption and the reduction of alcohol
related harm.
Explanation: Care will be taken to ensure that any information provided or shared is of a
general nature and which does not breach privacy legislation.
Policy 11 – Wider Alcohol Strategy
• The agency investigates the development of a wider alcohol strategy for the Liquor
Licensing Policy to sit within to ensure that Councils obligations to contributing to the
reduction of alcohol abuse are being meet.
Policy 12 - Monitoring
• The agency supports a monitoring strategy that defines the types of activities that
would be carried out to confirm and measure compliance, and frequencies. This would
include:
1. Regular routine monitoring of new and low-risk premises
2. Joint Police, Community and Public Health and Licence Inspector monitoring of
licensed premises, including clubs, for the purpose of educating licensees of
their responsibilities.
3. Late night, covert monitoring of licensed premises, utilising either agency
licensing inspectors or suitably experienced contractors.
4. Controlled Purchase Operations (CPO) as conducted by the Police, Licensing
Inspector and representatives of the Medical Officer of Health. The Inspector will
formally advise those premises that refuse service during operations. The
Inspector will take parallel enforcement action with Police, in respect of any
premises that sells liquor to minors during a CPO, before the Liquor Licensing
Authority
Explanation: Compliance monitoring provides assurance that licensees are meeting their
statutory requirements under the Act and comply with the conditions of their licences. The
emphasis will be on active, risk-based monitoring for all licence types to ensure the focus and
efficiency of compliance monitoring.
Additional monitoring and inspections also take place when licences fall due for renewal or
when complaints are received about particular premises.
Policy 13 – LLA Statements
• All statements, present and future, issued by the Liquor Licensing Authority under the
provisions of section 96 of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 will form part of this policy.
Appendix 4 attached, sets out the statements issued by the Liquor Licensing Authority
to date.
155
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
APPENDIX 1 - HOST RESPONSIBILITY POLICY
(Premises Name)
HOST RESPONSIBILITY POLICY
NON-ALCOHOLIC DRINKS are available and advertised by signage in every bar, as well as
listed in our beverage menu. Free water will always be available to all our customers.
Hot and Cold food or a range of snack foods in the nature of pies, sandwiches, filled rolls and
pizzas are available at all times and will be advertised throughout the premise. We will
ensure that all our staff are aware of, and able to offer, at least four food options at all times
that the premise is open.
LOW ALCOHOL BEVERAGES such as low alcohol beer will be available and promoted by
signage in all bars.
Our staff will be fully trained in identifying and dealing with potentially intoxicated persons.
INTOXICATED PERSONS will not be served and will be asked to leave our premises. Your
safety is however paramount and we will endeavour to ensure that you come to no harm.
It is our wish that you have a safe method of TRANSPORT HOME and actively promote safe
driver schemes. We will advertise through signage that our bar staff are happy to arrange
transport home for you if necessary.
This area is designated SUPERVISED, which means that if under 18, you must be supervised
by a parent or legally appointed guardian. As advertised throughout our premises, we will not
sell alcohol to minors and our staff will ask for PROOF OF AGE if you look under 25. Please
do not be offended - this is part of their job.
Your Host’s
156
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
APPENDIX 2 - NATIONAL PROTOCOL
ON ALCOHOL
APPENDIX
2
157
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
APPENDIX 2 (continued)
158
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
APPENDIX 3 - GUIDELINES FOR SPECIAL LICENCE APPLICATIONS
HURUNUI DISTRICT LICENSING AGENCY
SALE OF LIQUOR ACT 1989
SPECIAL LICENCES
INFORMATION FOR GUIDANCE OF APPLICANTS
Full details describing each individual event or function must accompany the application.
Failure to supply sufficient information will result in the consideration of the application being
delayed until further details are obtained.
To ensure applications are process on time they should be lodged a minimum of 20 working
days prior to an event.
The application fee (currently $63.00 including GST) must accompany the application.
Under normal circumstances licences for evening social functions will not be granted for later
than 2.00am the following day except when the function starts late (eg following a theatre
performance or at the conclusion of an evening sports tournament).
Special licences may be granted for "an event or series of occasions or events". This
is interpreted as meaning related and similar functions.
Licences for a series of occasions or events over an extended period will only be granted to
clubs or groups where there is a pre-planned programme of clearly specified, and related club
(or group) events.
An application may not be lodged for a series of unrelated events, ie a list of events including
perhaps a twenty-first, a wedding, and a fund raising evening will require separate licence
applications for each event whereas a theatre group with an annual performance programme
involving group members can apply for a single licence for the annual programme.
Applicants are welcome to discuss their requirements with our staff prior to or when lodging
their application.
If a function involves a marquee over 30m2 a building consent is required; contact Council's
Building Officials.
159
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
APPENDIX 4 – SECTION 96 LLA STATEMENTS
LIQUOR LICENSING AUTHORITY
(SALE OF LIQUOR ACT 1989)
LIQ/ADM1
Secretaries
District Licensing Agencies
SECTION 96 STATEMENT
Section 96 of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 provides:
96
(1)
Authority may send statements to Agencies –
The Licensing Authority may from time to time issue to District Licensing
Agencies a statement settling out its views on the general administration of this
Act or the policy to be followed in the administration of the Act or any provisions
of it, or any information obtained by the Authority from any inquiry held by it or
from any other source.
(2)
No such statement shall relate to any matter that may be a ground for an
appeal against a decision of a District Licensing Agency.
(3)
In the exercise of its functions under this Act, every District Licensing Agency
must observe any statement issued under this section.
This is the eighth such statement issued since the Act came into force on 1 April 1990.
The seven statements previously issued are now republished (with amendments as
appropriate) to the extent that they are still relevant. Statements 4 and 5 have been
transposed for the purposes of continuity of subject matter.
1.
Special Licensing – (issued 19 October 1992)
1.1
The Authority confirms its view expressed in Decision No. 181/92 dated 3 June
1992 New Zealand Police v Selwyn District Licensing Agency, and earlier
decisions, that a special licence should not be issued by a District Licensing
Agency as a substitute for a “permanent” licence.
1.2
Special licences will often extend the trading hours permitted by the on, off or
club licence in force. Agencies should ensure that the frequency of special
licences for particular premises does not, in effect, give on going trading hours
for premises, which the licensee has been unable to obtain when seeking the
existing licence. Likewise, the Authority would not expect special licences to
issue where a permanent licence had been refused.
1.3
This statement sets out the Authority’s general views on the administration of
the Acts as it relates to special licences.
1.4
The Authority wishes to make clear that this statement should not be seen as –
160
1.4.1
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
A desire to disturb or interfere with any Agency’s exercise of its
discretion to grant special licences in terms of sections 73 or 74;
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
1.4.2
2.
Predetermining any appeals that may lodged to the Authority against
decisions of District Licensing Agencies granting or declining
applications for a special licence.
Appearance at a Public Hearing – (issued 10 December 1992)
The Authority will always welcome appearances being recorded on behalf of Local
Authorities or Community Boards by Mayors, Councillors or members, but in any event
expects that a District Licensing Agency Inspector will be present (and record an
appearance) at any public sittings of the Authority.
3.
4.
Temporary Authority Applications – Involvement of Police
(issued 12 August 1994)
3.1
The Authority is aware that the Police do not always have the opportunity to
report or comment on an application for a temporary authority being considered
by a District Licensing Agency in terms of ss.24 and 47 of the Act.
3.2
The consequences of an unsuitable person operating premises pursuant to a
temporary authority could obviously be as equally undesirable as such a person
holding an on-licence or an off-licence.
3.3
Sections 24 and 47 provide that an Agency may determine such an application
ex parte or direct that notice of the application be served on such persons as
the Agency may specify. In terms of s.107(8) an Agency, subject to the
provisions of the Act and the Regulations, may regulate its procedure in such
manner as it thinks fit.
3.4
In the Authority’s view it is prudent for District Licensing Agencies to refer any
application for a temporary authority to the Police for comment and/or report.
Each Agency should settle procedures for the referral of such applications with
the Police. Those procedures should be able to take account of situations
where urgency or priority is required. Referral may involve less than a formal
report.
3.5
Any Police report of comment which an Agency considers it may wish to have
regard to in determining an application must be referred to the applicant before
any decision is taken.
Duration of Temporary Authorities – (issued 21 April 1998)
4.1
Sections 24 and 47 of the Act provide that upon application of any person who
appears to have any right, title, estate or interest in any premises or
conveyance, or any business conducted in any premises or conveyance, in
respect of which an on or off-licence is in force, a District Licensing Agency may
make an order authorising the applicant, or some suitable person nominated by
the applicant, to carry on the sale, supply or delivery of liquor for such period
not exceeding 3 months as the Agency may specify in the order (the emphasis
is ours).
4.2
There have been instances of applications for on-licences being opposed and
scheduled for public hearing before us, but pending a hearing the applicants
have operated the business pursuant to temporary authorities issued in terms
of s.24.
4.3
Having been satisfied by the evidence adduced at the hearings that, in each
case, the applicant was unsuitable to hold the licence sought, we refused to
grant the applications.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
161
4.4
The temporary authorities current at the time of public hearing still had a
significant portion of their three-month period to run. This has enabled a
person, adjudged by us unsuitable to hold a licence under the Act, to continue
to trade for the remaining life of the temporary authority.
4.5
It is the Authority’s view that it may be appropriate for District Licensing
Agencies to consider the grant of any temporary authority on the basis that it
carries a clear indication that it will expire on a specified date; or on such date
as the holder’s application for an/off-licence has been determined, whichever is
the sooner.
5.
Retention of “Complete Files” by District Licensing Agencies – (issued 5 July
1996)
6.
5.1
A Local Authority, in exercising its power as a District Licensing Agency, must
comply with Part XVII of the Local Government Act 1974 as they apply to the
custody of documents and local archives.
5.2
This statement, whilst setting out the Authority’s general views as to the
retention of “complete files” under the Sale of Liquor Act 1989, must not be
read as detracting from those specific Local Government Act requirements, and
it makes no comment as to the length of time a District Licensing Agency
should retain “complete files”.
5.3
“Complete files” are as described under ss.12, 34 and 58 of the Act and include
such documents as specified in Regulations 5(3), 8(2) and 11(2) of the Sale of
Liquor Regulations 1990.
5.4
The Authority’s practice on determination of an on, off, club licence, or
manager’s certificate application, is to return the “complete file” to the District
Licensing Agency. At public hearings some District Licensing Agencies have
been unable, or have had difficulty, in making available the “complete file” for a
previously processed application when called upon.
5.5
Issues can arise – including questions as to the extent of premises and the part
or parts of premises in which liquor may be sold, supplied, consumed, or
delivered in terms of the licence – which require the Authority to look at the
formal record in respect of an existing licence. The formal record, including the
plan referred to in the licence, is the “complete file” and that must be able to be
made available to the Authority.
5.6
This matter is of sufficient concern to the Authority for its indicate that it expects
District Licensing Agencies to maintain a system for timely retrieval of
“complete files” in respect of existing licences should they at any time be
requested.
Requirement for Certain Documents to be Forwarded from Agencies to the
Authority – (issued 15 May 2000)
6.1
Section 98(1)(b) of the Act obliges the Authority to report to the Minister
annually “ on the working of the Act and the desirability or otherwise of
amending it”.
6.2
Section 221(4) of the Act provides that “The Secretary of each District Licensing
Agency shall send to the Secretary of the Liquor Licensing Authority a copy of
every application made to the District Licensing Agency, and a copy of every
decision made by the District Licensing Agency.”
6.3
With the devolution to the Agencies of decision making in respect of unopposed
on, off, club licence, or managers’ certificate applications, the Authority wishes
162
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
to know how that is working in practise. With that in mind, and having regard to
the requirements of s.221(4), the Authority seeks from each Agency:In respect of applications for the grant, renewal or variation of on, off or club
licences:
(a)
a copy of each completed application form.
(b)
a copy of the report of the District Licensing Agency Inspector.
(c)
a copy of the decision made by the Agency.
(d)
a copy of the licence and/or notice of renewal issued.
In respect of applications for the grant or renewal of managers’ certificates, the
Authority seeks from each Agency:
(a)
a copy of each completed application form.
(b)
a copy of the certificate or notice of renewal issued.
7.
6.4
The Authority also seeks copies of delegations pursuant to s.104 and the name
and designation of the Secretary of the District Licensing Agency. When
delegations are altered or a new District Licensing Agency Secretary is
appointed, the Authority wishes to be advised.
6.5
Each Agency is asked to produce, as at 30 June annually, a list of licensed
premises in its area detailing the licensee’s name, premises name and
addresses, type of licence held, licence number, date of licence issue and date
of licence expiry. This continues previous practice enabling a comparison of the
information held by each Agency with that held by the Authority, and will help to
ensure the accuracy of the national register of licensed premises required to be
maintained by the Authority.
6.6
Following devolution to Agencies of the bulk of the decision making an licence
issue process, Agencies’ annual reports to the Authority will assume greater
significance in enabling the Authority to assess the overall working of the
legislation, and have that reflected in its own annual report to Parliament. It is
requested that each Agency submit to the Authority, as at 30 June annually (by
31 August), a statistical return detailing the workload undertaken during the
year. This return should form a part of each Agency’s annual report to the
Authority.
6.7
In summary the Authority seeks from all Agencies:
6.7.1
Copies of all licences, notices of renewal, managers’ certificates and
Inspectors’ reports, in addition to the application and decision
required by s.221(4). These documents should be sent within five
working days of issue.
6.7.2
Copies of any written delegations in terms of s.104(3), and the name
and position held of the Secretary of the District Licensing Agency.
6.7.3
An annual list of all actively licensed premises in each Agency’s
district.
6.7.4
A standard annual statistical return.
Requirement to Describe the Nature of the Business Carried on Under Certain
Type of On-Licence – (issued 24 October 2000)
Following enactment of the Sale of Liquor Amendment Act 1999, with effect from 1 April
2000, section 7(1) of the principal Act was repealed. In consequence the different
categories of persons to whom liquor may be sold pursuant to an on-licences.
Irrespective of the nature of the business, under any on-licence issued after 1 April
2000, liquor may be sold to any person present on the premises.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
163
However, pursuant to s.14(2) of the Act, on-licences granted in respect of hotels and
taverns must still include a condition restricting the sale of liquor to lodgers or diners on
Good Friday, Easter Sunday, Christmas Day, and on Anzac Day prior to 1.00pm. The
inclusion of such a condition identifies hotel and tavern businesses.
Other on-licences that relate to a specific business are those issued for conveyances
and BYO restaurants.
In early 2000, District Licensing Agencies were provided by the Authority’s secretariat
with sample templates (subsequently updated as appropriate) of the various types of
licences available for issue after 1 April 2000. the templates for on-licences, other than
hotels, taverns, conveyances and BYOs, all have provision for a business description in
the condition relating to trading days and hours authorised.
Given that the wording of the authority to sell, supply and consume liquor is standard on
all on-licences issued after 1 April 2000, and bearing in mind that the trading name on
any individual licence may give little or no indication of the business to be carried on
under that licence, the Authority requires that for businesses other than hotels and
taverns the condition of the licence covering the days and hours of sale include a
description of the nature of the business; e.g.:“Liquor may be sold only on the following days and during the following hours:
On such days and during such hours as the premises are being operated as a
nightclub and entertainment venue but no other than on the following days and
hours: …”
or
“On such days as the premises are being operated as a restaurant but not other
than on the following days and hours: …”
This requirement is to ensure that licensees who portray their business as being
other than that of a hotel or tavern do not operate a business in which the sale
and consumption or liquor predominates, particularly at a time when hotel and
tavern premises are prevented by statute from so trading.
Council meeting 27 November 2008
164
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
L2/2
Host Responsibility Policy for the Consumption of Liquor on
Council Owned Premises
As of 1 April 2010 the Hurunui District Council will require a written Host
Responsibility Plan for all functions held on Council Property where alcohol is being
consumed and where a Special Licence is not required 2.
The Host Responsibility Plan should be completed at the time the “Terms and
Conditions of Hire” forms are completed.
The Host Responsibility Plan should address the following six points:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Food
Non-alcoholic refreshments
Safe transport options
Responsible consumption of liquor
Intoxicated persons
Minors
The completed Host Responsibility Plan should be forwarded to the District Licensing
Agency Secretary, Amberley Office, where either the Secretary or Licensing
Inspector will contact the organiser to discuss the function if deemed necessary.
165
2
A Special Licence is required for any occasion where liquor is being sold. (Please contact
the District Licensing secretary if unsure).
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
HOST RESPONSIBILITY PLAN
HURUNUI DISTRICT COUNCIL
P O BOX 13 AMBERLEY
Ph (03) 3148816
st
As of the 1
April 2010 the Hurunui District Council will require a written Host
Responsibility Plan for all functions held on Council Property where alcohol is being
consumed.
EVENT DETAILS
Name of organiser:
Telephone number:
Name of Council Hall hired:
st
What is the occasion or event (eg Wedding, 21 , etc):
Date of the occasion or event:
Start time and finish time of event:
Entry arrangements (eg tickets/invitation/ membership, etc):
Numbers expected:
__________________ Ages of those attending: ____________________
Details of any entertainment (eg band, time booked etc):
HOST RESPONSIBILITY
(a)
What provision do you have for the supply of (i)
Food? Please note that being a good host, and normal practice now dictates, that
food is continuously available. A range of snack style food such as savouries,
sandwiches, pizzas, etc is recommended.
Type:
Provided by:
166
(ii)
Non-alcoholic refreshments? A selection of non-alcoholic refreshments including
water should be available and easily accessable at all times. _________________
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
(b)
What strategies do you have in place to ensure that your guests get home safely from
your function e.g. actively promote hire a driver type scheme, make a telephone
readily available to arrange sober transport (taxi or private), a courtesy van, or
operate a designated driver scheme?
(c)
What steps do you propose to take aimed at promoting the responsible consumption
of liquor? e.g. Supervised bar, non-alcoholic drinks to designated drivers, free water,
limited amount for BYO.
(d)
What strategies will you have in place to deal with potentially intoxicated persons? i.e
will you offer softdrinks, tea, coffee. How will you slow them down? Who has the
authority to ask guests to leave?
_____________________________
(e)
What strategies will you have in place to deal with minors or persons not invited to the
event/occasion/gathering? e.g. Adults supervising at doors. (Minors should only be
provided alcohol from a parent or legal guardian)
Dated at Hurunui this
day of ______
20 _________
__________________
167
Signature
Environmental Services Committee meeting 11 February 2010
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
L3
Local Authorities (Members’ Interest) Act 1968
That a Members Interest Register be established.
Council meeting 29 November 1995
168
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
L4
L4/1
Maori Contribution to Local Decision Making
Māori Contribution to Decision making
Introduction
The Council under Section 81 of the Local Government Act 2002 must:
• establish and maintain processes to provide opportunities for Māori to contribute to the
decision-making processes of the local authority; and
• consider ways in which it may foster the development of Māori capacity to contribute to
the decision-making processes of the local authority; and
• provide relevant information to Māori for the purposes of paragraphs (a).
Fostering Māori contributions to decision making also fits with the Council’s vision of district
and community wellness, in that it is likely to enhance our cultural and environmental
wellbeing, our landscape and outlook, and our heritage and tradition.
Coverage
The Council acknowledges that Ngāi Tahu are the Tāngata Whenua of the Hurunui District
and hold customary tribal authority over an area (rohe) which includes all of the area within
the Council’s jurisdiction.
Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu is the tribal representative body of ‘Ngāi Tahu Whānui’, a body
corporate established on 24 April 1996 under Section 6 of the Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu Act
1996 (the “TRoNT Act”). Section 5 of the TRoNT Act also describes the takiwā (area) of Ngāi
Tahu Whānui.
The takiwā (boundary) of the two Rūnanga, as defined within Schedule 1 of the Te Rūnanga o
Ngāi Tahu Act is as follows:
1. The takiwā of Te Rūnanga o Kaikōura Takahanga and extends from Parinui o Whiti to
the centres on Hurunui River and inland to the main divide.
2. The takiwā of Te Ngāi Tūāhuriri Rūnanga centres on Tuahiwi and extends from the
Hurunui to Hakatere, and inland to the main divide.
Protocol
The Council has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Te Ngāi Tūāhuriri
Rūnanga, Te Rūnanga o Kaikōura and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu. The purpose of this is to
recognise the role that these Rūnanga have in environmental resource management matters
dealt with by the Hurunui District Council, and to provide an opportunity for a working
relationship to be enhanced and improved upon as necessary.
The Council will meet regularly with representatives of these Rūnanga to review this protocol
and explore ways of extending it to ensure that it remains consistent with meeting the wider
objectives and mandate of the Local Government Act.
The Council recognises ‘Te Pōhā o Tohu Raumati’ (Te Rūnanga o Kaikōura’s environmental
management plan) and will consult it as a matter of course for Resource Consents
procedures and other core Council business (eg plan changes). To this end, a reference to
Te Pōhā o Tahu Raumati will be included in the standard template for Council reports. In due
course, the Council will similarly support the implementation of the Environmental Plan that is
currently being drafted by the Tūāhuriri and four other Canterbury Rūnanga south of the
Hurunui River. It will also consider contributing resources that may be made to support the
development of this plan.
The views of mataawaka* who reside in the Hurunui will receive consideration in keeping with
that any standard affected party or persons on Resource Management Act issues or Local
Government Act matters concerning the ancestral land and waters of Ngāi Tahu Whānui, but,
in keeping with the principles set out in the introduction to this policy, will receive special
consideration on other matters relating to the Local Government Act.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
169
The Council will utilise Māori hearings commissioners for hearings in which the matters being
heard have a particular impact on tangata whenua values and interests as identified via the
submission process or by mana whenua through management plans, values assessment
reports and the like. The Council will also consider the appointment of a Māori hearings
commissioner on a case-by-case basis for any hearings for which it is otherwise suggested
that this may be appropriate.
The Council will require all staff for whom it is relevant to participate in any appropriate
training that may be offered to the Council by any of the above-mentioned Rūnanga in relation
to any of the above matters.
Future Plans
The way in which the Council and Rūnanga work together is currently being reviewed. It is
the view of both parties that structures need to be put in place to allow Rūnanga effective
input into the decision making process. A number of options are being investigated. The
structures need to be carefully considered as their over arching purpose is to ensure that the
relationship between the Council continues to grow and develop in the future.
As part of the Review the Memorandum of Understanding will also be updated.
* Mataawaka – Māori living within a tribal area with which they have no affiliation
Council meeting 30 June 2004
Council meeting 25 June 2009
170
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
L4/2
Memorandum of Understanding
TE RŪNANGA O NGĀI TAHU
TE NGĀI TŪĀHURIRI RŪNANGA
AND
HURUNUI DISTRICT COUNCIL
BETWEEN
Background
Te Ngāi Tūāhuriri Rūnanga, Te Rūnanga o Kaikōura, Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu and the
Hurunui District Council wish to effectively work together to establish a cooperative and
mutually beneficial system of managing the natural, physical and spiritual resources of the
Hurunui District. The Hurunui River is the main management boundary, however an interest
in sharing issues throughout the whole district has been expressed and is encouraged
through this document.
The takiwā (boundary) of the two Rūnanga, as defined within Schedule 1 of the Te Rūnanga o
Ngāi Tahu Act is as follows:
The takiwā of Te Rūnanga o Kaikōura centres on Takahanga and extends from Parinui o
Whiti to the Hurunui River and inland to the main divide.
The takiwā (tribal area) of Te Ngāi Tūāhuriri Rūnanga centres on Tuahiwi and extends from
the Hurunui to Hakatere, and inland of the main divide.
Acknowledgement of Ngāi Tahu as the Tāngata Whenua in the Hurunui Distric and
respective consultation processes
The Council acknowledges that Ngāi Tahu are the Tāngata Whenua of the Hurunui District
and holds customary tribal authority over an area (rohe) which includes all of the area within
the Councils jurisdiction.
Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu is the tribal representative body of Ngāi Tahu Whānui, a body
corporate established on 24 April 1996 under Section 6 of the Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu Act
1996 (the “TRoNT Act”). Section 5 of the TRoNT Act also describes the takiwā (area) of Ngāi
Tahu Whānui.
Section 15 states:
15 (1) Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu shall be recognised for all purposes as the representative of
Ngāi Tahu Whānui.
15 (2) Where any enactment requires consultation with any iwi or with any iwi authority, that
consultation shall, with respect to matters affecting Ngāi Tahu Whānui, be held with
Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu.
15 (3) Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu, in carrying out consultation under subsection (2) of this
section –
(a) Shall seek the views of such Papatipu Rūnanga of Ngāi Tahu Whānui and such hapū
as in the opinion of Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu may have views that they wish to
express in relation to the matter about which Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu is being
consulted; and
(b) Shall have regard, among other things, to any views obtained by Te Rūnanga o Ngāi
Tahu under paragraph (a) of this subsection; and
(c) Shall not act or agree to act in a manner that prejudices or discriminates against, any
Papatipu Rūnanga of Ngāi Tahu or any hapū unless Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu
believes on reasonable grounds that the best interests of Ngāi Tahu Whānui as a
whole require Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu to act in that manner.
The TRoNT Act therefore makes it Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu with whom consultation has to
be undertaken for all resource management matter requiring consultation arising from the
Resource Management Act 1991.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
171
However, it is acknowledged practice of Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu that consultation for this
area, in the first instance, is with Te Rūnanga o Kaikōura and Te Ngāi Tūāhuriri Rūnanga or
3
their mandated representative . The Council wishes to maintain and enhance its strong
working relationships with these Papatipu Rūnanga, and will consult them individually on
resource management issues that fall within their respective takiwā.
•
•
•
•
•
In addition, the Council will consult Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu when:
Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu or a Papatipu Rūnanga request such a consultation;
An issue affects a tribal interest identified in the Ngāi Tahu Claims Settlement Act
1998 or the Ngāi Tahu Claims Settlement (Resource Management Consent
Notification) Regulations 1999;
A statutory document is being prepared;
When an issue or application affects both Papatipu Rūnanga and one of those
Rūnanga request Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu involvement.
The Local Government Act 2002 provides for the relationship and involvement of all Māori in
Local Government processes. Ngāi Tahu and the Council will work together to develop
appropriate processes that allow the Council to fulfil its statutory responsibilities whilst
recognising Ngāi Tahu as the tangata whenua.
Purpose
The purpose of this protocol is to recognise the role Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o
Ngāi Tahu have in environmental resource management matters dealt with by Hurunui District
Council, and to provide an opportunity for a working relationship to be enhanced and
improved upon where and when necessary.
The ranges of resource management matters contemplated by this protocol are:
Council encouragement for resource consent applicants to consult with appropriate Papatipu
Rūnanga (and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu where appropriate) prior to, where possible, lodging
applications;
The Council to ensure opportunities for Papatipu Rūnanga (and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu
where appropriate) participation in notified and non-notified resource consents processed by
the Council under the Resource Management Act 1991;
The Council will encourage consent applicants to prepare cultural impact assessments of
resource consent applications where requested by a Papatipu Rūnanga and/or Te Rūnanga o
Ngāi Tahu;
The Council will ensure opportunities for the Papatipu Rūnanga (and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi
Tahu where appropriate) input to statutory and non-statutory planning documents that are
prepared by The Council;
Regular meetings between Papatipu Rūnanga, Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu and The Council;
Hurunui District Council assistance to Papatipu Rūnanga (and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu
where appropriate) and vice versa for appropriate training and support. These training
opportunities include Hurunui District councillors and staff involved in consent hearings, of
Ngāi Tahu values and aspirations for sustainable management of the environment;
The Council will facilitate Ngāi Tahu participation in decision-making processes particularly
with respect to resource management matters;
The Council will consider supporting the development of tribal and Papatipu Rūnanga iwi
management plans where relevant to mutual concerns.
Implementation of Purposes
Advocacy for pre-application consultation
172
Pre-application consultation by consent applicants is recognised good practice under the
RMA. For the Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu it allows a proposal that is
not set in concrete to be assessed, and any concerns dealt with up front. This saves
3
As notified in writing by the Secretary of the respective Paptipu Rūnanga
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
applicants, the Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu time and money by allowing
any issues to be resolved in a non-adversarial manner.
The Council will, where possible, encourage consent applicants to consult with the affected
Papatipu Rūnanga (and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu where appropriate) prior to the lodging of a
resource consent application.
Participation in notified and non-notified resource consent applications
Under the Treaty of Waitangi, Ngāi Tahu, as Tāngata Whenua, has a relationship with the
Crown that is akin to a partnership. This partnership is reflected in Part II of the RMA. The
Council, in entering into this protocol, is giving formal recognition to the special status of Ngāi
Tahu as the Tāngata Whenua for the Hurunui District.
The Council will continue to forward to the respective Papatipu Rūnanga notified and nonnotified resource consent applications for their consideration. The Council will also provide
the respective draft decision to the Rūnanga on non-notified consents when requested.
The Council in meeting its obligations under the Ngāi Tahu Settlement (Resource
Management Consent Notification) Regulations 1999, is required to send Te Rūnanga o Ngāi
Tahu a summary of consent applications within, adjacent to, or directly impacting Statutory
Acknowledgement areas. The Council will also send the same summary to the affected
Papatipu Rūnanga.
The Council acknowledges that the timeframes under the RMA are at times restrictive for the
participation of Papatipu Rūnanga. The Council will therefore ensure that Papatipu Rūnanga
may verbally express their views for a particular proposal (if they so wish) via a Council
Investigating Officer if they are unable to meet these timeframes.
Representation on Environmental Services Committee
A tangata whenua representative(s) from the respective takiwā may wish to sit on the
hearings panel for resource consent applications and District Plan change hearings. The aim
of this is to develop shared decision making and broader understanding of issues between
parties. In appointing a tangata whenua representative, the Council will seek advice as to the
appropriate person from the relevant Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu.
Council shall endeavour to appoint tangata whenua representatives that are endorsed by the
local Papatipu Rūnanga. The tangata whenua representative must not participate in any
consultation processes and/or Rūnanga discussions regarding the consent application or plan
change.
Where the Council appoints an independent Commissioner or Panel of Commissioners to
hear a resource consent application it will have regard to the intent of the above
representation matters.
The Council will reimburse the tangata whenua representative normal Council meeting costs
for travel and hearing panel time.
Cultural impact assessments
Where Papatipu Rūnanga and/or Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu request a cultural impact
assessment, the Council will encourage resource consent applicants to include this in their
assessment of environmental effects report. Encouragement of cultural impact assessments
is related to pre-application consultation, however, there may be times when it is appropriate
that the cultural effects of a particular proposal can be sought via section 92 of the RMA.
Where the Council asks the Papatipu Rūnanga or Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu to complete a
cultural impact assessment to assist it in its decision making, the Council will meet the actual
and reasonable costs of that cultural impact assessment. The Council may through its
processes recover any such costs from the applicant.
Such a cultural impact assessment is considered to be a factual document akin to a traffic
engineering or landscape report. It is to assist the Council or an applicant to better
understand Ngāi Tahu values in relation to a matter so that a decision may be made or
consultation may take place. It is noted that consultation initiated by the Council and/or a
resource consent applicant, in relation to a cultural impact assessment, is a matter for which
costs will lie where they fall.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
173
Plan preparation
Pursuant to Clause 3(1)(d) of the First Schedule to the Resource Management Act 1991, the
Council during the preparation of a policy statement or plan shall consult Te Rūnanga o Ngāi
Tahu and Papatipu Rūnanga.
Where the Council asks Papatipu Rūnanga or Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu to complete a cultural
impact assessment to assist it in its decision making, the Council will meet the actual and
reasonable costs of that cultural impact assessment. It is noted that consultation initiated by
the Council in relation to a cultural impact assessment is a matter for which costs will lie
where they fall.
Training opportunities
The Council agrees to discuss opportunities with Papatipu Rūnanga in relation to
opportunities for Council staff to be of assistance to the Rūnanga in their resource
management work, that will benefit both the Council and the Rūnanga.
The Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu agree to discuss with the Council
opportunities for where they may be of assistance to the Council for the training of staff and
councillors so that they may have an appreciation of Ngāi Tahu values and aspirations for
sustainable environmental management. It is note that this may be particularly worthwhile for
councillors that will sit on hearing panels, and Investigating Officers and Planners.
Iwi management plans
The Council will consider supporting, and where appropriate assisting, in resourcing the
development of tribal and Papatipu Rūnanga iwi management plans.
Furthermore, it is also noted that the Council, when preparing or changing any district plan
shall have regard to any Iwi Management Plan (relevant planning document recognised by Te
Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu).
Commitment by the Hurunui District Council to build and maintain an on-going working
relationship with Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu
By entering into this protocol in good faith with Papatipu Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi
Tahu, and creating opportunities for effective regular contact between the parties, the Council
is making a commitment to build and maintain an on-going working relationship with those
Rūnanga and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu, and vice versa.
Meetings
Meetings will be held between the Rūnanga and Hurunui District Council
(a) At least annually, between Hurunui District Councillors and Officers, Kaikōura
Rūnanga representatives, Ngāi Tūāhuriri Rūnanga Resource Committee members
and Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu representatives. The aim of this meeting will be to
discuss broader issues and facilitate understanding and links between parties.
(b) Special meetings where appropriate, for instance, in relation to a proposal for major
engineering works or prior to the release of a plan or report. The aim of special
meetings will be to explore potential problems and issues and discuss possible
solutions.
(c) Meetings or discussions at any level, when considered necessary by any party.
(d) The Council will contribute toward the travel costs for Rūnanga representatives to
attend meetings outlined in points a-c above. Likewise the Rūnanga will endeavour
to accommodate requests for Councillors and/or staff to travel at the Councils
expense to meet with the Rūnanga.
174
Appendices to this Protocol
From time to time the parties to this protocol may develop processes and procedures to give
effect to the purposes of this protocol. These appendices will be agreed to by all parties and
appended to this document. An appendix can be updated or changed with the agreement of
all parties without necessarily reviewing the entire protocol.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Review of this Protocol
The protocol will be reviewed at least annually, and any party to this protocol may initiate that
review.
Any amendments to the protocol must be mutually acceptable to all parties.
175
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
L5
Canterbury Mayoral Forum
CHARTER OF PURPOSE
1. Name
The name of the group shall be Canterbury Mayoral Forum
2. Objectives
(a) To provide a forum to enable the group to work more closely with each other and
the region’s community leaders in an endeavour to identify opportunities and
solve problems together.
(b) To identify and prioritise issues of mutual concern and foster co-operation
amongst members to address these issues (including where appropriate joint
work plans).
(c) To formulate policies and strategies on matters where all member councils may
act collaboratively in determining plans for the coordination of regional growth.
(d) To ensure increased effectiveness of local government in meeting the needs of
Canterbury communities.
(e) To act as an advocate to central government or their agencies or other bodies on
issues of concern to members.
(f) To develop and implement programmes, which are responsive to the needs and
expectations of the community.
3. Principles
In pursuit of these objectives the Canterbury Mayoral Forum will observe the following
principles:
(a) Establish and maintain close liaison with other local government networks to
ensure as far as possible the pursuit of common objectives and the minimisation
of duplication.
(b) Establish and maintain close liaison with Ministers of the Crown and local
Members of Parliament.
(c) Establish and maintain close liaison with a wide number of diverse stakeholders
and key sector organisations within the region.
(d) Exercise its functions with due regard to the tangata whenua and cultural
diversity of the Canterbury community.
(e) Keep the local community informed about its activities.
(f) Encourage member councils to promote and apply cross-boundary structures
and systems.
4. Powers
(a) The Canterbury Mayoral Forum shall have the power to:
i. Levy for any or all of its objects in such amount or amounts as may be
mutually determined and acceptable to individual local authorities.
ii. Determine and make payments from its funds for any or all of the
purposes of its objects.
iii. Receive any grant or subsidy and apply monies for the purposes of such
grant or subsidy.
iv. Fund appropriate aspects of the Forums activities regionally.
(b) The Canterbury Mayoral Forum does not have the power to legally bind any
council to any act or decision unless that act or decision has been agreed to by
decision of that council.
176
5. Membership
(a) Membership of the Canterbury Mayoral Forum shall be open to the following
councils.
Ashburton District Council Banks Peninsula District Council Christchurch City
Council Environment Canterbury Hurunui District Council Kaikoura District
Council Mackenzie District Council Selwyn District Council Timaru District
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Council Waimakariri District Council Waimate District Council Waitaki District
Council
Each member council shall be represented by its Mayor (or Chairperson in the
case of Environment Canterbury) and its Chief Executive.
The Christchurch City Council may appoint one additional elected representative.
In the absence of the Mayor/Chairperson and/or Chief Executive, the member
council may appoint another person to attend meetings.
The Canterbury Mayoral Forum will have the power to co-opt other members on
a permanent and/or issues basis.
6. Chairperson
(a) The Canterbury Mayoral Forum shall appoint a Chairperson at the first meeting
immediately following the Triennial Elections. This appointment may be reviewed
after a period of 18 months.
(b) The Chairperson elected will preside at all meetings of the Canterbury Mayoral
Forum.
(c) The Canterbury Mayoral Forum shall elect a Deputy Chairperson at the first
meeting immediately following the Triennial Elections.
(d) The Canterbury Mayoral Forum may appoint spokespersons from its
membership for issues being considered.
7. Meetings
(a) Meetings will be held as required with an annual schedule, covering a calendar
year, to be determined by the members. It is anticipated that meetings would be
held three-monthly at venues to be determined.
(b) Special meetings may be called at the request of four Mayors/Chairpersons.
(c) A working group of Chief Executives will facilitate preparation of material
proposing to be considered by the Canterbury Mayoral Forum.
(d) Agendas for meetings will be issued and minutes would be taken and circulated.
8. Decision Making
The practice of the Forum will be to determine issues before it by consensus. If the
consensus is to determine issues by voting the determination shall be determined by a
majority of votes of the members represented at the meeting.
9. Secretariat
The Canterbury Mayoral Forum will appoint Environment Canterbury to carry out the
secretariat function on such terms and conditions as it shall decide for the discharge of
duties, including the taking of minutes and the keeping of any books and accounts and
attending to any other business of the forum.
Council meeting 16 December 2004
177
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P
P1
Plant
P1/1
Plant and Light Vehicles
Rationale
The Hurunui District Council owns a fleet of light vehicles to enable officers to carry out their
duties. Each vehicle is allocated to an individual officer (vehicle steward) who is responsible
for ensuring that the vehicle is regularly maintained and kept clean and tidy.
This policy document ensures consistency and cost effectiveness in both the purchase and
operating of vehicles to provide an efficient service to the District's ratepayers.
This policy document does not apply to the Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve Management
Committee which as a business unit will develop its own polices for consideration and ultimate
adoption by the Council.
1. Allocation of Costs
Every vehicle is allocated to a "cost centre" into which every item of expenditure on the
vehicle is charged. Income is credited to the cost centre when the vehicle is used for a
different activity. In such cases, the distance travelled is to be shown on the time sheet
of the officer to whom the vehicle is allocated alongside the activity and general ledger
number to which the charge is to be made. The charge-out rate will be as determined
and reviewed from time to time by the cost-centre manager.
The full cost of any new vehicle is to be shown in the schedule of items to be
"prioritised" by the PBB committee for inclusion in the Council's Draft Annual Plan.
When approved, the amount will be shown in the relevant cost-centre accounts under
"Capital Expenditure".
Proceeds from the sale of vehicles also go to the cost centre, with the amount credited
(or debited) being the difference between the sale price and the depreciated value of
the vehicle at the time of sale. (If the vehicle is sold for less than its depreciated value,
there will be a debit against the cost centre).
Depreciation of plant is in accordance with the Council's general accounting policies,
the appropriate legislative requirements of section 223D of the Local Government
Amendment Act 1989, and the Concepts and Statements on Public Sector Accounting
issued by the New Zealand Society of Accountants.
Depreciation rates are as follows:
Motor Vehicles
Small Plant
Plant and Machinery
20%
33%
10%
2. Replacement of Vehicles
Council vehicles will be sourced utilising a Total Cost of Ownership approach in order
to ensure objective, auditable, cost transparency around the purchase decision.
178
As a general rule vehicles will be replaced before the expiry of the warranty (assuming
36 months/100,000kms).
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
3. Purchase of Vehicles
Individual cost centre managers will forward requests through their Departmental
Manager to the Manager of Engineering Services for inclusion in the PBB Schedule.
Because of the time involved through public consultation in the preparation and
adoption of the Council's Annual Plan, it is recognised that the estimates at this stage
will be "best-guesses".
Once the budget has been adopted, a total cost of ownership analysis will be obtained
for a selection of vehicles meeting the requirements for a particular use. This TCO
analysis is likely to be obtained from GSB Supplycorp but other fleet analysts may be
considered if similar information can be provided at a lesser cost.)
In addition to ensuring the most cost-effective vehicle purchase decision is attained,
managing the timing of purchases (and of disposals) is also important to ensure the
Council obtains optimal pricing available. A lead time of six months will be allowed for
purchase decisions to be made. This allows for a three month planning window
(including analysis of the TCO for vehicle makes/models), and a three month lead-time
from purchase order placement. The most optional purchase time during any given
year is typically July-August, with delivery being scheduled in October through
December. This also ties in with an often more convenient disposal/swap-out of
vehicles during December/January (often a quieter time for clients).
The Committee will consist of the Chairman of the Works and Services Committee, one
or more Councillors to be nominated by the Council, the Manager of Engineering
Services and the Manager of the respective Department to which the vehicle is to be
allocated.
In approving vehicle replacements, the Council will be acting within the following
general understandings:
• Council vehicles will be practical and not ostentatious
• The Council supports New Zealand industry and will not consider used imports
except under exceptional circumstances.
• The Council will support local business in preference to purchasing from outside
the District unless the ratepayer is significantly disadvantaged. The cost of
vehicle servicing outside the District shall be included when considering options.
• The Council will minimise its liability for fringe benefit tax by purchasing goods
service vehicles for its fleet, except when individual employment contracts for
senior managers provide for private use of the vehicle.(Goods Service Vehicles
require Council markings on both sides of the vehicle, and station wagons must
have their rear seats bolted down or removed.)
• Used vehicles may be considered where there are significant cost advantages.
• The colour of the goods service vehicle fleet shall preferably be white to reinforce
the Council's corporate image but other colours may be considered depending
on availability.
• Vehicle type, size and cc rating will be dependent on the intended use of the
vehicle, taking into account a number of factors including the following:
o equipment carried
o proportion of off-road travel
o proportion of unsealed road travel
o number of long duration trips
o number of different drivers
• Air conditioning and ABS braking shall be included in all new vehicles unless
there are compelling reasons for them not to be considered.
179
4. Operation of Vehicles
Security
To maximise security for Council vehicles, the officer responsible may take the vehicle
to and from his/her home provided it is within 5kms of the workplace.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Where officers live beyond a 5km radius, the vehicle will be kept at the office or closest
Council depot unless the Chief Executive Officer has granted an exemption.
When parked at home, vehicles must be parked off the road, and preferably be in a
garage or carport.
Cleaning
As the image of the Council is at stake whenever a Council vehicle is observed,
vehicles are expected to be maintained at all times in a clean and tidy condition, inside
and out (within the limitations of the particular road conditions prevailing).
Availability
All fleet vehicles are to be available to all staff as required, by prior arrangement with
the officer to whom a vehicle is allocated. When the officer is absent through annual
leave, extended sick leave or attendance at training courses or conferences, his/her
vehicle is either to be left at the respective work place or access and keys are to be
made available to his/her respective Department manager.
Registration/Insurance
Registration and insurance will be the responsibility of the Manager Financial Services.
Details of new vehicle purchases must be given to the Manager Financial Services
before the vehicle is collected. Registration stickers will be issued annually and will be
affixed (and old ones removed) by individual officers.
5. Maintenance
Fuel
Individual officers will be issued with and be responsible for the fuel cards for their
respective vehicle.
The Manager Engineering Services will negotiate and enter into a fuel supply contract,
to the maximum benefit of the Council for cost and accessibility.
Lubrication
Cost-centre managers will determine the most cost-effective method of obtaining
lubrication services taking into account location of workshop, material and labour costs.
Individual officers are responsible for ensuring that lubrication is carried out in
accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's specifications.
Puncture Repairs
Cost-centre managers will determine the most cost-effective method of having
punctures repaired taking into account location of workshop, material and labour costs.
New Tyres
As there is a very high mark-up on tyres, all new tyres shall be purchased through the
Council Supplycorp contract. The two current suppliers (Beaurepaires and Firestone)
will send out tyres on the same day as order, and any service station will fit them.
Arthur Burke Ltd will match Supplycorp prices if arranged prior to purchase with the
Manager.
Mechanical Repairs
Cost-centre managers will determine the most cost-effective method of having
mechanical repairs done, taking into account location of workshop, material and labour
costs.
180
Panel Repairs
At least two quotations shall be obtained prior to any paint and panel repairs.
The appropriate insurance claim documentation shall be completed by the Manager
Financial Services when applicable.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Windscreen Replacements
Provided the appropriate insurance claim documentation has been complied with,
windscreen replacements shall be carried out by the fastest available means.
Warrants of Fitness
Each vehicle steward is responsible for ensuring that warrants of fitness are current
and the sticker displayed in the correct position on the vehicle.
6. Infringements
Traffic Infringements
Any staff incurring parking, speeding or other driving related infringement tickets are
responsible for defending the claim or payment of any fine.
Vehicle Infringements
The nominated vehicle steward is responsible for ensuring that the vehicle is safe and
roadworthy and appropriately certificated at all times.
7. Misconduct
Unauthorised use of a Council vehicle or driving under the influence of drugs or alcohol
will be regarded as serious misconduct and will be dealt with by the Chief Executive
Officer.
8. Policy Amendments
Amendments to the policy may be made only by the Council and will be recorded by
resolution in minutes, and the amended document circulated to all staff.
9. Membership of Plant Committee
That Mayor Jackson, Crs Smart, Coster, Daly, Dalley and Prenter, be appointed to the
Plant Committee
Council meeting 17 November 1994
Council meeting 26 October 1995
Council meeting 24 April 1996
Council meeting 31 January 2002
Triennial Council meeting 21 October 2004
Council meeting 29 March 2007
Triennial Council meeting 31 October 2007
181
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P2
Property
P2/1
Pensioner Housing
LETTING:
CRITERIA
That the units be let to persons being 60 years of age or over, or to invalids and persons in
receipt of an invalids benefit or special age benefit. All such persons must have a housing
need and their total assets, including cash, investments and house property do not exceed
$22,000 for a single person or $27,000 for couples. In the event of there being no applicants
for vacant unit meeting the above criteria, the unit may be let to other tenants meeting the
criteria 2 to 4 respectively.
PRIORITY ONE
That preference be given to people meeting the asset criteria who have lived and worked in
the district or have family who live in the district.
PRIORITY TWO
To persons over the age of 50 years who meet the asset requirement.
PRIORITY THREE
To persons over 60 years with no asset limit. Flexibility of criteria will be permitted to ensure
100 % occupancy.
PRIORITY FOUR
To persons of any age, when advertisements in local papers for tenants have failed to attract
applicants meeting priorities one to three.
PETS
No dogs will be permitted to be kept as pets by any tenant. Cats and other domestic pets will
be allowed subject to specific approval being sought and given by the Council.
FLOOR COVERINGS
That the council provide all floor coverings within the pensioner flat units. Where current
tenants have provided their own carpet they will be replaced when required or a negotiated
purchase may take place if the flat is vacated.
COUNCIL INVOLVEMENT
That the council continue to own and manage the existing units.
That the pensioner housing in the district shall aim to be self funding
PROPERTY CARE
That the council undertake to ensure well kept properties by organising lawn and garden care
and hedge trimming where the resident does not carry out this work.
RENTALS
That all rentals reflect a fair and equitable rent for the housing provided. A rent review to be
carried out annually in February of each year and that adjustments in rent be effective from
the first week in July of each year.
182
INSPECTIONS
That a full annual inspection be carried out on all pensioner housing units and a report
confirming the exercise has been completed together with a summary of the results of
inspections be tabled at the next available Works and Services Committee meeting.
That all rental properties be inspected at any change of tenancy and a written report be
completed.
TENANCY AGREEMENTS
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
That written tenancy agreements be entered into with all new tenants.
Adopted Council meeting 28 June 1990.
Replaced Council Meeting 9 February 1995
Council meeting 15 July 1999
Council meeting 18 July 2002
Council meeting 29 June 2006
183
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P2/2
District Property
The Council owns a number of properties throughout the District, which were acquired for a
specific purpose, but which from time to time become surplus to Council requirements. In
general, the Council will not retain ownership of property unless there is a specific reason to
do so.
Council properties shall be disposed of, in one of the following ways:
If initiated by Council Officer, Reserve or Ward Committee:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The officer / committee identifies a property in which the Council no longer requires an
interest. In the case of a Committee, the secretary recommends disposal, in writing to
the Property Administration Officer.
The officer recommends the disposal of the property to his/her manager.
The Manager and/or officer consults with the Councillor(s) representing the Ward in
which the property is situated and the Mayor, to obtain approval to proceed with
disposal.
The property is advertised for sale by tender, using
o a prominent notice on the property and in a prominent place and;
o a notice in appropriate media, which shall include newspapers, local newsletters,
and the internet including the Council’s web-page.
At least two notices shall be published in a print media , at least one week apart, and
the notice of “sale by tender” on the property shall be in place for at least three weeks.
Tenders shall be received in sealed envelopes and placed in the tenders box to be
opened at the closing time by at least one officer and one member of the Council’s
Management team.
Tenders shall be recorded in the standard records sheet and signed by the two (or
more) witnesses.
The officer shall then report to the next available full Council meeting, making a
recommendation to either accept the highest tender received, or to reject all tenders.
The Council will resolve accordingly.
The Property Administration Officer will advise all tenderers in writing of the Council
decision.
Where a tender process does not result in a satisfactory sale and there is a subsequent
offer made within 3-months of close of tender date, council has the opportunity to
accept the offer
If an offer is made by a member of the public:
•
•
•
•
184
The Property Administration Officer shall reject/return the offer and advise the person
making the offer that Council policy is to sell properties only through a tendering
process.
Within 2 months of receiving the offer, the officer shall assess if the property is surplus
to Council requirements (with reference to his/her manager and the Ward Councillor).
If the property is considered not available for sale, the person who made the original
offer will be advised in writing.
If it is considered that the property can be sold, procedures 1(d) to (j) above will be
followed.
If an offer is made by a lessee of the property: (applicable to : 7 and 12 Pegasus Cres,
Motunau Beach; 15 Kowhai St and 16 Elizabeth Square, Leithfield Beach)
(ie leasehold sections on which are privately owned improvements)
•
•
The Property Administration Officer shall receive the offer and retain it in a
“confidential” file.
The officer shall assess if the property is surplus to Council requirements (with
reference to his/her manager and the Ward Councillor).
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
If the property is considered not available for sale, the offer will be rejected outright.
If it is considered that the property can be sold, the officer shall obtain an independent
valuation of the section from a registered property valuer.
If the lessee accepts the independent valuation a report shall be presented to the Council
recommending that a sale and purchase agreement be entered into.
If the lessee does not accept the Council’s independent valuation, he/she may obtain his/her
own valuation from a different registered valuer, and a report shall be presented to Council
with both valuations.
• The Council will resolve accordingly.
• The Property Administration Officer will advise the lessee in writing of the Council
decision, and prepare a sale and purchase agreement if applicable.
If an offer is made by a tenant of the property: (applicable to : 44 Jollies Pass Rd, Hanmer
Springs, 18 Lucas Drive , Leithfield Beach (ie Council freehold residential properties )
•
The Property Administration Officer shall receive the offer and retain it in a
“confidential” file.
• The officer shall assess if the property is surplus to Council requirements (with
reference to his/her manager and the Ward Councillor).
• If the property is considered not available for sale, the offer will be rejected outright.
• If it is considered that the property can be sold, the officer shall obtain an independent
valuation from a registered property valuer.
i. If the tenant accepts the independent valuation a report shall be presented to the
Council recommending that a sale and purchase agreement be entered into.
ii. If the tenant does not accept the Council’s independent valuation, he/she may
obtain his/her own valuation from a different registered valuer, and a report shall
be presented to Council with both valuations.
• The Council will resolve accordingly.
• The Property Administration Officer will advise the tenant in writing of the Council
decision, and prepare a sale and purchase agreement if applicable.
Residential Dwellings
That all rentals reflect a fair and equitable rent for the housing provided in respect to its
location.
A rent review to be carried out annually in February of each year and that
adjustment in rent be effective from the first week in July of each year.
Inspections
That a full bi-annual inspection be carried out and tabled at the subsequent Works and
Services Committee meeting.
Tenancy Agreements
That written tenancy agreements be entered into with all new tenants.
That a decision on the recommendation on the classification of Council property be held over
in the meantime.
Council meeting 24 April 1996
Council meeting 26 August 2004
185
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P2/2/1
Disposal of Land
That as a policy in general, unused areas of land , of less than 1 ha be disposed of, with due
regard to the following Council resolutions:
That local ward Councillors be co-opted to consider the sites within their areas:
That occupiers of council land and adjoining property owners be advised of the council's
proposed property review and any implications it may have on them; and
That the affected parties be advised in a co-ordinated manner.
That the council seek private valuations, and if land sold to adjoining landowner, to be subject
to amalgamation with their existing titles.
Works & Services Meeting 13 April 1995
186
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
P2/2/2
Land Sales and Leases
That land rentals for Council property shall be based on market valuations. The standard term
for land rental shall be three years with a rent review at the end of that period for a
continuation of occupancy. Exemptions to the above may apply if:
• the land is subject to tender
• the council or reserve committee acting on behalf of the council reduce the land rental
on application
• the occupiers are non-profit community groups who meet all outgoings associated with
their activities on application to the council or the reserve committee acting on behalf of
the council.
Special meeting 13 June 1991
Council Meeting 28 November 2002
187
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P2/3
Access for disabled to facilities
That the Council adopt the policy as amended on access for the people with disabilities as set
out in the schedule below
POLICY ON ACCESS TO FACILITIES BY PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES
Rationale
The Building Act 1994 requires all public buildings and facilities to be designed and
constructed to enable access by people with disabilities.
However, older buildings and facilities are not covered by this Act, and many of them present
barriers to many people.
NZS4121: 1985 “Code of practice for design for access and use of buildings and facilities by
disabled persons” is a comprehensive document covering all the points of this policy, but it is
considered to be too detailed for a small rural authority to adopt as a by-law.
This policy is an acceptance by the Council that it should set an example to private owners in
catering for those with disabilities to enable them to participate in the ordinary activities of the
community and recognise the influence it can have in the design and construction of
community facilities within wards.
This policy is written to cover persons with such disabilities as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The inability to walk
Walking difficulties
Reliance on walking aids
Sight disabilities
Hearing disabilities
Lack of co-ordination
Reaching disabilities
Manipulation disabilities
Lack of stamina
Difficulties in interpreting and reacting to sensory information
Extremes of physical size
1. Training
Council will ensure that its “front-line” staff receive appropriate training in how to deal
with people with disabilities, especially those visually, hearing and/or mobility impaired.
2. Publicity
Council will annually advertise that recommended standards are available for disabled
access facilities and actively encourage owners of private buildings to comply with the
relevant standards.
3. Car Parking
i
Council Office
The Council will provide one “mobility-impaired” carpark close to the ramp and
rear doors of the Amberley Office, and ensure that adequate signs and road
markings are maintained.
ii
188
H u r u n u i
Public and important commercial buildings
The Council will supply, erect and maintain appropriate signs and markings for
“mobility impaired” carparks at strategic locations such as libraries,
supermarkets, banks etc., as determined in conjunction with Ward and Local
Residents’ Committees.
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
4. Footpaths and Kerb Crossing
Council requires all new construction of footpaths and kerbs and channels funded from
Amenities or General Rates to comply with the requirements of NZS4121: 1985 Section
204 with respect to widths, gradient, opening widths, levels, and surfacings.
5. Council Buildings
Council will progressively upgrade all its buildings over the next five years to ensure
compliance with NZS4121:1985 with respect to ramps, doorways, toilets, public
counters, door handles and illumination.
Buildings such as halls and camping ground facilities which are not under the direct
control of the Council shall be similarly upgraded within ten years. Reserve and Ward
Committees may make application to the Council in December of each year for funds
from the General Rate to assist this upgrading, up to half of the total cost.
6. Consultation
Council will publicise this draft policy and invite comments and submissions from any
interested persons.
7. Private Commercial Buildings
Council will encourage private commercial property owners to provide barrier-free
access by providing up to half the cost of upgrading facilities to comply with
NZS4121:1985. (Examples could be construction of ramps, modification of doorways,
provisions of handrails to supermarkets, pharmacies, bank agencies, churches, private
camping grounds etc.).
Applications will be received in December of each year and considered by the Council’s
PBB Committee, taking into account the use and importance of the building to the
District’s ratepayers.
NB. Clause 7 will not be implemented until a review of progress with Council buildings
in 1999.
Council meeting 30 January 1997
189
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P3
Playgrounds
P3/1
Playground Safety
That all play areas within Council reserve or Council land meet the current New Zealand
Safety standards at all times.
th
That all works required to meet these standard be carried out by 30 June 2009. Any areas
that require urgent attention or removal be actioned by 30 November 2008.
That a safety maintenance inspection of all play areas within Council reserve or Council land
are undertaken by Council staff in April, August, and December each year.
That a maintenance report is forwarded to the administering reserve or ward committees of
the play areas after inspections for their acceptance and action or to refer the action back to
Council staff.
That in September of each year a maintenance report detailing the maintenance carried out to
date and the recommendations for upgrades and improvements to be considered for the
following year’s budget.
That a suitably qualified person be engaged on a 2-3 year basis to ensure that the
playgrounds continue to comply with the standards and to identify any structural problems that
may occur over time.
th
Works & Services Meeting 18 September 2008
190
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
P4
Protected Disclosures
P4/1
Protected Disclosures Act 2000
The Protected Disclosures Act 2000 requires that every Council by 1 January 2001 must have
internal procedures that enable an employee to disclose a serious wrongdoing to an
appointed person. The following proposed policy formalises the procedure that this Council
already has in operation
Where a staff member is of the opinion that serious wrongdoing exists, they should notify
either the chief executive officer or the manager financial services.
Should a staff member be of the opinion that chief executive officer is involved in, or a party
to, the serious wrongdoing, the staff member shall notify either the mayor or deputy mayor.
The mayor, deputy mayor or general manger will immediately, and in accord with principles of
natural justice, initiate a full and fair investigation into the notification of serious wrongdoing.
The mayor, deputy mayor or general manger has council authority to request audit new
zealand to carry out any serious wrongdoing investigations.
The staff member who notified the serious wrongdoing shall be informed within five days of
the steps taken to investigate the notification.
The staff member who notified the serious wrongdoing shall also be informed within 20
working days of the notification, of the outcome of the investigation and what steps that have
either been taken, or will be taken by the chief executive officer or the council to mitigate
and/or correct the serious wrongdoing.
Should the staff member be of the opinion that either no action or insufficient action has been
taken by the chief executive officer or the council in respect of the notified serious
wrongdoing, then the staff member is encouraged to disclose the serious wrongdoing
information to either an ombudsman or the minister of the crown.
The Christchurch ombudsman’s office telephone number is 03 366 8556
Confidentiality: every person to whom a serious wrongdoing notification is made to must use
their best endeavours not to disclose information that might identify the staff member who
made the notification. Refer section 19 of the protected disclosures act 2000
Council meeting 30 November 2000
191
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P5
Procurement
P5/1
Policy on Procurement of Goods and Services
Introduction
The policy is divided into two parts, part A relating to purchasing procedures and part B
detailing the Tender Procedure. This policy sets out the policies and procedures required for
the administration of Council contracts, which may be required for any of the following:
1. Purchase of equipment or materials.
2. Physical works including maintenance and/or construction of building and/or
engineering works.
3. Professional services (excluding specialist contracts for specific services for which
there is adequate supporting evidence of the negotiated rates and or services being
favourable to the Council).
Purchasing Procedures
The method of purchasing goods or services shall be dependent on the estimate of the cost to
be incurred, in accordance with the following schedule, but at all times to ensure the Council
receives the best value for its money. Officers purchasing goods on behalf of the Council
should be familiar with the extent of purchasing services and the quality of goods available.
Local suppliers/contractors must be given every opportunity to obtain Council contracts, by
way of local advertising.
Cost up to $500
Direct purchase from a supplier/contractor, who is able to supply the
goods as specified within the required time frame. Phone/verbal
quotes should be obtained whenever possible to ensure the most
competitive price is paid.
$500 to $5,000
Quotes to be obtained from two suppliers/contractors. Quotes are to
be confirmed by completion of a Council order form with unsuccessful
quotes also stated.
$5,000 to $20,000
Written quotes to be obtained from
at least three
suppliers/contractors. (Quotes to be recorded in Alchemy and/or
contract file and referred to on office copy of order).
$20,000 to $50,000
Tendering procedures apply
Either open tender or selective tenders obtained in writing from at
least three suppliers/contractors, depending on the nature of the
work. (Copy to records officer for separate file and number).
The tendering procedure to be used will depend on:
• Whether the work is specialised
• Whether the number of contractors available to do the work is
restricted.
• Approval to use selected tendering is delegated to the
relevant department Manager and the Chief Executive office
(jointly).
Over $50,000
Tendering procedures apply.
Open tender procedures must be used, except for some purchases of
specialised services, equipment and materials, or in the case of
building work where, because of a shortage of builders and the
specialist nature of the work, some better quality contractors may
decline to price an advertised tender. In the case of selective
tendering, at least three contractors shall be invited to tender, the list
to be approved by either the Chairperson of the Works & Services
192
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Committee for general rated works or the Ward Councillor(s) and
relevant Committee Chairperson for “locally” or “targeted” rated
works. Approval to use selective tendering is delegated to the Chief
Executive Officer after the above Councillor/Committee approvals
have been obtained.
Note:
1. Vehicles
Purchase of vehicles is covered by a separate policy, and is excluded from the above
schedule.
2. Emergencies
In Rural Fire and Civil Defence Emergencies, the above procedures may be
suspended.
3. Other policy deviations
Any other deviation from the above procedures shall be reported by the Chief Executive
Officer to the next available Council meeting.
4. No orders shall be placed or tenders accepted unless:
a. financial approval for those goods or services has been provided for in the
current budget, or,
b. financial approval has been provided for by Council resolution.
c. the signatory has been delegated the required financial authority in terms of
Clause 32, Schedule 12 of the Local Government Act 2002 (Refer Policy Error!
Reference source not found.)
Tendering Process
Introduction:
These procedures apply to any tender, whether selective or open. A “tender” means a formal
written offer to supply goods or services at a stated cost or rate.
Request for tender (RFT)
No tender shall be advertised without appropriate specifications and conditions being
prepared.
The RFT shall contain but not be limited to:
• the format in which the tender is to be submitted
• the closing time and date
• where the tenders are to be delivered
• how the tender is to be identified (tender number and title should be clearly shown on
the outside of the envelope)
• the specifications, including conditions of contract
• criteria for evaluating tenders
• whether alternatives to the specified requirements will be considered
Advertisements
Where tenders are open, advertisements shall be placed at least twice in a newspaper
circulating within the District or in “Tenderlink”. Tenderlink shall not be used in isolation if
prospective local “contractors” are likely to be disadvantaged by not being aware of web
based advertisements. A minimum of ten days shall be allowed between the first publication
of the advertisement and the closing date for tenders.
Advertisement shall contain, but not be limited to:
• the Council’s name and logo
• the contract number
• the contract title
• a brief description of the goods and services required
• where contract documents are available
• when tenders will close
• where tenders will close
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
193
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
•
whether a document deposit is required
A register shall be kept of all those uplifting tender documents and shall be available for public
perusal on request.
Receipt and custody of tenders
All tenders received shall be placed unopened in the tenders box. If any tender is received in
the mail and opened by mistake, the envelope shall be re-sealed with tape and marked by the
Officer responsible of the date and time the mistake occurred, before placing it in the tenders
box.
Tenders received by facsimile shall be immediately date stamped and sealed in an envelope
and placed in the tender box by records staff.
Email tenders submitted through “Tenderlink” will be opened jointly by two officers after the
close of tenders. Password access to this address will be split between two officers.
The tenders box shall be located in a prominent position in the reception area of the Council’s
Amberley office.
Keys to the tenders box shall be held by the Manager Financial Services and *Manager
Community and Corporate Services.
Opening of tenders
The tenders box shall be opened immediately after the closing time, and the tender envelopes
then opened without delay. If circumstances prevent the tenders box being opened
immediately after closing time, the box shall be placed in the safe until it can be opened.
All tenders are to be opened in the presence of either at least two Council staff, one being a
member of the Management Team, or, one Councillor and one Officer.
All tenders are to be recorded in a register containing the tenderers name and total tendered
amount. The list shall be ruled off directly below the last tender entered on the page and
signed by both officers.
Receipt of late tenders
Tenders received after the closing time shall not be accepted as this could give an unfair
advantage to the late tenderer. Late tenders should be returned promptly, unopened.
Evaluation of tenderers
All valid tenders shall be referred to the officer or team qualified to evaluate the tender. They
will check extensions, and also that the tender meets the specified terms and conditions of the
contract.
If obvious mathematical errors have occurred or if a tender price is so low that it could be
considered as causing difficulties in fulfilling the contract, confirmation may be requested in
writing from the tenderer.
If an alternative or “tagged” tender is received which would result in savings to the Council,
but which differs significantly from the original specification, all other tenderers shall be given
the opportunity to re-tender.
Where contracts are evaluated for non-price attributes, assessment and calculation sheets
shall be fully completed for retention on the contract file.
A recommendation, accompanied by relevant supporting information, including contract
estimates and assessment sheets, shall be presented to the person or committee with
responsibility for acceptance of tenders, no later than fourteen days after the closing date.
194
Acceptance of tenders
The tender most advantageous to the Council shall be accepted. For tenders not evaluated
under Competitive Pricing Procedures (CPP), this will normally be the lowest priced tender,
after considering the relative merits of specification, quality, delivery and other relevant
aspects of performance.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Where the lowest priced tender is not accepted, or where all tenders are rejected, the reasons
for the decision shall be recorded.
Tenders may be accepted by Officers, Committees or the full Council depending on the
authority delegated to them by the Council in terms of Clause 32, Schedule 12 of the Local
Government Act 2002.
Notification of decision
All tenderers shall be advised in writing of the outcome of the tender as soon as possible after
the decision.
The advice shall include:
• the name of the successful tenderer
• the price of the successful tenderer
• the range of prices received
• the range of scores for non-price attributes
• the tenderer’s score for each attribute
Administration of contracts
All contracts shall be assigned a unique number prefixed by the financial year in which they
are advertised. The register of contracts is to be maintained by the Council’s Records Officer.
All contracts shall have a separate file, on which all relevant documentation is to be retained.
The file shall be stored in the Amberley Office safe.
Contracts exceeding the financial authority of the Chief Executive shall be signed by the
Mayor and Chief Executive Officer under Council seal.
Expenditure delegations to be inserted here
Council meeting 12 October 2006
195
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
P5/2
Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve
CONTRACTING OUT POLICY TO APPLY TO HANMER SPRINGS THERMAL RESERVE
COMMITTEE
The Council approved the Contracting Out Policy at its meeting on 9 June 1998 to apply for a
twelve month period from that date.
PURCHASING PROCEDURE
Up to $10,000 - as per existing Council Policy;
Over $10,000.00 - Selective tenders obtained in writing from at least three preferred suppliers
/contractors by Arrow International. (Copies to Chief Executive Officer of Hanmer Springs
Thermal Reserves for separate file and number).
TENDERS’ PROCEDURE
The current tenders’ procedure be amended to apply only to the Thermal Reserve
development project as approved in the 1998/99 Annual Plan.
1. Receipt and custody of tenders
All tenders received shall be placed unopened in the tenders box at Arrow International. If any
tender is received in the mail and opened by mistake, the envelope shall be re-sealed with
tape and marked by the member of staff responsible of the date and time the mistake
occurred, before placing it in the tenders box.
Tenders received by facsimile shall be immediately date stamped and sealed in an envelope
and placed in the tender box.
2. Opening of tenders
The tenders box shall be opened immediately after the closing time, and the tender envelopes
then opened without delay.
All tenders are to be opened in the presence of two members of staff from Arrow International
All tenders are to be recorded in a register containing the tenderers name and total tendered
amount. The list shall be ruled off directly below the last tender entered on the page and
signed by both staff.
Unless specifically mentioned in the tender documents, tenderers or their representatives
shall not be permitted to attend the tender opening.
3. Receipt of late tenders
Tenders received after the closing time shall not be accepted as this could give an unfair
advantage to the late tenderer. Late tenders should be returned promptly, unopened.
4. Evaluation of tenderers
196
All valid tenders shall be referred to the team determined to evaluate the tender and shall
include the Chairman of the Thermal Reserve Management Committee or the Deputy
Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of the Thermal Reserve or her deputy. Arrow
International will check extensions, and also that the tender meets the specified terms and
conditions of the contract.
If obvious mathematical errors have occurred or if a tender price is so low that it could be
considered as causing difficulties in fulfilling the contract, confirmation may be requested in
writing from the tenderer.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
If an alternative or "tagged" tender is received which would result in savings to the Council,
but which differs significantly from the original specification, all other tenderers shall be given
the opportunity to re-tender.
Where contracts are evaluated for non-price attributes, assessment and calculation sheets
shall be fully completed for retention on the contract file.
A recommendation, accompanied by relevant supporting information, including contract
estimates and assessment sheets, shall be presented by Arrow International for approval by
the Chairman of the Thermal Reserve Management Committee or the Deputy Chairman and
the Chief Executive Officer of the Thermal Reserve or her deputy and such decisions to be
reported to the next meeting of the Thermal Reserve Management Committee.
5. Acceptance of tenders
The tender most advantageous to the Council shall be accepted. For tenders not evaluated
under Competitive Pricing Procedures (CPP), this will normally be the lowest priced tender,
after considering the relative merits of specification, quality, delivery and other relevant
aspects of performance.
Where the lowest priced tender is not accepted, or where all tenders are rejected, the reasons
for the decision shall be recorded.
6. Notification of decision
All tenderers shall be advised in writing of the outcome of the tender as soon as possible after
the decision.
The advice shall include:
•
•
•
•
•
the name of the successful tenderer
the price of the successful tenderer
the range of prices received
the range of scores for non-price attributes if applicable
the tenderer’s score for each attribute if applicable
Council Officers shall sign contracts on behalf of the Council (Principal) up to the level of their
delegated financial authority.
Contracts exceeding $20,000.00 shall be signed by the Chairman of the Thermal Reserve
Management Committee or the Deputy Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of the
Thermal Reserve or her deputy.
Council meeting 9 June 1998
197
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R
R1
Requests to Council
Procedure for dealing with requests to have letters / issue put before Council.
Request received by staff.
• Staff receive request (written request required).
• Copy to Mayor, any Councillors involved (e.g. local issue in a Ward) and Chief
Executive Officer.
• Chief Executive Officer to provide elected members with background information.
• Mayor and any Councillors discuss with Chief Executive Officer and elected members
agree course of action, which may be that the matter is put before Council, or not.
• In the instance of there being no consensus and any one elected member wishes for a
matter to be put before Council, then the subject will be circulated to all elected
members for a majority decision. Should any elected member have concerns about the
process then that member should contact the Mayor.
Request received by an elected member.
• An elected member receives a request (written request required). Copy to Mayor, any
councillors involved (e.g. local issue in a Ward) and Chief Executive Officer.
• As per 2, 3 and 4 above.
Management Policy 4 August 1998
198
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R2
Reserves
R2/1
Reserves Strategy (funding methodology)
Introduction
All reserves in the district will be divided into 3 categories for funding purposes, which are
identified by area of benefit rather than by the legal classification of reserve. This policy will
provide a foundation for the creation of a prioritised long term development programme for
reserves and how they are funded.
In determining the category status and the extent of benefit of any reserve, the Council will
have regard to the degree to which one or more of the factors apply to a particular reserve:
• Heritage value;
• Visitor numbers;
• Local use;
• Local amenity value;
• Social/economic value;
• Location to visitor attractions;
• Location to State Highways;
• Location to tourist routes; and
• Ecological value
Eg the higher the degree of local use of contribution towards local amenity, the greater the
weighting towards classification as an “Amenity Reserve”. The more visitor-oriented or the
greater the heritage or ecological value, the greater the weighting towards classification as a
“District Reserve”.
Should these factors change over time, the Council may review the funding category of any
reserve if circumstances warrant this.
District Reserves
Funding: Capital Expenditure and maintenance is funded 100% by the general rate or the
Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve surpluses if available*.
Defined as: A reserve that serves and provides benefits to the district and wider community as
a whole rather than the local community. District reserves are utilise by a wide range of user
groups and visitors may travel some distance to access the reserve. District reserves may
also have distinctive features which make them unique, such as geothermal activity, or
uncommon landforms and vegetation. They may also be valuable in terms of their historic
buildings and their amenity value.
The accessibility to and public use of district reserves will generally tend to be high, (with the
exception of undeveloped esplanade reserves, ecological reserves, gravel pits and some
historical reserves.)
All gravel, forestry, cemetery and esplanade reserves will be funded as “district reserves”.
District Amenity Reserves
Funding: Capital expenditure is funded 100% by the general ate or Hanmer Springs Thermal
Reserve surpluses if available (** and ***). Maintenance is 100% funded by the local amenity
rate.
Defined as: A reserve that has district benefits but also provides a resource for local use and
enjoyment. District/Amenity Reserves are those which cater for a wider sector of the
community than just the immediate neighbourhood.
Amenity Reserves
Funding: Capital expenditure and maintenance are funded 100% by the local amenity rate or,
at the discretion of the Council, fully or partially funded by Hanmer Springs Thermal Reserve
surpluses.
Defined as: A reserve that provides benefits principally to the local community in which it is
situated.
*In setting out the above formula it is recognised that funding of reserve projects will still be
subject to the normal processes of Priority Based Budgeting. It can be anticipated
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
199
competition for general rate funding for new developments on reserves will exist. There is
also a need to ensure local support exists for meeting the costs of maintenance where the fall
locally. The following limitations also apply:
• The first call for project funding on a district reserve or a district/amenity reserve shall
be against unallocated funding from a ward’s land subdivision account or unallocated
surpluses held by a reserve’s administering body. An exception to this applies in the
case of the Cheviot Reserve Committee’s Joint Venture forestry surpluses, the interest
from which it requires to fund the ongoing maintenance of the reserves under its
control.
• Prior to any capital expenditure being promoted on a district/amenity reserve, the Ward
Committee or group managing the reserve on the Council’s behalf agree to the project,
acknowledging that future maintenance costs will fall on the amenity account.
**Capital expenditure on a district/amenity reserve will have to follow the normal budgeting
process of the Council and have passed through the PBB process.
***The administering group of any category of reserve can promote projects and funding
regime described above in the event that the Council decides not to fund a particular project.
An exception to the above funding basis occurs in situations where surplus funds are held
within reserve accounts. In the case of all capital works, the first call for funds is to
unallocated surpluses held within all accounts of the reserve’s administering body. An
exception to this applies in the case of the Cheviot Reserves Committee’s Joint Venture
forestry surpluses, the interest from which it requires to fund the ongoing maintenance of the
reserve under its control.
Funding for the reserve development may also be obtained from development contribution
levied under the Local Government Act (2002) via the Hurunui Long Term Community Plan or
financial contributions levied under the Resource Management Act 1991 via the District Plan.
Council Meeting 15 February 2001
Council meeting 6 June 2001
Council meeting 25 June 2009
200
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R2/2
Amberley Ward Tree Removal and Replacement Policy
The objective of this policy is to provide guidance on the removal and replacement of trees on
public reserves and roads in the Amberley Ward. In particular the policy aims to:
•
Establish a clear consistent approach in dealing with public requests for tree work;
•
Establish clear guidelines for those making decisions relating to trees on public land;
•
Avoid trees being planted in situations that could prove to be unsafe or unsuitable in
the long term; and
•
Ensure that Council’s and other service providers’ infrastructure assets are not placed
at undue risk by tree planting on public property.
1.
Tree removal and trimming requests
The Council will consider written requests from the public for the removal of trees on public
land. In determining any request the Council shall have regard to the following:
1.1.
Considerations relating to tree removal or trimming
In dealing with applications from the public for trees to be removed or trimmed, the Council
will assess and discuss the situation with the applicant on site, or the Amberley Ward
Committee, reserves committee, or residents and ratepayers association as appropriate, and
give full consideration to the following in making a decision:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Any statutory/regulatory requirements of service authorities and safety issues
involved.
Whether the trees are dead, dying, severely diseased or immediately dangerous
because of a serious structural defect.
The impact of pruning on the health, stability and appearance of the trees.
Whether the trees are currently causing, or have the potential to grow to a size likely
to cause serious damage to public or private property that cannot be remedied by
works other than removal.
Whether the trees are creating a road hazard or safety concern to road users
including cyclists and pedestrians.
Whether in the Council’s opinion, the trees are causing an undue interference with the
use or loss of enjoyment of neighbouring land.
Whether the trees have been proven to be seriously affecting the health of any
person.
Whether the trees are listed by the relevant authorities as being any of the following
types:
Poisonous
Pest
Noxious
Surveillance
Invasive
Highly allergenic
Whether the trees are creating a “nuisance” under common law.
Whether the trees comply with the Hurunui District Plan rules for shelterbelts and
amenity planting rules under Section A - District-wide and Section B1 - Urban areas.
The Hurunui District Reserves Management Plan.
The Hurunui Biodiversity Strategy.
Any other relevant policies and guidelines.
1.2.
Benefits of trees to be considered
In dealing with any application to remove any trees the Council will also have regard to the
following benefits provided by the trees:
•
•
•
•
The value of the trees to the street landscape.
The importance of the trees for habitat.
The interests of the public in the maintenance of an aesthetically pleasing
environment.
The value of the trees to public amenity.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
201
•
•
•
•
•
The value of the trees for climate amelioration.
Any historical, cultural, or scientific significance of the trees.
Any likely effect of the removal or trimming of the trees on ground stability, the water
table, or storm water run off.
Whether the trees are protected under the Hurunui District Plan.
The Hurunui Biodiversity Strategy.
1.3.
Legal considerations
In dealing with applications from the general public to remove trees on public land the Council
will also have regard to and be guided by the provisions of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reserves Act 1977.
Property Law Act 2008.
The Electricity (Hazards from Trees) Regulations 2003.
Local Government Act 1974 and 2002.
Resource Management Act 1991.
4
Common law relating to “nuisance” .
5
Common law relating to “duty of care” .
2.
Tree replacement
Trees that have been removed at the request of the public will generally be required to be
replaced. When selecting replacement trees, consideration will be given to the following:
2.1.
Species selection
As far as practicable, replacement trees will be selected from the recommended species list
contained in Section 4 of this policy. Indigenous trees will be selected in preference to exotics
in accordance with the Hurunui Biodiversity Strategy and will be sourced from local material
where available. Consideration will also be given to other agency guidelines where
appropriate eg coastal planting.
2.2.
Street trees
In selecting replacement trees for roadside berm planting consideration will be given to the
following:
•
Whether the tree replacement is consistent with any landscape plan for the street.
•
The height and crown diameter of the tree anticipated at maturity and any potential
obstruction to pedestrian and vehicle traffic, street signs, and traffic sightlines.
The height and crown diameter of the tree anticipated at maturity and any potential
obstruction to overhead services.
The stem diameter and root system spread of the tree anticipated at maturity and
whether these would be likely to cause damage to footpaths, kerb channels,
roadseal, and underground services.
•
•
•
Where evergreen trees are selected, the potential effects of shading of residential
properties and roads, and from street lighting.
2.3.
Parks and reserves trees
The primary purpose of tree planting in parks and reserves is for the enjoyment and amenity
of the general public. In addition to this, the selection of replacement trees for planting in
parks and reserves will consider the following:
•
•
Whether the tree replacement is consistent with the management plan and any
landscape plan for the reserve.
The height and crown diameter of the tree anticipated at maturity and any potential
effect of windthrow, falling limbs, leaf litter, or loss of views to adjoining properties.
202
4
An act not warranted by law, or an omission to discharge a legal duty, which obstructs or causes
inconvenience or damage to the public in the exercise of rights common to all.
5
The obligation that a sensible person would use in the circumstances when acting towards others and
the public.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
Where evergreen trees are selected, the potential effects of shading of residential
properties.
3.
Applicants may bear costs of work
Where the Council has agreed to applications for trimming or removing trees on public land,
the Council may require the applicant to pay the whole or any specified share of the costs of
the work including the cost of the tree’s replacement. The amount to be paid shall be agreed
between the applicant and the Council before work commences.
4.
Recommended Tree Species
Botanical name
Indigenous
Alectryon excelsa
Corynocarpus laevigatus
Elaeocarpus dentatus
Hoheria populnea and H. sexstylosa
Knightia excelsa
Libocedrus bidwillii
Nothofagus fusca, N. menziesii and N.
solandrii
Phyllocladus trichomanoides
Pittosporum eugenoides
Plagianthus regius
Podocarpus totara
Prumnopitys
ferrugineus
and
P
.taxifolia
Sophora microphylla
Weinmannia racemosa
Exotic
Acer cvs
Cornus florida cvs
Eucalyptus spp.
Fagus sylvatica
Fraxinus excelsior and F. oxycarpa
Ginkgo biloba
Idesia polycarpa
Ilex aquifolium
Liquidambar styraciflua
Liriodendron tulipifera
Magnolia campbellii, M. grandiflora and
hybrids
Melia azedarach
Quercus coccinea and Q. palustris
Tilia x vulgaris
Telopea speciosissima
Ulmus glabra
Common name
Foliage
Titoki
Karaka
Hinau
Lacebarks
Rewarewa
Kaikawaka
Red, silver and black beech
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Tanekaha
Tarata
Ribbonwood
Totara
Miro and matai
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Evergreen
Kowhai
Kamahi
Evergreen
Evergreen
Maple cultivars
Dogwood cultivars
Gum species
European beech
European and claret ash
Ginkgo
Bead tree
Holly
Sweet gum
Tulip tree
Tulip and laurel magnolia and
hybrids
Indian lilac
Scarlet and pin oak
Linden
Waratah
Elm
Deciduous
Deciduous
Evergreen
Deciduous
Deciduous
Deciduous
Deciduous
Evergreen
Deciduous
Deciduous
Deciduous
Deciduous
Deciduous
Deciduous
Evergreen
Deciduous
Works and Services Committee meeting 23 September 2010
203
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R3
Roading
R3/1
Bridge Timber Sales
That the current Council policy of selling 2nd hand bridge timber at half replacement cost be
confirmed.
Works meeting 11 June 1992
Noted for review Council meeting 15 June 1995
204
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R3/2
Footpath
That the Council’s policy on footpaths be to use asphaltic concrete on main road footpaths in
higher traffic density areas and that chip seal be laid on all other footpaths.
Works meeting 8 February 1990
Noted for review Council meeting 15 June 1995
205
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R3/3
Ford Maintenance
That the Council confirms a policy of grading fords only as part of the adjoining road
maintenance, and that it will consider specific applications for upgrading fords on a cost
sharing basis, on their respective merits.
Council Meeting 2 March 1995
206
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R3/4
Safety & Construction Standards
Emphasis will be placed on achieving maximum safety of the District’s Land Transport
System consistent with the economic use of resources. Liaison will continue to be maintained
with the Ministry of Transport with regard to safety standards.
207
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
POLICY
RURAL AND URBAN
ADDRESSING POLICY
Adopted:
Strategy and Policy Committee meeting
9 February 2012
Road Naming and Numbering Policy 2006
adopted at Council meeting 14 December
2006
Replaces:
208
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R3/5
1
Rural and Urban Addressing Policy
Introduction
Local Authorities are responsible for the naming of public roads and the allocation of property
addresses as assigned under sections 319, 319A and 319B of the Local Government Act
1974.
The purpose of the Rural and Urban Addressing Policy (Policy) is to ensure that new road
names and addresses are allocated consistently throughout the Hurunui district whilst
meeting legislative, Land Information New Zealand, New Zealand Post and emergency
services requirements. It formalises and refines the methodology that has been used by
Council in the past to name roads and address properties.
Emergency services, postal services and the community at large rely on accurate and
unambiguous property identification. It is important that addresses are issued correctly in the
first instance, as badly assigned addresses can cause severe problems and are costly to
rectify.
The New Zealand Standard “AS/NZS 2819:2011 – Rural and urban addressing” (Standard)
provides guidelines for assigning road names and addresses. The Council has chosen to
voluntarily adopt this standard and apply it, along with additional guidelines provided in this
policy. Where the Standard and the Policy conflict, the Policy takes precedence.
For the avoidance of doubt this policy should be read in conjunction with
New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2819:2011.
209
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
2
Legislation
Local Government Act 1974 – Sections not repealed by the Local Government Act 2002
319 General powers of councils in respect of roads
(1) The council shall have power in respect of roads to do the following things:
(j) to name and to alter the name of any road and to place on any building or
erection on or abutting on any road a plate bearing the name of the road:
319A Naming of roads
If the council names any road for the first time, or alters the name of a road, the
council must as soon as practicable send a copy of the relevant resolution to the
Registrar-General of Land and the Surveyor-General.
319B Allocation of property numbers
(1) For electoral, postal, and other purposes the council may allocate a number to
any area of land or building or part of a building within its district and may change
the number allocated to any such area of land or building.
(2) The council shall comply with any request from a Chief Surveyor to allocate a
number to or change the number of any area of land or building or part of a
building in its district.
(3) The principal administrative officer shall advise the Chief Surveyor of the land
district in which the land or building is situated of the numbers allocated under
subsection (1) or subsection (2).
210
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
3
Road Naming
3.1
Roads to be Named
Roads are named to ensure ease of identification for the Council, the general public and
essential services such as emergency, postal and courier services.
All formed legal roads must be named. An unformed road should not be named unless an
address needs to be issued along that road.
Private roads and private right-of-ways are not required to be named. In this instance the
address numbers are assigned from the road onto which the private road or right-of-way
connects. If developers or residents choose to name the private road or right-of-way then
signage is the responsibility of the residents. The private road or right-of-way name will not
be included in the Council’s road name database nor will it be recognised by Land Information
New Zealand. All named private right of ways will use the road type Way, Lane, Mews or
Court.
Note: Hurunui District Council has no responsibility for the signage, maintenance or upkeep of
any private road or private right-of-way.
3.2
Road Naming Process
The process followed by Council for assigning a new road name is summarised in Appendix
1.
An ‘Application for Road Naming’ should be submitted with the resource consent application
documents. The application must suggest at least three names for the new road. The
developer could consult with a local historian, local community group, members of the public
or local Runanga if they are having difficulty choosing a road name.
A report presenting the application for a road name is submitted to the local ward committee
or community board. The ward committee or community board will consider the suggested
road names and recommend a name to Council for its consideration. Council may accept or
decline the road name or it may decide on another name.
In some situations the ward committee or community board may suggest to Council that it
would be prudent to consult more widely with the affected community on the suggested road
names. When Council agrees that consultation is appropriate a consultation strategy will be
prepared.
3.3
Selection of Road Name
Road names need to be unique, clear and unambiguous. Short names that consist of a single
word are preferred.
A road name must:
-
be shorter, rather than longer, especially where the road itself is short.
be less than 15 characters in length, however in exceptional circumstances longer
road names may be allowed.
be of a practical length in comparison to the length of the road, to enable the name to
be easily displayed on a road map.
share a common theme if more than one road needs to be named, for example,
naming roads in a new subdivision.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
211
-
be easily pronounced and spelt, or in the instance of a Maori name, become familiar
and easy to use over time.
be spelt with characters from the standard alphabet.
if containing a number, have the number written in full.
A road name must not:
-
-
duplicate or closely resemble, in either spelling or pronunciation, another existing
road name in the Hurunui district.
duplicate or closely resemble a proposed road name that has been submitted to
Council for consideration.
duplicate the name of a park or reserve unless the road is in close proximity to the
park or reserve in question. Close proximity means adjacent to, parallel with or
adjoining the road.
include an apostrophe, unless forming part of an eponymous name (eg O’Connor), or
a full stop.
be an abbreviation or contain an abbreviation eg ‘Mount’ not ‘Mt’, except that ‘St’ shall
be used for ‘Saint’.
The Council in determining a suitable road name will take into account any additional relevant factors
such as names that:
- give special recognition to the Tangata Whenua of the Hurunui District. (If a name is
chosen in Te Reo then local Rununga must be consulted).
- are in memory or honour of local residents who have made a significant contribution
to the community.
- are in memory or honour of other events which have had a significant impact on the
community.
- reflect the nature of topographical features in the vicinity.
3.4
Road Type
A road name must consist of a name followed by a road type. The road type must be
selected from the list in Appendix 3 and must reflect the functions and characteristics of the
road based on actual fact at the time the application is made. Consideration will not be given
to any potential development which may have an effect on the road type, unless Council has
already received written application for such development to take place.
Council reserves the right to require the use of a different road type if it believes that the type
suggested is not suitable.
3.5
Road Names for State Highways
Although State Highways are owned and managed by New Zealand Transport Agency,
Council is still responsible for addressing properties off State Highways. Where possible,
State Highways have been given appropriate local names. In some instances, particularly
State Highway 1 due to its length, the road has been broken into several sections for easier
management and administration purposes ie Ashworths Road, Glasnevin Road, Omihi Road.
212
Where a property along a State Highway falls into an urban area, it will be numbered in
accordance with the address numbering rules in section 4 of this policy. Where the property
falls in the rural area, section 4.8 of this policy, ‘Special Provisions for Rural Address
Numbering’, will be applied.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
3.6
Changing Road Names
Council does not encourage the changing of road names because of the cost of the procedure and the
inconvenience caused to the public. A name change will only be made if Council considers that there is
a very good reason to change the name, that the change will result in a clear benefit to the community
and the owners of land fronting the road are generally in agreement with the proposal.
Reasons for changing road names may include:
- correcting a spelling mistake
- eliminating the duplication of a name in spelling or sound
- eliminating confusion arising from road layout changes
- where road development has caused a road to no longer be continuous and the
resultant segments need to be renamed
- geographical corrections
- issues of cultural sensitivity
Council will only institute a name change if a budget is available to meet the costs or suitable
arrangements have been made by private parties to meet the costs.
These costs may include:
- providing property owners of the affected road with reasonable costs for replacement
letterbox numbers (a maximum dollar value will be set by Council at the time of the
road name change taking effect).
- providing residents of the affected road with change of address forms.
- notifying emergency services and other affected organisations with the change of
road name.
Where an owner or occupier of a property in a particular road, a member of the public or a group within
the community seek to have a road name changed, in addition to the above criteria Council will only
consider initiating the change if:
- the request takes the form of a petition signed by at least 80% of the owners whose
properties front the road.
- the name suggested by the applicants must be acceptable to Council in terms of the
criteria for naming new roads.
- the applicants or petitioners agree to meet all costs and disbursements incurred by
Council (including costs of signs, renumbering, administration etc).
Decisions to change road names will be made by Council. Consequential changes to property
numbers (where necessary) will be undertaken by Council in line with the arrangements laid out in this
Policy.
3.7
Existing Roads Found to be Unnamed
If Council becomes aware that an existing, formed road in the district does not have a name
Council will first investigate that the road is in fact unnamed by checking with Land
Information New Zealand.
The procedure that follows will depend on the situation.
If there is a commonly used name then the local residents and other affected parties will be
invited to comment on the suitability of the commonly used name.
If there is no commonly used name or disagreement about the commonly used name then the
community board or ward committee will be invited to develop a list of suggested names and
ask for community feedback or comment to determine the community’s preference.
The ward committee or community board will, after taking into account the views of residents,
affected parties and the wider community, suggest a name to Council. Council staff will check
the suggested name for duplication with other road names in the district.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
213
Council will decide if the name is suitable and may adopt this name as the commonly used
name for the road.
4
Address Number Assignment
4.1
Application of Address Numbering
The Council assigns an address number to any area of land, building or part of a building
within the district. When combined with the road name and locality (eg suburb, town) the
address should be unique.
4.2
Address Based on Access
Addresses are assigned based on the main access to the site. Particular attention must be
paid when numbering corner sites, sites that boundary a private road or private right-of-way or
when numbering a new subdivision.
If some flats use a different entrance, especially a different street, then it is acceptable to
assign a different number and street name within the same group of properties or the same
parcel.
4.3
Assigning a Number
Address numbers are issued in accordance with the conventional numbering method of odd
numbers on the left and even numbers on the right.
In an urban area and where practicable, numbering shall occur from the end of the road
closest to the town’s centre. Where this is not practical ie where the road runs parallel to the
town centre, roads will be numbered from north to south or east to west.
In a rural area numbering shall commence from the end of the road that is closest to the
nearest emergency services depot. Refer to section 4.8 for specific provisions on numbering
in rural areas.
For numbering around a cul-de-sac refer to diagram 5.3.
4.4
Shared Access – Bar Numbering
Address sites that share access, for example properties accessed from a private right-of-ways
or a multi-unit development, will be numbered utilising a bar numbering system. The number
before the bar will depict the location of the property along the shared access, while the
number after the bar will depict the location of the private road or right of way in relation to the
public road. The number before the bar will be assigned in the direction of the road
numbering, therefore the conventional numbering method of odd numbers on the left and
even numbers on the right will not apply.
214
Where the bar number system is used the base number cannot be assigned singularly. For
example, 37, 1/37, 2/37 is not permissible; the correct numbering would be 1/37, 2/37, 3/37.
However, an address site that is already using the base number on its own may retain the
number provided it is in order.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
For more detail on addressing multi-unit and multi-level sites refer to section 5.10 of the
Standard.
Note: Hurunui District Council has no responsibility for the signage, maintenance or upkeep of
any private right of way.
4.5
Numbers Unavailable – Alpha Suffix Numbering
Where there is no available number and providing the main access to the site is not shared,
an alpha suffix will be used. Alpha suffixes shall start at A and shall not extend beyond E.
Only when there is no other logical numbering alternative and to avoid renumbering existing
sites should alpha suffixes extend beyond E.
Like the bar numbering system it is not permissible to use the base number singularly if the
same number is being used with an alpha suffix. For example 29, 29A, 29B is not
permissible; the correct numbering would be 29A, 29B, 29C. However, an address site that is
already using the base number on its own may retain the number provided it is in order.
4.6
Other Numbering Rules
-
Address number ranges will not be allocated. An address range may be held on the
Council’s electronic files but a principal address will be allocated to the property and
primarily used.
-
Additional urban address numbers, based on the frontage allowed for normal house
block properties, will be allocated or reserved for larger address sites in accordance
with their development potential. A reasonable surplus of unused address numbers is
a more manageable outcome than a shortfall.
-
Corner address sites are addressed depending upon which road provides the main
access to the dwelling. An address number on the other road will be reserved for that
site if future development is likely.
-
Numbers shall be allocated to the full expected potential development of each site.
-
Reserves ie green spaces, may be allocated a street number for administrative
purposes.
4.7
Renumbering
Existing street numbering anomalies may be corrected to conform with this policy where
practicable. Council will inform all identified affected parties prior to modifying any street
numbers.
When Council chooses to renumber a street the residents affected by the renumbering will be
given at least 90 days’ notice before the renumbering takes place. Residents affected by the
renumbering will also be provided with mail redirection forms and Council will pay reasonable
costs associated with the renumbering. (A maximum dollar value will be set by Council at the
time the renumbering takes place.)
4.8
215
Special Provisions for Rural Address Numbering
The Rural Address Property IDentification system (RAPID) is used when issuing rural
addresses. This system assigns a number using the distance measured from the start of the
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
road to the main vehicle access of the property. General numbering rules still apply such as
odd numbers on the left, even numbers on the right, bar numbering etc.
Rural RAPID address numbers shall be calculated by dividing the distance in metres, from the
start of the road to the main vehicle access, by ten and rounding to a whole number, and
adjusting that number by one to obtain an even or odd number, whichever is required.
Where a site does not have a main vehicle access the same method can be applied, except
that the distance from the start of the road to any point along the road frontage of the site can
be measured. When an access point is created a new rural number should be assigned to
replace the previous number.
The start of the road is the end that is closest to the nearest emergency services depot. This
way, emergency services will find it less difficult to find and locate rural properties.
RAPID numbers will only be allocated to rural properties outside of the urban boundary of
townships as defined in the Hurunui District Plan.
Changes to RAPID numbers are discouraged as it reflects the distance along the road and
any changes to the number may compromise the integrity of the numbering system.
Rural Delivery (RD) numbers are assigned by New Zealand Post and are used for postal
purposes only. The RAPID number is independent of the RD number.
216
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
5
Diagrams
5.1
Address Based on Access
Pound Road
7
Pound
Road
3
Pound Road
10
Cent
Road
4
Money
Road
12
Cent
Road
5
Pound Road
8
Money
Road
Cen
t
Roa
d
Money Road
Town
Centre
Main access to property
Key points:
-
Addresses are assigned based on the main access to the property
217
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
5.2
Assigning a Number
2 Cen 1
t
Roa
d
4
2
3
1
N
Money Road
2
1
4
Doll
ar
Roa
d
3
Town
Centre
1
3
2
4
Coin
Cre
sce
nt
Urban area
Money Road and Coin Crescent are numbered from the point closest to the town centre.
Dollar Road and Cent Road are numbered from north to south because it is too difficult to
determine the end of the road that is closest to the town centre.
Key points:
-
Begin numbering closest to town centre
If impractical, north to south or east to west
Odd numbers on left
Even numbers on right
218
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
5.3
Numbering around a Cul-de-sac
Town
Centre
7
1
3
9
5
11
2
4
6
8
10
Key points:
-
Begin numbering closest to town centre
If impractical, north to south or east to west
Odd numbers on left
Even numbers on right
219
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
5.4
Shared Access – Bar Numbering
Cen
t
Roa
d
27
Cent
Road
29
Cent
1/31
Cent
Road
2/31
Cent
Road
33
Cent
Road
4/31
Cent
Road
3/31
Cent
Road
35
Cent
Road
Town Centre
Private road or private right-of-way
Main access to property
Key points:
-
Private roads and private right-of-ways are not required to be named
Properties that share a private road or right-of-way are numbered from the public road
to which the private road or right-of-way connects
Numbering is allocated based on the main access to the property
Bar numbering is assigned in the direction of the road numbering
All named private right of ways will use the road type Way, Lane, Mews or Court.
Cen
t
Roa
d
Cen
t
Roa
d
220
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
5.5
Numbers unavailable - Alpha Suffix Numbering
27
Cent
Road
29A
Cent
Road
Cent
Road
29B
Cent
Road
29C
Cent
Road
31
Cent
Road
33
Cent
Road
Town
Centre
Key points:
-
Use alpha-suffixes where there are no available numbers
Do not use the base number singularly eg 29, 29A, 29B, must be 29A, 29B, 29C
unless an address site is already using the base number, provided it is in order.
221
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
5.6
Corner address sites
Pound Road
3
Pound
Road
Cen
t
Roa
d
4
Money
Road
10
Cent
Road
12
Cent
Road
Money Road
Town Centre
Main access to property
The addresses 1 Pound Road and 2 Money Road are reserved for future development.
Key points:
-
Reserve address numbers for future development
222
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
5.7
RAPID numbering
C
en
t
R
oa
d
Money Road
S
na
ke
R
oa
d
Town
Centre
1580 metres
159
Money
Road
Urban area
M
on
ke
y
R
oa
Zebra Road
Main access to property
N
Key points:
-
Begin measuring from the start of road at the point closest to the town centre
If impractical, north to south or east to west
Measure in metres to main vehicle access and divide by 10
Odd numbers on left – adjust number by one if necessary
Even numbers on right – adjust number by one if necessary
223
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Appendix 1 – Process followed by Council for New Road Names
Developers suggest three
road names
Council Officer develops report
for Ward Committees or
Community Board
Ward
Committee
or
Community Board suggest one
name for Council
Council Officer develops report
reflecting the Ward Committee
or
Community
Board
suggestion
New Road Name Approved
by Council
Rate data base is updated.
Property
Files
are
renumbered
RAMM
and
NCS
Databases updated and
new roads included in road
maintenance contracts
Map
Info
updated
The following groups are informed of the new road name.
• Chief Surveyor
• District Land Registrar
• Land Information New Zealand
• Terra Link New Zealand
• Registrar of Electors
• New Zealand Fire Service
• St John Ambulance Service
• NZ Automobile Association
224
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
data
sets
Appendix 2 – Application for Road Name
APPLICATION FOR NEW ROAD NAME OR
CHANGE OF ROAD NAME
This application is for:
 a new road name
 an existing road name to be changed
SUBDIVISION DETAILS
Address:
Legal Description:
APPLICANT/CONSULTANT DETAILS
Address:
Phone:
Fax:
Email:
PROPOSED ROAD NAMES
Road Name:
Reasons for choice of name:
If names are in Te Reo (Maori) have you consulted with local Runanga?
Note: For Council to make an informed decision full information must be provided. Each
application must include a plan of the roads that require new names or a change of name.
This plan must include the proposed road(s) location.
Please include and attach on separate sheets any information that is pertinent to the names
that have been chosen. Then return this form and any supplementary information to:
225
Hurunui District Council
PO
Amberley 7441
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
Box
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
13
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Appendix 3 – Road Types
226
Open
ended
Cul-desac
Road type
Abv.
Description
Alley
Aly
Usually narrow roadway in a city or towns
Arcade
Arc
Covered walkway with shops along the sides
Avenue
Ave
Broad roadway, usually planted on each side
with trees

Boulevard
Blvd
Wide
roadway,
well
paved,
usually
ornamental with trees and grass plots

Circle
Cir
Roadway which generally forms a circle; or a
short enclosed roadway bounded by a circle

Close
Cl
Short enclosed roadway

Court
Crt
Short enclosed roadway, usually surrounded
by buildings

Crescent
Cres
Crescent shaped roadway, especially where
both ends join the same thoroughfare

Drive
Dr
Wide main roadway without many cross
streets

Esplanade
Esp
Level roadway along the seaside, lake or a
river

Glade
Gld
Roadway usually in a valley or trees

Green
Grn
Roadway often leading to a grassed public
recreation area

Grove
Grv
Roadway which features a group of trees
standing together

Highway
Hwy
Main
thoroughfare
destinations
major

Lane
Lane
Narrow roadway between walls, buildings or
a narrow country roadway

Loop
Loop
Roadway that diverges from and rejoins the
main thoroughfare

Mall
Mall
Wide walkway, usually with shops along the
sides
Mews
Mews
Roadway in a group of houses
Parade
Pde
Public roadway or promenade which has
good pedestrian facilities along the side
Place
Pl
Short, sometimes narrow, enclosed roadway
Promenade
Prom
Wide flat walkway, usually along the water’s
edge
Quay
Qy
Roadway alongside or projecting into water


Rise
Rise
Roadway going to a higher place or position


Road
Rd
Open roadway primarily for vehicles

H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
between
M a n u a l

Pedestrian
only











Square
Sq
Roadway which generally forms a square
shape, or an area or roadway bounded by
four sides
Steps
Stps
Walkway consisting mainly of steps
Street
St
Public roadway in an urban area, especially
where paved and with footpaths and
buildings along one or both sides

Terrace
Tce
Roadway on a hilly area that is mainly flat

Track
Trk
Walkway in natural setting

Walk
Walk
Thoroughfare for pedestrians

Way
Way
Short enclosed roadway
Wharf
Whrf
A roadway on a wharf or pier








227
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R3/6
Closure of Unformed Roads
That the following policy in relation to applications for the closure of unformed roads be
adopted.
That any proposed closure be evaluated in respect of the public access network requirement
contained within the Strategic Plan and submitted to Council for determination.
Should the unformed road be not required for public assess then the following will apply:
• all costs to be met by the applicant.
• the closed road must be amalgamated with an adjoining title.
• the value of the closed road to be as per recommendation from a registered land
valuer.
• that an initial non returnable application fee accompany all written applications.
• that the initial non returnable application fee be set at $300.00 to be reviewed with the
Council’s fees and charges.*
Council meeting 24 April 1996
* Not included in Council’s current fees and charges.
228
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R3/7
Road Seal Extensions Policy
Introduction
To promote the community outcome/dimension of wellness of “Essential Infrastructure”, the
Hurunui District Council wishes to increase the length of sealed roads in the district in order to
prevent accidents and link people places and businesses, while representing best value for
money. Subject to Council approval, funds will be allocated for this purpose in the Council’s
Long Term Community Plan. The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines to assist the
Council to prioritise the expenditure of such funds so as to best promote the outcome as
described. “Seal”, in this context, includes any equivalent surface treatment that may be
determined to be the best option in any particular case. In accordance with current practice, it
is considered that this will best be achieved by drawing at least 50% of funding for road seal
extensions from sources external to the Council. This will at least double the total length of
road that the Council would otherwise be able to seal. Sources of external funding include,
but need not be limited to, contributions by residents, development contributions, and New
Zealand Transport Agency subsidies.
Determining Priorities for Seal Extensions
1. The first priority for sealing will be roads that qualify according to New Zealand
Transport Agency formulae for a subsidy from that agency. The Council will monitor
roads that are potential candidates for such funding, and, within the constraints of the
budget allocated for that purpose, and subject to Council approval will seal such roads
when and if they qualify for New Zealand Transport Agency subsidies.
2. Any person or group of persons (“the applicant”) may apply in writing to the Council to
have the seal extended on any section of road in the district. Such applications will be
processed in the order in which they are received. Upon the receipt of such an
application, the Council will assess the section of road in question in relation to a
schedule of roads that are determined to be priorities for seal extensions. This
schedule will be based upon engineering data and formulae that evaluated, for each
road, the average daily traffic volume, the number of heavy goods vehicles, the
importance of the route, estimated maintenance costs, the adjacent resident density,
resident dust effects, agricultural dust effects, and the number of unsealed intersection
legs. The schedule will also be subject to Council debate, taking into consideration
factors such as road safety, school bus routes, wear-and-tear on vehicles, and other
issues that may come to the attention of the Council.
If the section of road in question falls within the range of roads identified by the Council
from its schedule as being within its allocated budget to seal, an offer will be made,
subject to Council approval, to the applicant and all persons who own properties that
fall within what the Council determines to be the area of benefit for the sealing of that
section of road (the “property owners”) for them to meet 50% of the cost of sealing as
calculated by the Council.
Subject to the Council determining that the owners of at least 80% of the titles in the
areas of benefit are willing to contribute their share of 50% of the cost of sealing, the
Council will seal that section of road. The Council will contact all the property owners in
order to determine whether the 80% threshold has been met.
In order to facilitate the necessary level of agreement, the applicant and/or property
owners may agree in writing at the time of application to make lump-sum payments
towards the 50% share of the cost of sealing, over and above their individual shares of
the costs. The Council will take the amount of such payments into account in making
its calculations for the offer that it makes to all property owners.
The Council will contribute 50% of the total cost of sealing from the funds allocated for
that purpose. The balance (ie taking into account any lump-sum payments made), will
be loan-funded by the Council and the total amount of the loan (including interest) will
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
229
be recovered from all property owners on a basis that is determined by the Council to
be equitable, via scheduled loan repayments or targeted rates over a 10 year period.
In order to avoid interest payments, property owners may opt to make a lump-sum
payment, within 3 months of receiving notice of the success of the application, for the
full amount of their individual share.
In accepting any application the Council will consider if the sealing proposal can be
linked to growth and whether it is appropriate to fund a proportion of that proposal via
development contributions imposed under the Local Government Act 2002.
3. If there are not successful applications within the timeframe for which funds have been
allocated, the Council may make an offer in terms identical to the above to applicants
and property owners of sections of road that are not sufficiently highly placed in the
schedule or merit sealing on engineering grounds. Alternatively, the Council may
choose to fund the sealing of 100% of the cost of sections of road at the top of its
schedule of priorities, or may choose to defer the spending of the funds allocated for
seal extensions until such a time as external sources of funding become available.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
230
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R4
Rural Fire
R4/1
Goals (Rural Fire)
To provide an effective system for monitoring the fire risk within the district, and ensure that
an adequate plant and manpower base is available to control and extinguish rural fires in
conjunction with the New Zealand Fire Service and other associated organisations.
To fulfil all legal obligations towards rural fire fighting and provide a high standard of
protection and support for rural residents.
Noted for review Council meeting 15 June 1995
R4/2
Rural Fire Co-ordinating Group
The Councillor Meikle be appointed as representative on the Rural Fire Co-ordinating Group,
which comprises representatives from each Rural Fire Party within the District.
Council meeting 24 October 2001
Triennial Council Meeting 21 October 2004
231
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R5
Remuneration
That council recommend the following to the remuneration authority for 1 July to triennial
meeting with incoming council to address remuneration model:
Mayor
Dep Mayor
Chair 1
Councillor
Chair
Member
Councillor
SALARY
57,007
19,299
19,299
14,546
110,150
No.
1
1
2
6
10
7,500
3,625
0
11,125
4
TOTAL
57,008
19,300
38,597
87,277
202,182
57,007
20,803
20,803
13,794
112,407
7,500
14,500
0
22,000
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
6
10
57,008
20,804
41,606
82,764
202,182
0
0
0
22,000
213,182
213,182
That the recommended salaries for the chair and members of the Hanmer Springs
st
Community Board for the period 31 October 2007 to 30 June 2008 for consideration by the
remuneration authority are:
Position
Community Board Chairperson
Salary
$7,500
No
1
Total Salary
$7,500
Community Board Member
$3,625
4
$14,500
Total Salaries
$22,000
Community Board meeting 12 November 2007
Mayoral Car
That the mayor be reimbursed at mileage rates set by the remuneration authority.
Vehicle Use And Expenses
That the following rules apply to recovery of expenses by elected members including
community board members be adopted and recommended to the remuneration authority .
Private Vehicle Use
232
Where an elected member or community board member is required to use their vehicle for
council or community board business they will be reimbursed at rates set by the remuneration
authority.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Expenses
All authorised out-of-pocket expenses incurred by an elected member or a community board
member in the execution of their duties shall be reimbursed by the council.
Council meeting 13 February 2003
Council meeting 26 June 2003
Triennial Council Meeting 21 October 2004
Council meeting 25 January 2007
Hanmer Springs Community Board 12 November 2007
233
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R6
Rates
R6/1
Funding Impact Statement
Introduction
The funding impact statement has been prepared in accordance with clause 10 of schedule
10 of the Local Government Act 2002.
It must set out the following:
The revenue and financing mechanisms used;
An indicative level or amount of funding for each mechanism;
Explanatory information supporting the use of general and targeted rates;
A summary of the total rates requirement;
Subsidies, grants and contributions; and
Revenue and funding mechanisms.
The funding mechanisms described in the funding impact statement apply for the entire period
covered by the long term council community plan.
The funding impact statement should be read in conjunction with the revenue and financing
policy which describes how costs for services are collected. Refer F1/7.
District Wide Rates
General Rate and Uniform Annual General Charge
A portion of the General Rate Requirement will be collected by way of a general rate which
will be set under section 13 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002 and be applied to all
rateable land based on the capital value of the land. No differential has been included for the
collection of the general rate.
The remainder of the general rate requirement will be collected by way of a Uniform Annual
General Charge which will be set under section 15 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002
and be applied as a fixed amount per separately used or inhabited part of the rating unit.
The portion of the rate collected by way of capital value and uniform annual general charge
varies from year to year to ensure that the Council continues to comply with section 21 of the
Local Government (Rating) Act 2002, which sets a maximum level of rates collected by way of
a fixed charge as a percentage of the total rates revenue of 30%.
The general rates fund, or are offset by surpluses recorded from, the following activities:
• District promotion and advocacy (part of Grants and Service Awards activity)
• Grants (part of Grants and Service Awards activity)
• Pensioner Housing (part of the Property activity)
• Residential Property (part of the Property activity)
• Other Property (part of the Property activity)
• Depots (part of the Property activity)
• Subdivision Inspections (part of the Resource Management and Planning activity)
• Health Inspection (part of the Health Inspection and Liquor Licensing activity)
• Liquor Licensing (part of the Health Inspection and Liquor Licensing activity)
• Ranging and Impounding (part of the Health Inspection and Liquor Licensing activity)
• Building Control activity
• Litter Bin Collection (part of the Waste Minimisation activity)
• Civil Defence activity
• Visitor Information Centre activity
The general rate requirement is also offset by the budgeted level of rate penalties received,
external dividends and approximately 17.5% of the surplus recorded by the Council’s
Treasury Function.
234
Governance
A portion (50%) of the Governance Rate Requirement will be collected by way of a general
rate which will be set under section 13 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002 and be
applied to all rateable land based on the capital value of the land.
The remainder (50%) of the Governance Rate Requirement will collected by way of a Uniform
Annual General Charge which will be set under section 15 of the Local Government (Rating)
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Act 2002 and be applied as a fixed amount per separately used or inhabited part of the rating
unit.
The Governance Rate funds the following activity:
• Governance activity
The Governance Rate requirement is offset an allocation of approximately 7.5% of the surplus
recorded by the Council’s Treasury Function.
Roading
The Roading Rate Requirement will be collected by way of a General Rate which will be set
under section 13 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002 and be applied to all rateable
land based on the capital value of the land.
The Roading Rate funds the following activities:
• Roading Network
The Roading Rate requirement is offset by an allocation of approximately 75% of the surplus
recorded by the Council’s Treasury Function.
Planning
The Roading Rate Requirement will be collected by way of a General Rate which will be set
under section 13 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002 and be applied to all rateable
land based on the capital value of the land.
The Planning Rate funds, or is offset by surpluses recorded from, the following activities:
• RMA Consents and Compliance (part of the Resource Management and Planning
Activity)
• RMA Implementation (part of the Resource Management and Planning Activity)
• RMA Policy Development (part of the Resource Management and Planning Activity)
Waste Management
The Waste Rate Requirement will collected by way of a Uniform Annual General Charge
which will be set under section 15 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002 and be applied
as a fixed amount per separately used or inhabited part of the rating unit.
The Waste Management Rate funds the following activities:
• Recycling Centres and Transfer Stations (part of the Waste Minimisation activity)
Canterbury Museum
The Canterbury Museum Rate Requirement will collected by way of a Uniform Annual
General Charge which will be set under section 15 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002
and be applied as a fixed amount per separately used or inhabited part of the rating unit.
The Canterbury Museum Rate funds the following activity:
• Canterbury Museum Levy which is imposed on each contributing Local Authority
pursuant to the Canterbury Museum Trust Board Act 1993 (part of the Grants &
Services Awards activity)
Targeted Rates
Ward Amenities Rates
The Ward Amenities Rates will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government
(Rating) Act 2002.
A portion of the Ward Amenities Rate will be collected by way of a fixed charge per separately
used or inhabited part of the rating unit.
The balance of the Ward Amenities Rate requirement will be collected by way of a rate
applied to all rateable land in the Ward on Capital value.
The Ward Amenities Rate requirement will be used to fund the following activities within each
Ward:
• general administration cost of Ward Committees, township maintenance, Halls, local
reserves public swimming pools in each Ward (part of the Township Facilities activity)
Ward Roadside Construction Rates
The Ward Roadside Construction Rates will be assessed under section 16 of the Local
Government (Rating) Act 2002.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
235
The Ward Roadside Construction Rate will be collected by way of a rate applied to all rateable
land in the ward on the capital value.
The Ward roadside construction rate will be set on a differential basis based on land use (the
categories are “urban” and “rural” within each Ward).
The Ward Roadside Construction Rate requirement funds the following activities:
• roadside construction including: local kerb, channel, footpath and street lights (part of
the Township Facilities activity.)
Water Rates
Water Rates will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002.
Water Rates will be collected by way of a fixed charge based on the volume of water supplied
to all rating units. In addition a fixed charge will be set per separately used or inhabited part of
a rating unit which is either connected to the scheme or for which connection is available.
Both the fixed charges will be set on a differential basis based on location and on the
availability of service (the categories are “connected” and “serviceable”). Rating units which
are not connected to the schemes and are not serviceable will not be liable for this rate.
The Water Rate requirement funds the following activities:
• Water Supplies activity.
Sewerage Rates
Sewerage Rates will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government (Rating) Act
2002.
Sewerage Rates will be collected by way of a fixed charge per separately used or inhabited
part of a rating unit which is either connected to the scheme or for which connection is
available. This charge will be set on a differential basis based on location and the provision of
service (with the categories being “connected” and “serviceable”). Rating units which are not
connected to the schemes and which are not serviceable will not be liable for this rate.
A residence of not more than one household is deemed to have one water closet (toilet).
The Sewerage rate requirement funds the following activities:
• Sewerage activity
Stormwater/Drainage/Land Protection Rates
Stormwater/Drainage/Land Protection Rates Council will be assessed under section 16 of the
Local Government (Rating) Act 2002.
The Stormwater/Drainage/Land Protection Rates will be collected by way of: a rate based on
the land value of each rating unit; a fixed charge per hectare of land within a drainage area; or
per separately used or inhabited part of a rating unit in each stormwater/drainage/land
protection area. This charge will be set on a differential basis based on location.
The Stormwater and Drainage Rate requirements fund the following activities:
Jed River Drainage (part of the Stormwater & Drainage activity)
Amberley Stormwater (part of the Stormwater & Drainage activity)
The Land Protection Rate funds the following activity:
Amberley Beach Erosion Protection Works (part of the Stormwater & Drainage activity)
236
Tourism
The Tourism Rate will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government (Rating) Act
2002. In terms of section 2 of the Act, the categories of land to be assessed with the targeted
rate have been determined by:
• The use to which the land is put
• The capital value of the improvements on the land
• The location of the land
The targeted rate is assessed on the following:
(1) All rateable properties within the Ward of Hanmer Springs that are used for any use
other than solely private use, or emergency services buildings, or that are used for any
use other than an economic farming or forestry unit, but only to the extent that the unit
is used solely for farming or forestry purposes; or
(2) All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that hold either a On, Off or
Winemakers License as required by the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 except Sports Clubs;
or
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
(3) All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that hold a Health License as required
by the Food Hygiene Regulations 1974 except Sports Clubs, Hairdressers, Abattoirs,
Apiaries, holders of a minor food licence; or
(4) All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that are used for accommodation
purposes on commercially zoned land with a land use category of CAPA, CAPB; or
(5) All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that are used for the sale of petroleum
products with a land use category of CSP; or
(6) All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that are used for Commercial Tourism
operations with a land use category of CTP.
The Targeted Tourism Rate will be calculated on the following nine classes in terms of the
Value of the Improvements of the Rating Unit as follows:
Levels
Value of Improvements to Rating Unit
Class A
$100 to $150,000
Class B
$150,001 to $250,000
Class C
$250,001 to $350,000
Class D
$350,001 to $450,000
Class E
$450,001 to $550,000
Class F
$550,001 to $650,000
Class G
$650,001 to $750,000
Class H
$750,001 to $850,000
Class I
$850,001 and above
Notes to Category 1:
1
A rateable property within the Ward of Hanmer Springs will be considered to be used
for solely private use if the ratepayer of the property:
1.1 Does not receive or intend to receive any form of payment or other consideration from
any other person for the use of the property; and
1.2 Signs a declaration in the form required by the Council declaring that the property is
used solely for the private use of the ratepayer with no payment or consideration being
received or to be received by the ratepayer. (In previous years, the Council has
required a statutory declaration witnessed made in the presence of a solicitor, justice of
the peace or other person authorised by the Oaths and Declarations Act 1957.)
2
If a ratepayer has made a declaration to the Council that the property is used for the
ratepayers own private use with the ratepayer not receiving any form of payment or
other consideration from third parties for the use of the property, but the ratepayer
subsequently does receive payment or other consideration for allowing other people to
use the property then the property will immediately become liable for the Targeted
Tourism Rate.
The Tourism Rate funds the following activity:
• Tourism activity
Medical Buildings
The medical Buildings Rate will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government
(Rating) Act 2002.
The Medical Buildings rate will be collected by way of a fixed charge per each separately
used or inhabited part of the rating unit in the Ward that funds a medical building.
The Medical Buildings Rate funds the following activity:
• Medical Buildings (part of the Township Facilities activity)
Refuse and Recycling Collection
The Refuse and Recycling Rate will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government
(Rating) Act 2002. The Rate will be assessed as a fixed charge per separately used or
inhabited part of the rating unit and under section 17 of the Local Government (Rating) Act
2002; the rate is set differentially according to the following categories of land:
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
237
• Urban properties that receive the service
• Rural properties that receive the service
• Business properties that receive the service
The Refuse and Recycling Rate funds the following activity
• Household and business waste collection and disposal (part of the Waste Minimisation
activity)
Amberley Ward District Library Rate
The Amberley Ward District Library Rate will be will be assessed under section 16 of the
Local Government (Rating) Act 2002. The Rate will be assessed as a fixed charge per
separately used or inhabited part of the rating unit and under section 17 of the Local
Government (Rating) Act 2002 the rate shall be applied to each rating unit in the Amberley
Ward.
The Amberley Ward District Library Rate funds the following activity:
• the costs associated with meeting the servicing costs of a loan that was apportioned to
the Amberley Ward upon construction of the Hurunui Memorial District Library (part of
the Library activity)
Rural Fire
The Rural Fire Rate will be assessed under section 16 of the Local Government (Rating) Act
2002.
The Rural Fire Rate will be collected by way of a rate applied on all ratable land in the district
based on the capital value.
The Rural Fire rate will be set on a differential basis based on land location (the categories
are “land within Hurunui District Rural Fire Authority (HDRFA)” and “land outside Hurunui
District Rural Fire Authority (OHDRFA”). The differential is 80% HDRFA and 20% OHDRFA.
The Rural Fire Rate requirement is used to fund the following activity:
• Rural Fire activity
Swimming Pool Inspection Rate
The Swimming Pool Inspection Rate will be will be assessed under section 16 of the Local
Government (Rating) Act 2002. The Rate will be assessed as a fixed charge per separately
used or inhabited part of the rating unit and under section 17 of the Local Government
(Rating) Act 2002 the rate shall be applied to each rating unit on which a swimming pool is
located.
The Swimming Pool Inspection rate funds the following activity:
• Pool Inspection (part of the Building Control activity)
Fixed Charges
Under section 21 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002, the Council is limited to setting
fixed charges, excluding charges for water and sewer, at no greater than 30% of the total
revenue from all rates sought by Council.
The Council ensures that the maximum allowable amount of fixed charges under the Act is
proposed and to comply with this section of the Act, the Uniform Annual General Charge is
adjusted on an annual basis.
Differential Matters and Categories
Where Council assess rates on a differential basis they are limited to the list of matters
specified in Schedule Two of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002. Council is required to
state which matters will be used for what purpose, and the category or categories of any
differentials.
238
Differentials Based on Land Use
Council will use this matter to:
• Differentiate the Ward Roadside Construction rate and for paying some of the tourism
promotion rate.
The differential categories are:
• Urban – all rating units that are within the urban boundaries as defined by the District
Plan.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
Rural – all rating units that are outside the urban boundaries as defined by the District
Plan.
Properties which have more than one use (or where there is doubt as to the relevant primary
use) will be placed in a category with the highest rate factor.
Note: that, subject to the rights of objection to the rating information database set out in
section 28 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002, the Council is the sole determiner of
the categories.
Differentials Based on Location
Council will use this matter for: the Ward or Community Rating Area amenity rate, Ward or
Community Rating Area roadside construction rate, water supply rate, the sewage disposal
rate, the refuse collection rate, land drainage rate, some of the tourism rate and medical
facilities rate.
The following categories will apply:
• Amberley Ward – all rating units situated within the Amberley Ward;
• Amuri Community Rating Area – all rating units situated within the former Amuri Ward
(as defined prior to the October 2007 election);
• Cheviot Ward – all rating units situated within the Cheviot Ward;
• Glenmark Ward – all rating units situated within the Glenmark Ward;
• Hanmer Springs Ward – all rating units situated within the Hanmer Springs Ward;
• Hurunui Community Rating Area – all rating units situated within the former Hurunui
Ward (as defined prior to the October 2007 election).
Where a rating unit is situated in more than one Ward or Community Rating Area, Council will
assign the rating unit to a Ward or Community Rating Area based on whichever part of the
rating unit has the greatest land area.
Water and sewerage, refuse collection, land drainage and rural fire areas:
• All rating units situated within serviced areas as defined on plans held at the Council
Office.
Note: that, subject to the rights of objection to the rating information database set out in
section 28 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002, the Council is the sole determiner of
the categories.
Availability of Service
The differential categories for the water supply rate are:
• Connected – any rating unit that is connected to a council operated waterworks
• Serviceable – any rating unit that is not connected to a council operated waterworks but
is within 100 metres of such waterworks.
The differential categories for the sewage disposal rate are:
• Connected – any rating unit that is connected to a public sewerage drain
• Serviceable– any rating unit that is not connected to a public sewerage drain but is
within 30 metres of such a drain.
Differentials – Tourism Rate
The differential categories for the Tourism Rate are:
• All rateable properties within the Ward of Hanmer Springs that are used for any use
other than solely private use, or emergency services buildings, or that are used for any
use other than an economic farming or forestry unit, but only to the extent that the unit
is used solely for farming or forestry purposes
• All rateable properties within the Hurunui District that hold either an On, Off or
Winemakers License as required by the Sale of Liquor Act 1989 except Sports Clubs–
All rateable properties within the Hurunui district that hold a Health License as required
by the Food Hygiene Regulations 1974 except Sports Clubs, Hairdressers, Abattoirs,
Apiaries, holders of a minor food licence
239
Council meeting 25 June 2009
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R6/2
Rates Remission
R6/2/1
Policy for Rates Remission for Māori Freehold Land
Introduction
Māori Freehold Land, as defined by section 5 of the Local Government (Rating) Act 2002, is
land whose beneficial ownership has been determined by the Māori Land Court by freehold
order. Under the Local Government Act 2002, the Council required to adopt a policy on rates
remission for Māori Freehold Land, stating its objectives in doing so, and explaining the extent
to which these objectives are facilitated by any rates remission and are desirable and
important.
Criteria
Māori Freehold Land in the district is not subject to the general rate unless such land is used
for commercial purposes, in which case the general rate will apply. Targeted rates for water,
sewer and solid waste services will apply to all Māori Freehold Land for which these services
are provided.
Objectives
The objectives sought to be achieved by the remission of rates are those set out in schedule
11 of the Local Government Act 2002, and the Council’s position on the desirability and
importance of these objectives and how the remission of rates according to the above criteria
contributes towards them is as follows (for explanatory purposes, objectives have been
grouped according to the above criteria for rates remission.
240
(1) Objectives due to which rates remission will be provided:
(a) Supporting the use of the land by the owners for traditional purposes;
(b) Recognising and supporting the relationship of Māori and their culture and
traditions with their ancestral lands;
(c) Avoiding further alienation of Māori freehold land;
(d) Recognising and taking account of the presence of wāhi tapu (sacred places)
that may affect the use of the land for other purposes;
(e) Recognising and taking account of the importance of the land in providing
economic and infrastructure support for marae and associated papakainga
housing (whether on the land or elsewhere);
(f) Recognising and taking account of the importance of the land for community
goals relating to –
i
The preservation of the natural character of the coastal environment;
ii The protection of outstanding natural features;
iii The protection of significant indigenous vegetation and significant habitats
of indigenous fauna.
These objectives are desirable and important to provide for the wellness of the district in
terms of its cultural and environmental wellbeing and heritage. Remission of the general rate
upon Māori freehold land is justified in relation to them because they are not dependent upon
the services for which the Council charges by way of the general rate. Traditional activities
and the relationship of Māori and their culture and traditions with their ancestral lands
(including the tradition of protecting wāhi tapu and natural features and the support of
papakainga housing) are likely to be hindered by charging the general rate upon Māori
freehold land, in that they are unlikely to generate sufficient income to pay the general rate.
They will thus be facilitated by remission of the general rate.
(2) Objectives due to which rates remission will not be provided.
(g) Facilitating any wish of the owners to develop the land for economic use;
(h) Recognising the level of community services provided to the land and its
occupiers;
(i) Recognising matters relating to the physical accessibility of the land.
The development of Māori Freehold Land for economic use will likely draw upon services
charged for by the Council by way of the general rate (eg for access to the land by way of
roading), and is unlikely to be hindered by remission of the general rate, in that the profit
margins of any successful enterprise will need to be will in excess of the amount charged by
way of the general rate. When water, sewer or solid waste services are provided by the
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
Council, it is not desirable that there should be a remission of the targeted rates that pay for
these services.
Council Meeting 26 March 2003
Council Meeting 25 June 2009
241
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R6/2/2
Policy for Rates Remission for Non-contiguous Agricultural Land
All ratepayers will pay at least one uniform annual general charge and the targeted rates that
are set on a uniform basis. Properties eligible under this policy shall be deemed to be one
rating unit for the purposes of setting any uniform annual charge.
Interpretation
Definition of non-contiguous: Not sharing and edge or boundary; not touching
Definition of agricultural: Land used for horticultural, row close grown, pasture, and hayland
crops; growing nursery stocks, animal feedlots; farm yards; associated building sites; located
on any of the foregoing.
Remissions on charges on non-contiguous properties – Introduction (Objectives)
The purpose of this policy is to ensure that agricultural properties on separate titles are not
unduly penalised by the Council’s rating system. This policy provides for the remission of
rates where two or more uniform annual general charges and two or more sets of targeted
uniform annual charges are set on rating units that are:
(1) Non-contiguous
(2) Owned by the same person(s) or body
(3) Used jointly as an economic unit for an agricultural practice
Conditions and Criteria
(1) All properties must be used for the purpose of agriculture and be located outside of the
urban area as defined in the Hurunui District Plan and;
(2) The policy applies to ratepayers who are recorded as ratepayers of two or more
separate rating units. Each separately used or inhabited rating unit will attract a
uniform annual general charge and the targeted rates that are set on a uniform basis.
Any additional dwelling on the rating unit will attract a uniform annual general charge
and the targeted rates that are set on a uniform basis.
(3) The rating unit for which the remission is sought must:
(a) Be separately occupied by the same ratepayer/s that use the rating units jointly
for an agricultural purpose
(b) Not carry sufficient improvements to allow it to be operated as a separate
agricultural unit
(c) Nott be occupied by a habitable dwelling
(d) Be an economic farming unit as at 1 July of the year being applied for
(4) This policy will only apply for the year that the application is made, and will continue
until the ownership of that land changes.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
242
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R6/2/3
Policy for Rates Remission for QEII & Open Space Covenants
Introduction
The purpose of this rates remission policy is to recognise voluntary protection of the district
indigenous flora and fauna via QEII covenants and to promote and encourage more land
owners to participate in this process.
QEII Covenants and Forest Heritage Trust
The Council will grant 100% of rates remission to those rating units or portions of rating units,
which are granted Open Space Covenant status by the Queen Elizabeth Trust.
Rates remission will be granted on receipt of notification from the QEII Trust that an Open
Space Covenant has been completed. This remission shall also apply to rating units granted
a Nature Heritage Trust (formerly the Forest Heritage Trust) covenant under the Reserves
Act.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
243
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R6/2/4
Sports Clubs Remissions
TO BE REVIEWED - playcentres, kindergartens and community halls
(See R6/2 also)
That the 50 % remission of all rates charges, excluding all user charges be applied on
application s in accord with the second schedule of the Rating Powers Act 1988.
Council meeting 28 June 1990
Financial policy meeting 28 June 1990 Rating Policy
Council Meeting 15 June 1995
Council Meeting 26 October 1995
244
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R6/3
Rates Postponement Policy
Only the owner of the property, or their authorised agent, may make an application for the
postponement of rates, for extreme financial circumstances.
The Council will consider, on a case-by-case basis, all application received that meet the
above criteria. The Council has delegated authority to the Finance and Expenditure
Committee to approve applications for rates postponement.
When considering whether extreme financial circumstances exist, all of the applicant’s
personal circumstances will be relevant including the following factors: age, physical or mental
disability, injury, illness and family circumstances.
Before approving an application the Council must be satisfied that the applicant is unlikely to
have sufficient funds left over, after the payment of rates, for normal health care, proper
provision for maintenance of his/her home and chattels at an adequate standard as well as
making provision for normal day to day living expenses.
Where the Council decides to postpone rates the ratepayer must first make acceptable
arrangements for payment of future rates, for example by setting up a system for regular
payments.
Any postponed rates will be postponed until:
• The death of the applicant(s); or
• Until the applicant(s) ceases to be the owner of the rating unit; or
• Until the applicant(s) ceases to use the property for his/her residence; or
• Until a date specified by the Council.
The Council will charge a postponement fee of 10% on postponed rates with no penalties
being applied.
Postponed rates will be registered as a statutory land charge on the rating unit title. This
means that the Council will have first call on the proceeds of any revenue from the sale or
lease of the rating unit.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
245
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R6/4
Rates Penalties Policy
Instalment Penalty
A 10% additional charge will be added to those rates instalments (or portions thereof)
remaining unpaid on the following dates:
• Instalment 1 – 21 August
• Instalment 2 – 21 November
• Instalment 3 – 21 February
• Instalment 4 – 21 May
Arrears Penalty
A further additional charge of 10% will be added to all rates and additional charges from the
previous rating year remaining unpaid on 1 July. A further additional charge of 10% will be
added to any rates to which the additional charge referred to in this paragraph is added and
remains unpaid on 1 January.
Remission of Penalties
Additional charges may be remitted in accordance with the following criteria:
• Application can be made in writing for a remission of a penalty that has arisen due to
sickness, death, age or other acceptable general reasons to the Manager Financial
Services.
• Application can be made for remission of a penalty for no substantial reason, to the
Finance and Expenditure Committee (a maximum of one such remission every two
years).
• All rates must be paid in full, as a general rule before remission is considered.
• Remission of subsequent additional charges where satisfactory arrangements are in
place for regular payment of arrears
• No additional charge will be added where payment has been posted of the due date
and it will not be counted as late as long as it is postmarked on or by the due date. The
date of payment is when, for Rural Delivery and Overseas postal payments, it is
received by a New Zealand Postal Service. It is not when the payment is placed in
your personal mail box for collection or posted from an overseas country.
Council meeting 25 June 2009
246
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
R6/5
Rates Paid by the Council
That Council will pay the Rates on behalf of the following organisations:
St John, Plunket, local museums, guides, scouts
Council meeting 9 October 2003
247
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
R7
Resource Consents
R7/1
Appointment of Hearings Panel Delegation
The appointment of a hearing panel shall be carried out in accordance with the following:
• That the composition of a hearing panel in respect of any particular resource consent
or plan change hearing or hearings be considered by either the Council, Strategy and
Policy Committee or Regulatory Committee.
•
That if the composition of a hearing panel cannot be considered by any of the above
to enable the Council to meet the timeframes outlined within the Resource
Management Act 1991, the Council delegates to the Mayor, Chair of the Regulatory
Committee and Chief Executive Officer acting together, the ability to determine the
composition of a hearing panel in respect of any particular resource consent or plan
change hearing or hearings.
•
The Deputy Mayor will substitute for the Mayor or Regulatory Committee Chair if
either is unavailable.
•
Pursuant to Section 34A of the Resource Management Act 1991, all Councillors as
general hearings commissioners are delegated to sit on Council hearings panels.
•
Pursuant to section 34A of the Resource Management Act 1991, the Council appoints
the following people on the “Approved Commissioner List” as external hearing
commissioners:
J ASHLEY
RW BATTY
D CHRYSTAL
R NIXON
D MILLAR
G TAYLOR
R SOLOMON
D CALDWELL
D MCMAHON
PG ROGERS
J ISELI
P MILNE
K GIMBLETT
S DAWSON
J ROPER-LINDSAY
A DOUGLAS
J HARDIE
J MEIKLE
K LAWN
B COWIE
•
Where either the Resource Consent or Plan Change requires expertise that is not
available from someone on the “Approved Commissioner List” an alternative
Commissioner will be appointed by the Regulatory Committee
•
The appointed hearing panel shall comprise:
Resource Consent
Hearings
Composition of hearing panel
• A Commissioner or Commissioners with
suitable expertise from the “Approved
Commissioners List” acting alone or together
with
Limits to Delegations
Over half the panel must be
accredited
•
Council Initiated
Plan Change
At least 2 Councillors one of which is from
the relevant ward
If it doesn’t involve any substantial or
controversial changes to the objectives of the
District Plan:
• A Commissioner with suitable expertise from
the “Approved Commissioner List”; and
• At least 2 Councillors
Or if determined that an independent
Commissioner is not required:
• 3 Councillors one of which must be
accredited.
248
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
The delegated panel can only
make recommendations on
the
plan
change.
The
approval of a Council initiated
plan change must be made
by the Council.
If it is considered that the change will result in
substantial or controversial changes to the
objectives of the District Plan:
• A Commissioner with suitable expertise from
the “Approved Commissioners List”, and
Private
Change
Plan
• At least 4 Councillors
Local matter:
• A Commissioner from the “Approved
Commissioner List”; and
•
At least 2 Councillors one of which is from
the applicable ward/wards
District Wide Matter
• A commissioner from the Approved
Commissioners List
•
At least 4 Councillors.
Environmental Services Committee 13 December 2001
Council meeting 24 February 2011
Council meeting 31 May 2012
249
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
S1
Standing Orders
Pursuant to Section 114m of the Local Government Act 1974, the Standing Orders as they
apply to the meetings of the committee and any sub-committee established by the committee
be amended to provide for the following rules of voting:
On any matter under which the committee is exercising the functions, duties or powers
delegated under resolution c(i) above;
The members appointed to represent the Christchurch City Council to hold 50% of the votes
able to be cast on any resolution of the committee, which votes may only be cast as a block
and may not be split.
The members appointed to represent any other Council that holds equity securities in Jvco,
one vote each (and in the case of a sub-committee, one vote for each Council which that
member represents);
The Chairperson be entitled to a casting vote.
That Council reinstates the casting vote in standing orders.
That the Council approves amendments to its standing orders document as detailed in the
report ([of 7 October 2004] in accordance with schedule 7, section 27(3) of the Local
Government Act 2002 and subsequent amendments
Addition 26 November 1998
Council meeting 2 November 1989
Special meeting 12 December 1991
Council meeting 27 July 1995
Council meeting 26 November 1998
Council meeting 26 August 2004
Council meeting 7 October 2004
250
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
POLICY
SWIMMING AND SPA POOL
FENCING
Adopted:
Regulatory Committee meeting
26 October 2011
Date of Former Environmental Services Committee meeting
Amendments:
17 September 1998
Council meeting 28 November 2002
251
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
S2
Swimming and Spa Pool Fencing
S2/1
Inspection and ongoing compliance monitoring
1. All applications for exemptions in terms of the Fencing of Swimming Pools Act 1987 are
to be addressed to The Manager, Environmental Services Department and will be
reported on to the Regulatory Committee and be dealt with by resolution of that
committee.
2. That owners of pools found to be non-complying be issued with a notice to drain the
pool of water to a level of 400mm or less and subsequent to the 2 month follow up
inspection be issued with a notice to rectify requiring the offending pools to remain
drained of water to a level of 400mm or less, either until the pool fencing complies with
the Act or an exemption from the Act has been obtained.
3. That it be affirmed that prosecution proceedings may be undertaken against owners
whose pool fencing fails to comply with the Act and who insist in continuing to use their
pool despite the Act’s requirement that the pool remain drained of water.
4. Fees for the pool inspections programme are set in Councils Fees and Charges
Schedule, as listed in Building Departments Table C ‘Amberley Ward’ and Table D
‘Glenmark, Amuri-Hurunui, Cheviot and Hanmer Springs Wards’ refer Final (minor).
The first inspection is free, any further re-inspections will be charged per inspection, the
exception being a second inspection within two months of the first inspection.
5. That an application fee for special exemptions be charged at the rate set out in the
Councils Fees and Charges Schedule.
Special exceptions are charged as per the consulting rate as set in the Building
Departments Schedule of Fees and Charges, Table B to achieve the actual cost of
hearing an exception.
6. Criteria of defining the immediate pool area be approved as per the description listed in
the Guidelines for Territorial Authorities on the Fencing of Swimming Pools Act 1987
section 1.2.4.
7. That a designated council officer be appointed to ensure that the pool register is
maintained accurately on the NCS data base and development of a GIS layer be
commenced.
8. That proposed alternative solution is approved as acceptable solution to satisfy both
the Building Act 1991 and the Fencing of Swimming Pools Act 1987.
252
(a)
Where rails on the outside of the fence are spaced less than 900mm apart
but not less than 650mm apart, fixing a minimum of a 3:1 (vertical: horizontal)
fillet/plinth (not wider than 50mm) to the top side of the rails.
(b)
That windows opening directly onto the pool enclosure be fitted with
permanent opening restrictors (100mm opening max).
(c)
That when verticals with a 40mm to 100mm gap are used for the fence, a
300mm or more space between the fence and internal climbable objects be
required in conjunction with the 900mm horizontal rail rule.
9. That council officers be issued with warrants pursuant to Clause 4 Section 11 of the
Fencing of Swimming Pools Act 1987.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
S3
Significance Policy
S3/1
Significance Policy
Introduction
The purpose of this policy is to outline the general approach of the Hurunui District Council
(the Council) to determining the significance of proposals and decisions in relation to issues,
assets or other matters. The policy includes determinants (any thresholds, criteria or
procedures) used to assist in assessing the extent to which issues, proposals, decisions or
other matters are significant. It also includes procedural guidelines designed to ensure that a
proper process is followed and that all compliance requirements of the Local Government Act
2002 in relation to decision making will be met by the Council.
This policy is made up of the following parts:
Legislative Framework
• Legislative requirements
• Definitions
Application of the Policy on Significance
• Determining significance
• Criteria for determining significance
• Significant issues, proposals, decisions and other matters
• Consultation
Strategic Assets
• Introduction
• Schedule of Strategic Assets
Appendices
• Relevant extracts from the Local Government Act 2002
• Significance consideration for inclusion in Council agendas
Legislative Framework
Legislative Requirement
Every local authority is required to have a policy on significance pursuant to section 90 of the
Local Government Act 2002 (LGA). Adoption, and the amendment of this policy must use the
special consultative procedure. A summary of the policy must be included in the long-term
council community plan.
Definitions:
Section 5 of the Act defines significance, significant and strategic asset as follows:
Significance, in relation to any issue, proposal, decision, or other matter that concerns or is
before a local authority, means the degree of importance of the issue, proposal, decision, or
matter, as assessed by the local authority, in terms of its likely impact on, and likely
consequences for, (a) the current future social, economic, environmental or cultural wellbeing of the District of
region;
(b) any persons who are likely to be particularly affected by, or interested in the issue,
proposal, decision or matter;
(c) the capacity of the local authority to perform its role, and the financial and other costs of
doing so.
Significant, in relation to any issue, proposal, decision, or any other matter means that the
issue, proposal, decision, or other matter has a high degree of significance.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
253
Strategic Asset, in relation to the assets held by a local authority means an asset or group of
assets that the local authority needs to retain if the local authority is to maintain the local
authority’s capacity to achieve or promote any outcome that the local authority determines to
be important to the current and future well being of the community and includes:
(a) any asset or group of assets listed in accordance with section 90(2) by the local
authority; and
(b) any land or building owned by the local authority and required to maintain the local
authority’s capacity to provide affordable housing as part of its social policy; and
(c) any equity securities held by the local authority ini. a port company within the meaning of the Port Companies Act 1988
ii. an airport company within the meaning of the Airport Authorities Act 1966
Application of the Policy on Significance
Determining Significance
Each issue, proposal, decisions or other matter is considered by Council on a case by case
basis to determine:
•
whether it is significant, and, if so,
•
the degree of significance
The higher the impact or consequences, costs or implications, the higher the degree of
significance.
The starting point to determining the degree of significance is to consider:
• the likely impact on or consequences for the wellbeing of the community taking account
in relation to current and future needs (ie sustainability) the social, economic,
environmental and cultural wellbeing of the district, along with the district’s landscape
and outlook, individual and community lifestyle, education and skills development,
heritage and tradition, and infrastructure.
• the likely impact on or consequences for those affected or interested
• the capacity of the Council (including financial capacity) to implement the decision and
carry out its normal role.
It is Council’s decision on what “a high degree of significance” means in each instance.
Criteria for Determining Significance
The significance of a decision will help determine the appropriate nature, extent and degree of
compliance required with the decision-making process set out in Part 6 of the Act. For
significant decisions, the Council will ensure appropriate compliance.
The questions set out below should be used to assist in determining the degree of
significance of any issue, proposal, decision or other matter. These questions will also help
with the required level of compliance with sections 77, 78, 80, 81 and 82 of the LGA. (Refer
to the appendices.)
Firstly: Does the Council have sufficient information about the issue, proposal, decisions or
other matter?
If not then no decision as to the significance of the issue can be made.
254
Secondly: If the answer is yes to any of the following questions then the issue, proposal,
decisions or other matter has significance. The greater the number of ‘yes’ answers, the
greater the degree of significance.
In the opinion of the Council, does the issue, proposal, decision or other matter:
• affect all or a large portion of the community in a far-reaching way?
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
•
•
•
•
have potential impact or consequence on the affected persons (being a number of
persons) that is substantial?
have financial implications on the Council’s resources that would be substantial?
generate (or would be expected to generate) a high degree of controversy?
fail to flow logically from a decision in the Hurunui Long Term Community Plan
(including the ideal of District and community wellness)?
Significant Issues, Proposals, Decisions and Other Matters
Significant issues, proposals, decisions or other matters will be included in the Hurunui Long
Term Community Plan wherever possible. Where this is not practical they will be included
wherever possible in the Annual Plan produced in the years between the Hurunui Long Term
Community Plan or where required by the Act in an amendment to the Long Term Community
Plan
Significant decisions will only be made outside of the above processes where there are
compelling reasons for it not being practical for them to be included in the Hurunui Long Term
Community Plan or Annual Plan.
The Council will not proceed with a decision that is considered significant without
consideration of a detailed statement evidencing compliance with s77, 78, 80, 81, 82
Other implications of significance under the LGA are:
• The Council must use the special consultative procedure (SCP) when considering a
proposal to alter the mode (as set out in the LGA section 88(1-2)) by which a significant
activity is undertaken.
• If an option identified in the decision-making process involves a significant decision in
relation to land or a body of water, the local authority must take into account the
relationship of Māori and their culture and traditions with their ancestral land, water, etc.
• The Council must not lose control of, sell or dispose of ‘significant infrastructure’
necessary for providing water services.
Consultation
The significance of a matter will guide the Council’s decisions concerning the extent and
nature of the consultation to be undertaken with the persons likely to be affected or interested
in the decision or matter as set out in section 82 of the LGA.
In determining what is appropriate the Council must have regard to various matters including
its likely impact from the perspective of the persons who will or may be affected by the
decision. The degree of significance will help decide whether a special round of consultation
is necessary, or whether it is sufficient to rely on information already gathered and held by the
Council. The degree of compliance and associated cost involved when making a judgement
about significance of a particular decision also needs to be considered.
Procedures
Every agenda will include a statement of “Significance Consideration” which will include the
questions which determine the level of significance. (Refer to the appendices).
Every report to Council must include a statement indicating that the issue of significance has
been considered, and including a recommendation, where necessary.
When the Council is considering the significance of an issue, proposal, decision or other
matter, in the event one or more elected members consider it to be significant but are in the
minority, the Council will:
1. Reconsider the significance questions, and/or
2. Consideration whether a view should be sought from the relevant Ward if appropriate to
do so.
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
255
If a decision to be made is considered to be significant, the report will also include a statement
addressing what has been done to ensure compliance with sections 77, 78 , 80, 81 and 82 of
the LGA as applicable.
Schedule of Strategic Assets
The Council is required pursuant to section 90(2) of the LGA to list all strategic assets as
defined in section 5 of the LGA and set out under ‘Legislative Framework’ of this policy. The
schedule of strategic assets set out below is not exhaustive but includes those which are
considered significant in ensuring the Councils capacity to achieve or promote any important
outcomes.
It is important to note that Council manages a number of strategic assets as a whole. This is
because the asset class as a whole delivers the service. Strategic decisions, in these areas,
therefore only concern the whole asset class and not individual components, unless those
components substantially affect the ability of the Council deliver the service. It is the principle
of the provision of the services that make asset groups strategic, not the individual roads,
individual toilet blocks, individual halls, etc.

The Council Forestry estates as a whole

Community
Services
Roading
Refuse
Management
H u r u n u i
The water supply network as a whole
including reservoirs, treatment plants,
pump stations and reticulation
The Library network as a whole including
the District Library and the Communities
Libraries
The reserves lands as a whole including
land held under the Reserves Act and
land used for parks, domains, village
greens, cemeteries, sports fields and
recreational areas
The lands and buildings as a whole used
for the administration of the District
The land and buildings as a whole owned
by the Council for its pensioner housing
provision
The lands, buildings and commercial
operations as a whole on Hanmer Springs
Thermal Reserve
The land and buildings comprising
community halls
The Hurunui District Roading network as a
whole
The Hurunui solid waste network as a
whole including transfer stations
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l








ENVIRONMENT
Equity in Transwaste Limited
CULTURAL
Investments
Water
Supply
256
Strategic Issues
SOCIAL
(Quality of Life)
Asset
ECONOMIC
(District Growth)
Activity of
group of
activities
















Primary
Health
Land
Drainage
Wastewater
The land and buildings as a whole owned
by the Council to support primary health
care availability
The land drainage system as a whole
including stormwater pipe network, the
open river system, waterways, wetlands
and retention basins
The wastewater collection, treatment and
disposal system as a whole including the
sewers, pump stations and the treatment
works










257
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Appendix 1
Extracts from the Local Government Act 2002
S 77
Requirements in relation to decisions
(1) A local authority must, in the course of the decision-making process,
(a) seek to identify all reasonably practicable options for the achievement of the
objective of a decision; and
(b) assess those options by considering:
i. the benefits and costs of each option in terms of the present and future social,
economic, environmental, and cultural well-being of the District or region; and
ii. the extent to which community outcomes would be promoted or achieved in
an integrated and efficient manner by each option; and
iii. the impact of each option on the local authority's capacity to meet present and
future needs in relation to any statutory responsibility of the local authority;
and
iv. any other matters that, in the opinion of the local authority, are relevant; and
(c) if any of the options identified under paragraph (a) involves a significant decision
in relation to land or a body of water, take into account the relationship of Maori
and their culture and traditions with their ancestral land, water, sites, waahi tapu,
valued flora and fauna, and other taonga.
(2) This section is subject to section 79.
S 78
Community views in relation to decisions
(1) A local authority must, in the course of its decision-making process in relation to a
matter, give consideration to the views and preferences of persons likely to be affected
by, or to have an interest in, the matter.
(2) That consideration must be given at:
(a) the stage at which the problems and objectives related to the matter are defined;
(b) the stage at which the options that may be reasonably practicable options of
achieving an objective are identified;
(c) the stage at which reasonably practicable options are assessed and proposals
developed;
S 79.
Compliance with procedures in relation to decisions
(1) It is the responsibility of a local authority to make, in its discretion, judgments:
(a) about how to achieve compliance with sections 77 and 78 that is largely in
proportion to the significance of the matters affected by the decision; and
(b) about, in particular,
i the extent to which different options are to be identified and assessed; and
ii the degree to which benefits and costs are to be quantified; and
iii the extent and detail of the information to be considered; and
iv the extent and nature of any written record to be kept of the manner in which
it has complied with those sections.
(2) In making judgments under subsection (1), a local authority must have regard to the
significance of all relevant matters and, in addition, to:
(a) the principles set out in section 14; and
(b) the extent of the local authority's resources; and
(c) the extent to which the nature of a decision, or the circumstances in which a
decision is taken, allow the local authority scope and opportunity to consider a
range of options or the views and preferences of other persons.
258
S 82
Principles of consultation
(1) Consultation that a local authority undertakes in relation to any decision or other matter
must be undertaken, subject to subsections (3) to (5), in accordance with the following
principles:
(a) that persons who will or may be affected by, or have an interest in, the decision
or matter should be provided by the local authority with reasonable access to
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
relevant information in a manner and format that is appropriate to the
preferences and needs of those persons:
(b) that persons who will or may be affected by, or have an interest in, the decision
or matter should be encouraged by the local authority to present their views to
the local authority:
(c) that persons who are invited or encouraged to present their views to the local
authority should be given clear information by the local authority concerning the
purpose of the consultation and the scope of the decisions to be taken following
the consideration of views presented:
(d) that persons who wish to have their views on the decision or matter considered
by the local authority should be provided by the local authority with a reasonable
opportunity to present those views to the local authority in a manner and format
that is appropriate to the preferences and needs of those persons:
(e) that the views presented to the local authority should be received by the local
authority with an open mind and should be given by the local authority, in making
a decision, due consideration:
(f) that persons who present views to the local authority should be provided by the
local authority with information concerning both the relevant decisions and the
reasons for those decisions.
A local authority must ensure that it has in place processes for consulting with Maori in
accordance with subsection (1).
The principles set out in subsection (1) are, subject to subsections (4) and (5), to be
observed by a local authority in such manner as the local authority considers, in its
discretion, to be appropriate in any particular instance.
A local authority must, in exercising its discretion under subsection (3), have regard to:
(a) the requirements of section 78; and
(b) the extent to which the current views and preferences of persons who will or may
be affected by, or have an interest in, the decision or matter are known to the
local authority; and
(c) the nature and significance of the decision or matter, including its likely impact
from the perspective of the persons who will or may be affected by, or have an
interest in, the decision or matter; and
(d) the provisions of Part I of the Local Government Official Information and
Meetings Act 1987 (which Part, among other things, sets out the circumstances
in which there is good reason for withholding local authority information); and
(e) the costs and benefits of any consultation process or procedure.
Where a local authority is authorised or required by this Act or any other enactment to
undertake consultation in relation to any decision or matter and the procedure in
respect of that consultation is prescribed by this Act or any other enactment, such of
the provisions of the principles set out in subsection (1) as are inconsistent with specific
requirements of the procedure so prescribed are not to be observed by the local
authority in respect of that consultation.
S 92
Obligation to report against community outcomes
(1) A local authority must monitor and, not less than once every 3 years, report on the
progress made by the community of its District or region in achieving the community
outcomes for the District or region.
(2) A local authority may decide for itself how it is to monitor and report under subsection
(1), but the local authority must seek to secure the agreement of organisations and
groups identified under section 91(3)(a) to the monitoring and reporting procedures,
including the incorporation of any research, monitoring, or reporting undertaken by
those organisations and groups.
259
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Appendix 2
Significance Consideration for Inclusion in all Council Agendas
The [name of the Council committee], in considering each matter, must be:
1. Satisfied that it has sufficient information about the practicable options and their
benefits, costs and impacts, bearing in mind the significance of the decisions
2. Satisfied that it knows enough about and will give adequate consideration to the views
and preferences of affected and interested parties bearing in mind the significance of
the decisions to be made.
Questions
1. Does the Council have sufficient information about the issue, proposal, decisions or
other matter?
2. Does the issue, proposal, decision or other matter:
• affect all or a large portion of the community in a far-reaching way?
• have potential impact or consequence on the affected persons (being a number
of persons) that is substantial?
• have financial implications on the Council’s resources that would be substantial?
• generate (or would be expected to generate) a high degree of controversy?
• fail to flow logically from a decision in the Hurunui Long Term Community Plan
(including the ideal of District and community wellness)?
Evaluation
Council officers preparing these reports will have regard to the Council’s policy on
significance. The Council, committee and Community Board members will make the final
assessment on whether the subject under consideration is to be regarded as being significant
or not. Unless the Council, a committee or the Community Board explicitly determines that
the subject under consideration is to be deemed significant then the subject will be deemed
as not being significant.
Council meeting 27 March 2003
Council meeting 25 June 2009
260
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
T
T1
Triennial Agreement
Canterbury Local Authorities triennial agreement
Purpose
All local authorities within each region must enter into a triennial agreement containing
protocols for communication and co-ordination amongst them during the period until the next
triennial general election of members (Section 15, Local Government Act, 2002 – the Act).
This triennial agreement will seek to ensure appropriate levels of communication and coordination are maintained between the local authorities of the Canterbury region.
Agreement
The parties:
Ashburton District Council, Banks Peninsula District Council, Canterbury Regional Council,
Christchurch City Council, Hurunui District Council, Kaikoura District Council, Mackenzie
District Council, Selwyn District Council, Timaru District Council, Waimakariri District Council,
Waimate District Council, Waitaki District Council:
agree to work in good faith together for the good governance of their localities and the region.
As signatories to this agreement each local authority will ensure:
• early notification to affected local authorities party to his agreement through the
distribution of draft documentation, of major policy initiatives or proposals which may
have implications beyond the current geographic boundaries (or for constituent
authorities) of the decision-making authority;
• opportunities for involvement by affected local authorities in the development of policies
or plans that have inter-jurisdictional or cross boundary implications;
Policy Manual
• the application of a “no surprises” policy whereby early notice will be given of potential
disagreements between local authorities
• that where practicable, processes for engaging with communities and agencies in order
to identify community outcomes, and prioritise these outcomes, are undertaken jointly
or in a collaborative manner.
Council meeting 2004
261
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
V
V1
Vision Statement
In Hurunui we live the lives the rest of the world would love to live.
Council meeting 30 June 2004
Council meeting 1 June 2006 (adoption of Hurunui Community Plan)
Council meeting 25 June 2009
262
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l
W
W1
Water Supply
W1/1
Filler Points
That contractors (e.g. spraying contractors) be authorised to draw water from fire hydrants
subject to prior approval from council staff and a fee being paid conditional upon any such
approval not being detrimental to other consumers.
Works meeting 28 February 1991
That all overhead water fillers be locked and that keys be supplied to Fire Brigades and
Volunteer Rural Fire Brigades.
Works meeting 28 March 1991
Works meeting 3 March 1994
Noted for review 15 June 1995
263
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
E a r t h q u a k e - p r o n e ,
D a n g e r o u s
B u i l d i n g s
a n d
I n s a n i t a r y
P o l i c y
Z1
Zero Waste
Z1/1
Zero Waste Policy
Prior to making this resolution, Council noted it would be making a commitment to zero waste
to landfill by 2015.
That the Hurunui District Council responds and encompasses the principles of zero waste and
joins the zero waste New Zealand trust group
Council meeting 24 April 2000
264
H u r u n u i
D i s t r i c t
C o u n c i l
|
P o l i c y
M a n u a l